Document:

Document

Exhibit 4.1(b)

PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL GROUP PRE-APPROVED BASIC SAVINGS PLAN - PLUS

Basic Plan No.: 04 To be used with
Adoption Agreement Plan No.: 006 Approved: June 30, 2020

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INTRODUCTION
ARTICLE I – FORMAT AND DEFINITIONS
Section 1.01 – Format Section 1.02 – Definitions

ARTICLE II – PARTICIPATION
Section 2.01 – Active Participant Section 2.02 – Inactive Participant
Section 2.03 – Cessation of Participation Section 2.04 – Adopting Employers - Single Plan
Section 2.05 – Adopting Employers - Multiple Employer Plan Section 2.06 – Adopting Employers - Separate Plans

ARTICLE III – CONTRIBUTIONS
Section 3.01 – Employer Contributions
Section 3.02 – Voluntary Contributions by Participants Section 3.03 – Rollover Contributions
Section 3.04 – In-plan Roth Rollovers Section 3.05 – Forfeitures
Section 3.06 – Allocation
Section 3.07 – Contribution Limitation Section 3.08 – Excess Amounts
Section 3.09 – 401(k) Safe Harbor Provisions
Section 3.10 – Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement (EACA) Provisions
Section 3.11 – Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement (QACA) Safe Harbor Provisions

ARTICLE IV – INVESTMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS
Section 4.01 – Investment and Timing of Contributions Section 4.02 – Investment in Qualifying Employer Securities
Section 4.03 – Voting and Tender of Self-Directed Brokerage Accounts Section 4.04 – Life Insurance

ARTICLE V – BENEFITS
Section 5.01 – Retirement Benefits Section 5.02 – Death Benefits Section 5.03 – Vested Benefits Section 5.04 – When Benefits Start Section 5.05 – Withdrawal Benefits Section 5.06 – Loans to Participants
Section 5.07 – Distributions Under Qualified Domestic Relations Orders

ARTICLE VI – DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS FOR PLANS THAT PROVIDE FOR LIFE ANNUITIES

Section 6.01 – Automatic Forms of Distribution Section 6.02 – Optional Forms of Distribution Section 6.03 – Election Procedures
Section 6.04 – Notice Requirements Section 6.05 – Transitional Rules

ARTICLE VIA – DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS FOR PLANS THAT DO NOT PROVIDE FOR LIFE ANNUITIES
Section 6A.01 – Automatic Forms of Distribution Section 6A.02 – Optional Forms of Distribution Section 6A.03 – Election Procedures
Section 6A.04 – Notice Requirements

ARTICLE VII – REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS
Section 7.01 – Application Section 7.02 – Definitions
Section 7.03 – Required Minimum Distributions Section 7.04 – TEFRA Section 242(b)(2) Elections

ARTICLE VIII – TERMINATION OF THE PLAN ARTICLE IX – ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
Section 9.01 – Administration Section 9.02 – Expenses Section 9.03 – Records
Section 9.04 – Information Available Section 9.05 – Claim Procedures Section 9.06 – Delegation of Authority
Section 9.07 – Exercise of Discretionary Authority Section 9.08 – Transaction Processing

ARTICLE X – GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 10.01 – Amendments Section 10.02 – Direct Rollovers
Section 10.03 – Mergers and Direct Transfers
Section 10.04 – Provisions Relating to the Insurer and Other Parties Section 10.05 – Employment Status
Section 10.06 – Rights to Plan Assets Section 10.07 – Beneficiary
Section 10.08 – Nonalienation of Benefits Section 10.09 – Construction
Section 10.10 – Legal Actions Section 10.11 – Small Amounts Section 10.12 – Word Usage
Section 10.13 – Change in Service Method Section 10.14 – Military Service

Section 10.15 – Qualification of Plan Section 10.16 – Unclaimed Property

ARTICLE XI – TOP-HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS
Section 11.01 – Application Section 11.02 – Definitions
Section 11.03 – Modification of Vesting Requirements Section 11.04 – Modification of Contributions

ATTACHMENTS
Appendix A – Actuarial Factors Based on 8.5% Interest Appendix B – Actuarial Factors Based on 7.5% Interest Appendix C – Actuarial Factors Based on 8.0% Interest

INTRODUCTION
The provisions of this Plan apply as of the Effective Date or such later date as may be specified in Item A of the Adoption Agreement, except as provided in any attached addendums.

ARTICLE I
FORMAT AND DEFINITIONS
SECTION 1.01 – FORMAT.

The Employer’s retirement plan is set out in this document, the attached signed Adoption Agreement, and any amendments to these documents. If the Adoption Agreement indicates that a Trust Agreement has been set up, this retirement plan also includes the Trust Agreement(s), and any amendments to these agreements.

Words and phrases defined in Section 1.02 shall have that defined meaning when used in this Plan, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. These words and phrases have initial capital letters to aid in identifying them as defined terms. References to "Section" are references to parts of this document; references to "Item" are references to parts of the Adoption Agreement.

Some of the defined terms and phrases in Section 1.02 and some of the provisions contained in the following articles do not apply to the Plan. The provisions of the attached Adoption Agreement shall determine whether or not the terms and provisions apply.

SECTION 1.02 – DEFINITIONS.

Account means the Participant’s share of the Plan Fund. Separate accounting records shall be kept for those parts of his Account resulting from the following:

a)Required Contributions

b)Nondeductible Voluntary Contributions

c)Deductible Voluntary Contributions

d)Rollover Contributions

e)Pre-tax Elective Deferral Contributions

f)Roth Elective Deferral Contributions

g)In-plan Roth Rollovers

h)Qualified Matching Contributions

i)QACA Matching Contributions

j)Matching Contributions that are not Qualified Matching Contributions or QACA Matching Contributions

k)Qualified Nonelective Contributions

l)QACA Nonelective Contributions

m)Wage Rate Contributions
			
	1

n)All other Employer Contributions

If the Participant’s Vesting Percentage is less than 100% as to any of the Employer Contributions, a separate accounting record will be kept for any part of his Account resulting from such Employer Contributions and, if there has been a prior Forfeiture Date, from such Contributions made before a prior Forfeiture Date.

A Participant’s Account shall be reduced by any distribution of his Vested Account and by any Forfeitures. The Participant’s Account shall participate in the earnings credited, expenses charged, and any appreciation or depreciation of the Investment Fund. His Account is subject to any minimum guarantees applicable under the Annuity Contract or other investment arrangement and to any expenses associated therewith.

Accrual Service means an Employee’s service defined in Item G(1) of the Additional Selections and Minor Modifications Addendum used to determine the number of units credited to a Participant for purposes of determining the amount of his Discretionary Contribution.

If Item I(1)(a)(iv) is selected, Accrual Service shall include service with a Predecessor Employer which did not maintain this Plan. If Item I(2)(b)(iii) is selected, Accrual Service shall include service with a Prior Employer. If Accrual Service includes service with a Predecessor Employer or Prior Employer, the crediting of such service shall be determined on a reasonably uniform basis to all similarly situated Employees based on all relevant facts and circumstances so as not to discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees.

Accrual Service shall include a Period of Military Duty. If the elapsed time method is used, the entire Period of Military Duty shall be included to the extent it has not already been counted as Accrual Service. If the hours method is used, an Hour of Service shall be credited (without regard to the 501 Hours of Service limitation) for each hour the Employee would normally have been scheduled to work for the Employer during such Period of Military Duty to the extent such hour has not already been counted for purposes of Accrual Service.

If the elapsed time method is used, Accrual Service shall be measured from his Hire Date to his most recent Severance Date. This Period of Service shall be reduced by any Period of Severance that occurred prior to his most recent Severance Date, unless such Period of Severance is included under the service spanning rule below. This period of Accrual Service shall be expressed as years (on the basis that 365 days equal one year), months (for purposes of the aggregation of fractional months, 30 days equals one month) or days.

If the elapsed time method is used, Accrual Service shall include a Period of Severance (service spanning rule) if:

a)the Period of Severance immediately follows a period during which an Employee is not absent from work and ends within 12 months, or

b)the Period of Severance immediately follows a period during which an Employee is absent from work for any reason other than quitting, being discharged, or retiring (such as a leave of absence or layoff) and ends within 12 months of the date he was first absent.

Accrual Service Period means the period defined in Item R(3) and, if applicable, Item G(1) of the Additional Selections and Minor Modifications Addendum.

ACP Test means the nondiscrimination test described in Code Section 401(m)(2) as provided for in subparagraph (d) of Section 3.08.
			
	2

ACP Test Safe Harbor means the method described in subparagraph (c) of Section 3.09 or Section
3.11 for satisfying the ACP Test with respect to Matching Contributions.

Active Participant means an Eligible Employee who is actively participating in the Plan according to the provisions of Section 2.01.

Additional Contributions means additional Employer Contributions or the Forfeitures that are reallocated according to Section 3.06 and deemed to be Additional Contributions. (See Item Q(2) and Sections 3.01 and 3.06.)

Adopting Employer means an employer that is listed in Item AB or the attached participation agreements.

Adoption Agreement means the attached document labeled Adoption Agreement that contains the selections and specifications for the Plan.

ADP Test means the nondiscrimination test described in Code Section 401(k)(3) as provided for in subparagraph (c) of Section 3.08.

ADP Test Safe Harbor means the method described in subparagraph (b) of Section 3.09 or Section
3.11 for satisfying the ADP Test.

Affiliated Service Group means any group of corporations, partnerships or other organizations of which the Employer is a part and that is affiliated within the meaning of Code Section 414(m) and the regulations thereunder. The term Controlled Group, as it is used in this Plan, shall include the term Affiliated Service Group.

Allocation Group means the designated groups of Employees for purposes of determining separate Discretionary Contributions in Item Q(3) of the Adoption Agreement. For this purpose, the groups are those identified in Item Q(3)(d).

Alternate Payee means any spouse, former spouse, child, or other dependent of a Participant who is recognized by a qualified domestic relations order as having a right to receive all, or a portion of, the benefits payable under the Plan with respect to such Participant.

Annual Compensation means the Employee's annual Compensation defined in Item M(5).

Annuity Contract means the annuity contract or contracts into which the Employer, and the Adopting Employers adopting this Plan as a separate plan enter, or the Trustee enters, whichever is appropriate, with the Insurer for guaranteed benefits, for the investment of Contributions in separate accounts, and for the payment of benefits under this Plan.

Annuity Starting Date means the first day of the first period for which an amount is payable as an annuity or any other form.

Bargaining Employee means an Employee who is represented for collective bargaining purposes by any collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and employee representatives, if retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining and if two percent or less of the Employees who are covered pursuant to that agreement are professionals as defined in section 1.410(b)-9 of the regulations. For this purpose, the term “employee representatives” does not include any organization more than half of whose members are Employees who are owners, officers, or executives of the Employer.

Basic Plan means this document that contains the basic provisions of the Plan.

			
	3

Beneficiary means the person or persons named by a Participant to receive any benefits under the Plan when the Participant dies. (See Section 10.07.)

Benefit Factor means, for a Plan Year, a person’s Annual Compensation for the Plan Year multiplied by his actuarial factor for the Plan Year determined in Appendix A, B, or C, as designated in Item Q(3)(c) of the Adoption Agreement.

Catch-up Contributions means Elective Deferral Contributions made to the Plan that are in excess of an otherwise applicable Plan limit and that are made by Participants who are age 50 or older by the end of their taxable year. An otherwise applicable Plan limit is a limit in the Plan that applies to Elective Deferral Contributions without regard to Catch-up Contributions, such as the limits on the Maximum Annual Additions, as defined in Section 3.07, the dollar limitation on Elective Deferral Contributions under Code Section 402(g) (not counting Catch-up Contributions), and the limit imposed by the ADP Test. (See Item N(4) and Section 3.01.)

Catch-up Contributions are not subject to the limits on the Maximum Annual Additions, as defined in Section 3.07, are not counted in the ADP Test, and are not counted in determining the minimum allocation under Code Section 416 (but Catch-up Contributions made in prior years are counted in determining whether the Plan is top-heavy).

Claimant means any person who makes a claim for benefits under this Plan. (See Section 9.05.)

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Compensation means one of the following as specified in Item M(1):

a)Information Required to be Reported Under Code Sections 6041, 6051, and 6052 (“Wages, Tips and Other Compensation” box on Form W-2). Compensation is defined as wages, within the meaning of Code Section 3401(a), and all other payments of compensation to an Employee by the Employer (in the course of the Employer’s trade or business) for which the Employer is required to furnish the Employee a written statement under Code Sections 6041(d), 6051(a)(3), and 6052. Compensation shall be determined without regard to any rules under Code Section 3401(a) that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code Section 3401(a)(2)).

b)Code Section 3401(a) Wages. Compensation is defined as wages within the meaning of Code Section 3401(a) for the purposes of income tax withholding at the source but determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code Section 3401(a)(2)).

c)Simplified 415 Compensation. Compensation is defined as wages, salaries, Differential Wage Payments, and fees for professional services and other amounts received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employer to the extent that the amounts are includible in gross income (including, but not limited to, commissions paid to salespersons, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits, and reimbursements or other expense allowances under a nonaccountable plan (as described in section 1.62-2(c) of the regulations)), and excluding the following:

1)employer contributions (other than elective contributions described in Code Section 402(e)(3), 408(k)(6), 408(p)(2)(A)(i), or 457(b)) to a plan of deferred compensation (including a simplified employee pension described in Code Section 408(k) or a simple retirement account described in Code Section 408(p), and whether or not qualified) to the extent such contributions are not includible in the Employee's gross income for the taxable year in which

			
	4

contributed, and any distributions (whether or not includible in gross income when distributed) from a plan of deferred compensation (whether or not qualified), unless Item M(1)(b)(i) allows amounts received from a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan to be included, to the extent includible in gross income;

2)amounts realized from the exercise of a nonstatutory stock option (that is, an option other than a statutory stock option as defined in section 1.421-1(b) of the regulations), or when restricted stock (or property) held by the Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture;

3)amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock acquired under a statutory stock option;

4)other amounts that receive special tax benefits, such as premiums for group-term life insurance (but only to the extent that the premiums are not includible in the gross income of the Employee and are not salary reduction amounts that are described in Code Section 125); and

5)other items of remuneration that are similar to any of the items listed in (1) through (4) above.

If Item I(1)(a)(v) is selected, Compensation shall include compensation with a Predecessor Employer that did not maintain this Plan. If Compensation includes compensation with a Predecessor Employer, the crediting of such compensation shall be determined on a reasonably uniform basis to all similarly situated Employees based on all relevant facts and circumstances so as not to discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees.

For any Self-employed Individual, Compensation means Earned Income.

Except as provided herein, Compensation for a specified period is the Compensation actually paid or made available (or if earlier, includible in gross income) during such period. If Item M(4)(a) is selected, Compensation for a Compensation Year shall include amounts earned but not paid during the Compensation Year solely because of the timing of payroll periods and pay dates, provided the amounts are paid during the first few weeks of the next Compensation Year, the amounts are included on a uniform and consistent basis with respect to all similarly situated employees, and no Compensation is included in more than one Compensation Year.

Compensation for a Plan Year shall also include Compensation paid by the later of 2 1/2 months after an Employee’s Severance from Employment with the Employer or the end of the Plan Year that includes the date of the Employee’s Severance from Employment with the Employer if the payment is regular Compensation for services during the Employee’s regular working hours, or Compensation for services outside the Employee’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar payments, and absent a Severance from Employment, the payments would have been paid to the Employee while the Employee continued in employment with the Employer. If Item M(2)(a)(i) is selected, Compensation shall include payments for unused accrued bona fide sick, vacation or other leave that the Employee would have been able to use if employment had continued. If Item M(2)(a)(ii) is selected, Compensation shall include payments received by the Employee pursuant to a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan and would have been paid at the same time if employment had continued, but only to the extent includible in gross income.

Any payments not described above shall not be considered Compensation if paid after Severance from Employment, even if they are paid by the later of 2 1/2 months after the date of Severance from Employment or the end of the Plan Year that includes the date of Severance from Employment, except, if Item M(2)(a)(iii) is selected, Compensation paid to a Participant who is permanently and totally disabled, as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3).  If Item M(2)(a)(iii)(B) is selected, such

			
	5

Compensation shall only be included for Participants who were Nonhighly Compensated Employees immediately before becoming disabled.

Back pay, within the meaning of section 1.415(c)-2(g)(8) of the regulations, shall be treated as Compensation for the Plan Year to which the back pay relates to the extent the back pay represents wages and compensation that would otherwise be included in this definition.

If elective contributions are not excluded in Item M(3), Compensation paid or made available during a specified period shall include amounts that would otherwise be included in Compensation but for an election under Code Section 125(a), 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 402(k), or 457(b).

If deemed Code Section 125 Compensation is not excluded in Item M(3), Compensation shall also include deemed Code Section 125 Compensation. Deemed Code Section 125 Compensation is an amount that is excludible under Code Section 106 that is not available to a Participant in cash in lieu of group health coverage under a Code Section 125 arrangement solely because the Participant is unable to certify that he has other health coverage. Amounts are deemed Code Section 125 Compensation only if the Employer does not request or otherwise collect information regarding the Participant’s other health coverage as part of the enrollment process for the health plan.

If Code Section 414(s) safe harbor exclusions are not excluded in Item M(3), Compensation shall include reimbursements or other expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash and noncash), moving expenses, deferred compensation (other than elective contributions), and welfare benefits for purposes of calculating all contribution determinations that use Compensation.

Specific Compensation may be included or excluded from this definition if selected in Item M(4) or M(3) respectively.

For purposes of the ADP and ACP Tests in Section 3.08, the Employer may elect to use an alternative nondiscriminatory definition of Compensation in accordance with Code Section 414(s) and the regulations thereunder.

The annual Compensation of each Participant taken into account in determining contributions and allocations for any determination period (the period over which Compensation is determined) shall not exceed $275,000, as adjusted for cost-of-living increases in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(17)(B). If Item M(6)(a) of the Adoption Agreement is not selected and in modification of the foregoing, Elective Deferral Contributions may be made with respect to Compensation that exceeds the annual compensation limit, provided such Elective Deferral Contributions otherwise satisfy any applicable limitations. The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to any determination period beginning with or within such calendar year.

If a determination period consists of fewer than 12 months, the annual compensation limit is an amount equal to the otherwise applicable annual compensation limit multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the number of months in the short determination period, and the denominator of the fraction is 12.

If Compensation for any prior determination period is taken into account in determining a Participant’s contributions or allocations for the current Plan Year, the Compensation for such prior determination period is subject to the applicable annual compensation limit in effect for that determination period.

Compensation means, for a Leased Employee, Compensation for the services the Leased Employee performs for the Employer, determined in the same manner as the Compensation of Employees who are not Leased Employees, regardless of whether such Compensation is received directly from the Employer or from the leasing organization.

Compensation Year means the consecutive 12-month period defined in Item M(5).

			
	6

Contingent Annuitant means an individual named by the Participant to receive a lifetime benefit after the Participant’s death in accordance with a survivorship life annuity.

Contribution Date means the date on which Wage Rate Contributions are calculated. (See Item Q(4).)

Contributions means Employer Contributions, Participant Contributions, and Rollover Contributions as set out in Article III, unless the context clearly indicates only specific contributions are meant.

Controlled Group means any group of corporations, trades, or businesses of which the Employer is a part that is under common control. A Controlled Group includes any group of corporations, trades, or businesses, whether or not incorporated, which is either a parent-subsidiary group, a brother-sister group, or a combined group within the meaning of Code Section 414(b), Code Section 414(c) and the regulations thereunder and, for purposes of determining contribution limitations under Section 3.07, as modified by Code Section 415(h). The term Controlled Group, as it is used in this Plan, shall include the term Affiliated Service Group and any other employer required to be aggregated with the Employer under Code Section 414(o) and the regulations thereunder.

Designated Beneficiary means the individual who is designated by the Participant (or the Participant’s surviving spouse) as the Beneficiary of the Participant’s interest under the Plan and who is the designated beneficiary under Code Section 401(a)(9) and section 1.401(a)(9)-4 of the regulations.

Designated Roth Account means the portion of a Participant’s Account resulting from Roth Elective Deferral Contributions, In-plan Roth Rollovers, and the portion of a Rollover Contribution from a designated Roth account under another plan, and the respective earnings thereon. The Designated Roth Account shall be record kept in a manner that satisfies the separate accounting requirements of section 1.401(k)-1(f) of the regulations.

Differential Wage Payments means any payments that are made by an Employer to an individual with respect to any period during which the individual is performing Qualified Military Service while on active duty for a period of more than 30 days. Such payments shall be made in accordance with Code Section 3401(h) and represent all or a portion of the wages the individual would have received from the Employer if the individual were performing service for the Employer.

Direct Rollover means a payment by the Plan to the Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee.

Discretionary Contributions means discretionary Employer Contributions. (See Item Q(3) and Section 3.01.)

Distributee means an Employee or former Employee. In addition, the Employee's (or former Employee's) surviving spouse and the Employee's (or former Employee's) spouse or former spouse who is the Alternate Payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), are Distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse. A Distributee includes the Employee’s (or former Employee’s) nonspouse Designated Beneficiary, in which case, the distribution can only be transferred to a traditional IRA or Roth IRA established on behalf of the nonspouse Designated Beneficiary for the purpose of receiving the distribution.

Early Retirement Age means the age defined in Item Z(4).

Early Retirement Date means any day (the first day of any month if Item Z(2)(a) is selected or the specified day of the month if Item Z(2)(b) is selected) which a Participant selects for beginning his early retirement benefit after he reaches Early Retirement Age and has had a Severance from Employment. If a Participant has a Severance from Employment before satisfying any age requirement for Early Retirement Age, but after satisfying any other requirements, the Participant

			
	7

shall be entitled to elect a distribution of his Vested Account as an early retirement benefit upon satisfying such age requirement. (See Item Z(4).)

Earned Income means, for a Self-employed Individual, net earnings from self-employment in the trade or business for which this Plan is established if such Self-employed Individual’s personal services are a material income producing factor for that trade or business. Net earnings shall be determined without regard to items not included in gross income and the deductions properly allocable to or chargeable against such items. Net earnings shall be reduced for the employer contributions to the employer’s qualified retirement plan(s) to the extent deductible under Code Section 404.

Net earnings shall be determined with regard to the deduction allowed to the employer by Code Section 164(f).

Effective Date means the date specified in Item D.

Elective Deferral Agreement means an agreement between an Eligible Employee and the Employer under which an Eligible Employee may make Elective Deferral Contributions. An Elective Deferral Agreement (or change thereto) must be made in such manner (including by means of voice response or other electronic system under circumstances that the Employer permits) and in accordance with such rules as the Employer may prescribe in a nondiscriminatory manner.

Elective Deferral Agreements cannot relate to Compensation that is payable prior to the effective date of the Elective Deferral Agreement or to Compensation that is payable prior to the later of the adoption or effective date of the cash or deferred arrangement (CODA).

Elective Deferral Agreements shall be made, changed, or terminated according to the provisions of Item N. (See Item N and Section 3.01.) An Elective Deferral Agreement may also be terminated according to the terms of an automatic contribution arrangement. (See Items N(6), N(7), and O(2).)

Elective Deferral Contributions means Employer Contributions made in accordance with either an Elective Deferral Agreement or the terms of an automatic contribution arrangement. (See Items N(6), N(7), and O(2).)

Elective Deferral Contributions means Pre-tax Elective Deferral Contributions and Roth Elective Deferral Contributions, unless the context clearly indicates only one is meant.

Elective Deferral Contributions shall be 100% vested and subject to the distribution restrictions of Code Section 401(k) and the regulations thereunder when made. (See Section 5.04.)

Eligible Employee means an Employee who meets the requirements specified in Item J.

However, to the extent an Employee becomes an Employee as a result of a Code Section 410(b)(6)(C) transaction, that Employee shall not be an Eligible Employee during the period beginning on the date of the transaction and ending on the last day of the first Plan Year beginning after the date of the transaction. This period is called the transition period. The transition period may end earlier if there is a significant change in the coverage under the Plan or if the Employer chooses to cover all similarly situated Employees as of an earlier date. A Code Section 410(b)(6)(C) transaction is an asset or stock acquisition, merger, or similar transaction involving a change in the employer of the employees of a trade or business.

Eligible Retirement Plan means an eligible plan under Code Section 457(b) which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan, a traditional IRA, a Roth IRA, an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b), or a qualified plan described in Code Section

			
	8

401(a), that accepts the Distributee's Eligible Rollover Distribution. The definition of Eligible Retirement Plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving spouse, or to a spouse or former spouse who is the Alternate Payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p).

If any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution is attributable to payments or distributions from a Designated Roth Account, an Eligible Retirement Plan with respect to such portion shall include only
(i) another designated Roth account of the individual from whose Account the payments or distributions were made or (ii) a Roth IRA of such individual.

Eligible Rollover Distribution means any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the Distributee, except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include: (i) any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee's Designated Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; (ii) any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401(a)(9);
(iii) any hardship distribution; (iv) any Permissible Withdrawal; and (v) any other distribution(s) that is reasonably expected to total less than $200 during a year. For purposes of the $200 rule, a distribution from a Designated Roth Account and a distribution from other accounts under the Plan shall be treated as made under separate plans.

Any portion of a distribution that consists of after-tax employee contributions that are not includible in gross income may be transferred only to (i) a traditional individual retirement account or annuity described in Code Section 408(a) or (b) (a “traditional IRA”); (ii) a Roth individual retirement account or annuity described in Code Section 408A (a “Roth IRA”); or (iii) a qualified plan or an annuity contract described in Code Section 401(a) and 403(b), respectively, that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred (and earnings thereon), including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible.

Employee means an individual who is employed by the Employer or any other employer required to be aggregated with the Employer under Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m), or (o). A Controlled Group member is required to be aggregated with the Employer.

The term Employee shall include any individual receiving Differential Wage Payments.

The term Employee shall include any Self-employed Individual treated as an employee of any employer described in the preceding paragraphs as provided in Code Section 401(c)(1). The term Employee shall also include any Leased Employee deemed to be an employee of any employer described in the preceding paragraphs as provided in Code Section 414(n) or (o).

Employer means, except for purposes of Section 3.07, the employer named in Item B and any successor corporation, trade or business which will, by written agreement, assume the obligations of this Plan or any Predecessor Employer that maintained this Plan.

Employer Contributions means Elective Deferral Contributions, Matching Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, QACA Nonelective Contributions, Additional Contributions, Wage Rate Contributions, and Discretionary Contributions as set out in the Adoption Agreement and contributions made by the Employer in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.04, unless the context clearly indicates only specific contributions are meant. (See Items N, O, P, and Q and Sections 3.01, 3.11, and 11.04.)

Employer Group means each separate group of entities which consists of the Employer and all Adopting Employers that are members of the same Controlled Group as the Employer or consist of an Adopting Employer that is not a member of the same Controlled Group as the Employer and all other Adopting Employers who are members of the same Controlled Group as such Adopting

			
	9

Employer. If more than one Employer Group adopts this Plan, the Plan shall be a multiple employer plan as described in Code Section 413(c).

Entry Date means the date an Employee first enters the Plan as an Active Participant for purposes of the Contributions specified in Item K. (See Item K and Section 2.01.)

Entry Service means an Employee's service defined in Item K(3). Entry Service shall include service with a Controlled Group member, while the Employer and such Controlled Group member are both members of the Controlled Group.

If Item I(1)(a)(i) is selected, Entry Service shall include service with a Predecessor Employer which did not maintain this Plan. If Item I(2)(b)(i) is selected, Entry Service shall include service with a Prior Employer. If Entry Service includes service with a Predecessor Employer or Prior Employer, the crediting of such service shall be determined on a reasonably uniform basis to all similarly situated Employees based on all relevant facts and circumstances so as not to discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees.

Entry Service shall include a Period of Military Duty. If the elapsed time method is used, the entire Period of Military Duty shall be included to the extent it has not already been counted as Entry Service. If the hours method is used, an Hour of Service shall be credited (without regard to the 501 Hours of Service limitation) for each hour the Employee would normally have been scheduled to work for the Employer during such Period of Military Duty to the extent such hour has not already been counted for purposes of Entry Service.

If the elapsed time method is used, Entry Service shall be measured from his Hire Date to his most recent Severance Date. This Period of Service shall be reduced by any Period of Severance that occurred prior to his most recent Severance Date, unless such Period of Severance is included under the service spanning rule below. This period of Entry Service shall be expressed as years (on the basis that 365 days equal one year), months (on the basis that 30 days equals one month for purposes of the aggregation of fractional months) or days.

If the elapsed time method is used, Entry Service shall include a Period of Severance (service spanning rule) if:

a)the Period of Severance immediately follows a period during which an Employee is not absent from work and ends within 12 months, or

b)the Period of Severance immediately follows a period during which an Employee is absent from work for any reason other than quitting, being discharged, or retiring (such as a leave of absence or layoff) and ends within 12 months of the date he was first absent.

If the hours method is used and the Entry Service Period shifts to the Plan Year, an Employee will be credited with two years of Entry Service if he has the Hours of Service required for a year of Entry Service in both his first and second Entry Service Periods.

If the method of crediting Entry Service changes, the provisions of Section 10.13 shall apply.

Entry Service Period means the period defined in Item K(3)(b)(iii).

ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

401(k) Safe Harbor Plan means a plan that satisfies the ADP Test Safe Harbor and to which the 401(k) safe harbor provisions of Section 3.09 apply as elected in Item O(1).

Fiscal Year means the Employer’s taxable year. (See Item F.)

			
	10

Forfeiture means the part, if any, of a Participant’s Account that is forfeited. (See Section 3.05.)

Forfeiture Date means the date the Participant incurs five consecutive Vesting Breaks.

Highly Compensated Employee means any Employee who:

a)was a 5-percent owner at any time during the year or the preceding year, or

b)for the preceding year had compensation from the Employer in excess of $120,000 and, if the Employer so elects in Item L, was in the top-paid group for the preceding year. The $120,000 amount is adjusted at the same time and in the same manner as under Code Section 415(d).

For this purpose the applicable year of the plan for which a determination is being made is called a determination year and the preceding 12-month period is called a look-back year. If the Employer has made a calendar year data election in Item L(1)(b), the look-back year shall be the calendar year beginning with or within the look-back year. The Plan may not use such election to determine whether Employees are Highly Compensated Employees on account of being a 5-percent owner.

Calendar year data elections and top-paid group elections, once made, apply for all subsequent years unless changed by the Employer. If the Employer makes one election, the Employer is not required to make the other. If both elections are made, the look-back year in determining the top- paid group must be the calendar year beginning with or within the look-back year. Each Employer Group may choose to make a calendar year data election or a top-paid group election. Any such election(s) must be in writing and by the date prescribed in Code Section 414(q). These elections must apply consistently to the determination years of all plans maintained by the Employer which reference the highly compensated employee definition in Code Section 414(q), except as provided in Internal Revenue Service Notice 97-45 (or superseding guidance).

The determination of who is a highly compensated former Employee is based on the rules applicable to determining Highly Compensated Employee status as in effect for that determination year.

The determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee, including the determinations of the number and identity of Employees in the top-paid group, the compensation that is considered, and the identity of the 5-percent owners, shall be made in accordance with Code Section 414(q) and the regulations thereunder.

For purposes of this definition, the above references to compensation shall mean Compensation as defined in Section 3.07.

Hire Date means the date an Employee first performs an Hour of Service.

Hour of Service means, for the elapsed time method of crediting service in this Plan, each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for performing duties for the Employer.

Hour of Service means, for the hours method of crediting service in this Plan, the following:

a)Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for performing duties for the Employer during the applicable service period.

b)Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by the Employer on account of a period of time in which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty, or leave of absence. Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this subparagraph (b), no credit shall be given to the Employee:

			
	11

6)for more than 501 Hours of Service under this subparagraph (b) on account of any single continuous period in which the Employee performs no duties (whether or not such period occurs in a single service period); or

7)for an Hour of Service for which the Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, on account of a period in which no duties are performed if such payment is made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable worker's or workmen's compensation, or unemployment compensation, or disability insurance laws; or

8)for an Hour of Service for a payment which solely reimburses the Employee for medical or medically related expenses incurred by him.

For purposes of this subparagraph (b), a payment shall be deemed to be made by, or due from the Employer, regardless of whether such payment is made by, or due from the Employer, directly or indirectly through, among others, a trust fund or insurer, to which the Employer contributes or pays premiums and regardless of whether contributions made or due to the trust fund, insurer, or other entity are for the benefit of particular employees or are on behalf of a group of employees in the aggregate.

c)Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer. The same Hours of Service shall not be credited both under subparagraph
(a) or subparagraph (b) above (as the case may be) and under this subparagraph (c). Crediting of Hours of Service for back pay awarded or agreed to with respect to periods described in subparagraph (b) above shall be subject to the limitations set forth in that subparagraph.

Hours of Service shall be determined on the basis of actual Hours of Service that an Employee is paid or entitled to payment if the Employer maintains hourly records for such Employee. If the Employer (i) does not maintain hourly records for an Employee or (ii) elected in Item X(4) to use an equivalency for all Employees, Hours of Service shall be determined using an equivalency based on periods of employment in lieu of actual Hours of Service. The equivalencies shall be on the basis of months, days, weeks, or semi-monthly payroll periods as defined in Item X.

The crediting of Hours of Service above shall be applied under the rules of paragraphs (b) and (c) of the Department of Labor Regulation 2530.200b-2 (including any interpretations or opinions implementing such rules); which rules, by this reference, are specifically incorporated in full within this Plan. The reference to paragraph (b) applies to the special rule for determining Hours of Service for reasons other than the performance of duties such as payments calculated (or not calculated) on the basis of units of time and the rule against double credit. The reference to paragraph (c) applies to the crediting of Hours of Service to service periods.

Hours of Service shall be credited for employment with any other employer required to be aggregated with the Employer under Code Section 414(b), (c), (m), or (o) and the regulations thereunder for purposes of entry and vesting. Hours of Service shall also be credited for any individual who is considered an employee for purposes of this Plan pursuant to Code Section 414(n) or (o) and the regulations thereunder.

Solely for purposes of determining whether a one-year break in service has occurred for vesting purposes, during a Parental Absence an Employee shall be credited with the Hours of Service which would otherwise have been credited to the Employee but for such absence, or in any case in which such hours cannot be determined, eight Hours of Service per day of such absence. The Hours of Service credited under this paragraph shall be credited in the service period in which the absence begins if the crediting is necessary to prevent a break in service in that period; or in all other cases, in the following service period.

Inactive Participant means a former Active Participant who has an Account. (See Section 2.02.)
			
	12

In-plan Roth Rollover means the irrevocable rollover of all or any portion of a Participant’s Vested Account (other than a Designated Roth Account) to a Designated Roth Account under the Plan. The rollover shall be subject to the provisions of Section 3.04, and made in accordance with Code Section 402A(c)(4) and any subsequent guidance.

Insurance Policy means the life insurance policy or policies issued to the Trustee by the Insurer as provided in Section 4.04.

Insurer means Principal Life Insurance Company or the insurance company or companies named by the Trustee in its discretion or as directed under the Trust Agreement to issue Annuity Contracts.

In addition, if this Plan is a restatement of a Prior Plan, Insurer shall also mean any life insurance company which has issued a group annuity contract to either the Employer or the Trustee and such contract remains in effect.

Integration Level means the Integration Level defined in Item Q(3)(b).

Investment Fund means the total of Plan assets, excluding the guaranteed benefit policy portion of any Annuity Contract. All or a portion of these assets may be held under, or invested pursuant to, the terms of a Trust Agreement if Item U(1)(a) is selected.

The Investment Fund shall be valued at current fair market value as of the Valuation Date. The valuation shall take into consideration investment earnings credited, expenses charged, payments made, and changes in the values of the assets held in the Investment Fund.

The Investment Fund shall be allocated at all times to Participants, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan. The Account of a Participant shall be credited with its share of the gains and losses of the Investment Fund. The part of a Participant’s Account invested in a funding arrangement that establishes one or more accounts or investment vehicles for such Participant thereunder shall be credited with the gain or loss from such accounts or investment vehicles. The part of a Participant’s Account invested in other funding arrangements shall be credited with a proportionate share of the gain or loss of such investments. The share shall be determined by multiplying the gain or loss of the investment by the ratio of the part of the Participant’s Account invested in such funding arrangement to the total of the Investment Fund invested in such funding arrangement.

Investment Manager means any fiduciary (other than a Trustee or Named Fiduciary):

a)who has the power to manage, acquire, or dispose of any assets of the Plan;

b)who (i) is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940; (ii) is not registered as an investment adviser under such Act by reason of paragraph (1) of section 203A(a) of such Act, is registered as an investment adviser under the laws of the state (referred to in such paragraph (1)) in which it maintains its principal office and place of business, and, at the time it last filed the registration form most recently filed by it with such state in order to maintain its registration under the laws of such state, also filed a copy of such form with the Secretary of Labor; (iii) is a bank, as defined in that Act; or (iv) is an insurance company qualified to perform services described in subparagraph (a) above under the laws of more than one state; and

c)who has acknowledged in writing being a fiduciary with respect to the Plan.

Item means the specified item in the Adoption Agreement the Employer signed.

Late Retirement Date means any day (the first day of any month if Item Z(2)(a) is selected or the specified day of the month if Item Z(2)(b) is selected) that is after a Participant’s Normal Retirement
			
	13

Date and on which retirement benefits begin. If a Participant continues to work for the Employer after his Normal Retirement Date, his Late Retirement Date shall be the day (the earliest first day of the month on or after the date if Item Z(2)(a) is selected or the earliest specified day of the month on or after the date if Item Z(2)(b) is selected) he has a Severance from Employment. If Item Z(3)(a) is not selected, an earlier Retirement Date may apply if the Participant so elects. A later Retirement Date may apply if the Participant so elects. (See Section 5.04.)

Leased Employee means any person (other than an employee of the recipient) who, pursuant to an agreement between the recipient and any other person ("leasing organization"), has performed services for the recipient (or for the recipient and related persons determined in accordance with Code Section 414(n)(6)) on a substantially full time basis for a period of at least one year, and such services are performed under primary direction or control by the recipient. Contributions or benefits provided by the leasing organization to a Leased Employee, which are attributable to service performed for the recipient employer, shall be treated as provided by the recipient employer.

A Leased Employee shall not be considered an employee of the recipient if:

a)such employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan providing (i) a nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least 10 percent of compensation, as defined in Code Section 415(c)(3), (ii) immediate participation, and (iii) full and immediate vesting, and

b)Leased Employees do not constitute more than 20 percent of the recipient's nonhighly compensated work force.

Loan Administrator means the person(s) or position(s) named in Item U(3)(a)(i).

Mandatory Distribution means a distribution to a Participant that is made without the Participant’s consent and is made to the Participant before he attains the older of age 62 or his Normal Retirement Age. If Item Z(7)(d) is selected, Mandatory Distribution means a distribution to a Participant that is made without the Participant’s consent, without regard to the Participant’s age at the time of such distribution.

Matching Contributions means Employer Contributions that are contingent on a Participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions or Voluntary Contributions. (See Items O(1), O(2), and P and Sections 3.01, 3.05, 3.09, and 3.11.)

Maximum Integration Rate means the Maximum Integration Rate defined in Item Q(3)(b).

Monthly Date means each Yearly Date and the same day of each following month during the Plan Year beginning on such Yearly Date.

Named Fiduciary means the person or persons who have authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan. (See Item G.)

Named Fiduciary for Contributions means the Named Fiduciary responsible for collecting Contributions pursuant to Section 9.01.

Net Profits means the Employer’s current or accumulated net earnings, determined according to generally accepted accounting practices, before any Contributions made by the Employer under this Plan and before any deduction for Federal or state income tax, dividends on the Employer’s stock, and capital gains or losses. If the Employer is a nonprofit organization under Code Section 501(c)(3), Net Profits means excess revenues (excess of receipts over expenditures).

Nonhighly Compensated Employee means an Employee of the Employer who is not a Highly Compensated Employee.

			
	14

Non-bargaining Employee means an Employee who is not represented for collective bargaining purposes by any collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and employee representatives, if retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining and if two percent or less of the Employees who are covered pursuant to that agreement are professionals as defined in section 1.410(b)-9 of the regulations. For this purpose, the term “employee representatives” does not include any organization more than half of whose members are Employees who are owners, officers, or executives of the Employer.

Nonresident Alien means a nonresident alien, within the meaning of Code Section 7701(b)(1)(B), who receives no earned income, within the meaning of Code Section 911(d)(2), from the Employer that constitutes income from sources within the United States, within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3), or who receives such earned income but it is all exempt from income tax in the United States under the terms of an income tax convention.

Nonvested Account means the excess, if any, of a Participant’s Account over his Vested Account.

Normal Form means a single life annuity with installment refund.

Normal Retirement Age means the age defined in Item Z(1).

Normal Retirement Date means the date defined in Item Z(2). Retirement benefits shall begin on a Participant’s Normal Retirement Date if he has had a Severance from Employment, has a Vested Account, and has not elected to have retirement benefits begin later. However, retirement benefits shall not begin before the older of age 62 or his Normal Retirement Age, unless the qualified election procedures of Article VI or VIA, whichever applies, are met. If permitted in Item Z(3), a Participant may choose to have retirement benefits begin on his Normal Retirement Date, even if he is an Employee on such date.

Owner-employee means a Self-employed Individual who, in the case of a sole proprietorship, owns the entire interest in the unincorporated trade or business for which this Plan is established. If this Plan is established for a partnership, an Owner-employee means a Self-employed Individual who owns more than 10 percent of either the capital interest or profits interest in such partnership.

Parental Absence means an Employee's absence from work:

a)by reason of pregnancy of the Employee,

b)by reason of birth of a child of the Employee,

c)by reason of the placement of a child with the Employee in connection with adoption of such child by such Employee, or

d)for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement.

Participant means either an Active Participant or an Inactive Participant.

Participant Contributions means Voluntary Contributions and Required Contributions, unless the context clearly indicates only one is meant.

Part-time, Temporary, or Seasonal Employee means an Employee who is regularly scheduled to work less than 1,000 Hours of Service in an Entry Service Period. In the event such an Employee (i) works at least 1,000 Hours of Service during an Entry Service Period based on the Hours of Service credited at the end of the Entry Service Period or (ii) his employment status changes to full-time, he shall no longer be considered a Part-time, Temporary, or Seasonal Employee.

			
	15

Period of Military Duty means, for an Employee

a)who served as a member of the armed forces of the United States, and

b)who was reemployed by the Employer at a time when the Employee had a right to reemployment in accordance with seniority rights as protected under Chapter 43 of Title 38 of the U.S. Code,

the period of time from the date the Employee was first absent from active work for the Employer because of such military duty to the date the Employee was reemployed.

Period of Service means a period of time beginning on an Employee's Hire Date and ending on his Severance Date.

Period of Severance means a period of time beginning on an Employee's Severance Date and ending on the date he again performs an Hour of Service.

A one-year Period of Severance means a Period of Severance of 12 consecutive months.

Solely for purposes of determining whether a one-year Period of Severance has occurred for entry or vesting purposes, the consecutive 12-month period beginning on the first anniversary of the first date of a Parental Absence shall not be a one-year Period of Severance.

Permissible Withdrawal means a withdrawal that meets the requirements in subparagraph (d) of the Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement (EACA) Provisions section or subparagraph (e) of the Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement (QACA) Safe Harbor Provisions section. (See Sections 3.10 and 3.11.)

Plan means the Employer’s retirement plan set forth in the attached Adoption Agreement and this document, including any later amendments to them. If the Adoption Agreement indicates that a Trust Agreement has been set up, the term Plan shall include the Trust Agreement, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

Plan Administrator means the person or persons who administer the Plan. (See Item H.)

Plan Fund means the total of the Investment Fund and the guaranteed benefit policy portion of any Annuity Contract. The Investment Fund shall be valued as stated in its definition. The guaranteed benefit policy portion of any Annuity Contract shall be determined in accordance with the terms of the Annuity Contract and, to the extent that such Annuity Contract allocates contract values to Participants, allocated to Participants in accordance with its terms. The total of all amounts held under the Plan Fund shall equal the value of the aggregate Participants’ Accounts under the Plan.

Plan Year means a consecutive 12-month period beginning on a Yearly Date and ending on the day before the next Yearly Date. If the Yearly Date changes, the change will result in a short Plan Year. If a service period is based on the Plan Year, corresponding years before the Effective Date shall be included.

Plan-year Quarter means a period beginning on a Quarterly Date and ending on the day before the next Quarterly Date.

Predecessor Employer means, except for purposes of Section 3.07, a predecessor employer defined in Item I(1).

Pre-tax Elective Deferral Contributions means a Participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions that are not includible in the Participant’s gross income at the time deferred.

			
	16

Prevailing Rate Schedule means a schedule that is published by the United States Department of Labor or any State Department of Labor, indicating the minimum hourly rate for wages and fringe benefits (including, but not limited to, pension benefits) which must be paid to the employees of an employer working on particular jobs financed or contracted by the United States of America or any State, County, Municipality, or other governmental entity.

Primary Beneficiary means an individual who is named as a Beneficiary under the Plan and has an unconditional right to all or a portion of the Participant’s Account balance under the Plan upon the death of the Participant.

Prior Employer means a prior employer defined in Item I(2).

Prior Plan means a retirement plan of the Employer or of a Predecessor Employer that was qualifiable under Code Section 401(a), and of which this Plan is a restatement. If, because of a merger, consolidation, or transfer of assets or liabilities, this Plan is a continuation of a plan that was qualifiable under Code Section 401(a), that plan shall be a Prior Plan. If, with the approval of any governmental agency to which it is subject, the assets of a terminated plan of the Employer which was qualified under Code Section 401(a) are transferred to this Plan, that terminated plan shall be deemed to be the Prior Plan.

Prior Plan Assets means the assets accumulated under the Prior Plan which have not been distributed and which are held under this Plan.

QACA Matching Contributions means Matching Contributions made under a qualified automatic contribution arrangement and that are distributable only in accordance with the distribution provisions (other than for hardships or deemed severance from employment as described in Section 5.03) applicable to Elective Deferral Contributions. (See Item O(2) and Sections 5.03 and 5.04.)

QACA Nonelective Contributions means Employer Contributions made under a qualified automatic contribution arrangement and that are distributable only in accordance with the distribution provisions (other than for hardships or deemed severance from employment as described in Section 5.03) applicable to Elective Deferral Contributions. (See Item O(2) and Sections 5.03 and 5.04.)

QACA Safe Harbor Plan means a plan that satisfies the ADP Test Safe Harbor and to which the QACA safe harbor provisions of Section 3.11 apply as elected in Item O(2).

Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity means, for a Participant who has a spouse, an immediate survivorship life annuity with installment refund, where the Contingent Annuitant is the Participant’s spouse and the survivorship percentage is 50%, unless otherwise specified in Item AA(1)(a)(i). A former spouse will be treated as the spouse to the extent provided under a qualified domestic relations order as described in Code Section 414(p).

The amount of benefit payable under the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity shall be the amount of benefit that may be provided by the Participant’s Vested Account.

Qualified Matching Contributions means Matching Contributions that are nonforfeitable when allocated to Participants’ Accounts and that are distributable only in accordance with the distribution provisions (other than for hardships or deemed severance from employment as described in Section 5.03) applicable to Elective Deferral Contributions. (See Sections 5.03 and 5.04.)

Matching Contributions shall be Qualified Matching Contributions if elected in Item O(1)(b)(i) or P(14). If Item O(1)(b)(i)D is selected, additional Matching Contributions shall be Qualified Matching Contributions, unless otherwise specified in Item O(1)(b)(i)D(1).

			
	17

Qualified Military Service means any service in the uniformed services (as defined in Chapter 43 of Title 38 of the U.S. Code) by any individual if such individual is entitled to reemployment rights under such chapter with respect to such service.

Qualified Nonelective Contributions means Employer Contributions (other than Elective Deferral Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions) that are nonforfeitable when allocated to Participants’ Accounts and that are distributable only in accordance with the distribution provisions (other than for hardships or deemed severance from employment as described in Section 5.03) applicable to Elective Deferral Contributions. (See Items O(1)(b)(ii), O(1)(d), Q(1), Q(4)(a), and Sections 3.01, 3.09, 5.03, and 5.04.)

Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity means a single life annuity with installment refund payable to the surviving spouse of a Participant who dies before his Annuity Starting Date. A former spouse will be treated as the surviving spouse to the extent provided under a qualified domestic relations order as described in Code Section 414(p).

Qualified Reservist Distribution means any distribution to an individual if: (i) such distribution is from an individual retirement plan, or from amounts attributable to employer contributions made pursuant to elective deferrals described in Code Section 402(g)(3)(A) or (C) or Code Section 501(c)(18)(D)(iii); (ii) such individual was (by reason of being a member of a reserve component (as defined in Section 101 of Title 37 of the U.S. Code)) ordered or called to active duty after September 11, 2001, for a period in excess of 179 days or for an indefinite period; and (iii) such distribution is made during the period beginning on the date of such order or call and ending at the close of the active duty period.

Qualifying Employer Securities means any security which is issued by the Employer or any Controlled Group member and which meets the requirements of Code Section 409(l) and ERISA Section 407(d)(5). This shall also include any securities that satisfied the requirements of the definition when these securities were assigned to the Plan. (See Item U(5) and Section 4.02)

Qualifying Employer Securities Fund means that part of the assets of the Trust Fund that are designated to be held primarily or exclusively in Qualifying Employer Securities for the purpose of providing benefits for Participants.

Quarterly Date means each Yearly Date and the third, sixth, and ninth Monthly Date after each Yearly Date that is within the same Plan Year.

Reclassified Employee means, for purposes of Item J(1), an individual considered by the Employer to be an independent contractor who is later determined by the Internal Revenue Service (or another agency or court) to be an Employee. If selected in Item J(1), such individual will continue to be excluded following the reclassification date.

Reentry Date means the date a former Active Participant reenters the Plan. (See Section 2.01.)

Required Contributions means nondeductible employee contributions required from an active participant in order to participate in the Prior Plan. Required Contributions, and earnings thereon, shall be 100% vested and nonforfeitable at all times.

Restatement Date means the date the Plan was last restated. (See Item A(2).)

Retirement Date means the date a retirement benefit will begin and is a Participant’s Early, Normal, or Late Retirement Date, as the case may be.

Rollover Contributions means the rollover contributions that are made by an Eligible Employee or an Inactive Participant. (See Section 3.03.)

			
	18

Roth Elective Deferral Contributions means a Participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions that are not excludible from the Participant’s gross income at the time deferred and have been irrevocably designated as Roth Elective Deferral Contributions by the Participant in his Elective Deferral Agreement. Whether an Elective Deferral Contribution is not excludible from a Participant’s gross income will be determined in accordance with section 1.401(k)-1(f)(2) of the regulations. In the case of a Self-employed Individual, an Elective Deferral Contribution is not excludible from gross income only if the individual does not claim a deduction for such amount.

Safe Harbor Contributions means, for purposes of determining Eligible Employees, entry requirements and the Entry Date, the Employer Contributions made to satisfy the ADP Test Safe Harbor. (See Items J, K, and AB.)

Self-Directed Brokerage Account means that portion of a Participant’s Account that is invested at the Participant’s direction in a Self-Directed Brokerage Account.

Self-employed Individual means, with respect to any taxable year, an individual who has Earned Income for the taxable year (or who would have Earned Income but for the fact the trade or business for which this Plan is established did not have net profits for such taxable year).

Semi-yearly Date means each Yearly Date and the sixth Monthly Date after each Yearly Date that is within the same Plan Year.

Severance Date means the earlier of:

a)the date on which an Employee quits, retires, dies, or is discharged, or

b)the first anniversary of the date an Employee begins a one-year absence from service (with or without pay). This absence may be the result of any combination of vacation, holiday, sickness, disability, leave of absence, or layoff.

Solely to determine whether a one-year Period of Severance has occurred for entry or vesting purposes for an Employee who is absent from service beyond the first anniversary of the first day of a Parental Absence, Severance Date is the second anniversary of the first day of the Parental Absence. The period between the first and second anniversaries of the first day of the Parental Absence is not a Period of Service and is not a Period of Severance.

Severance from Employment means, except for purposes of Section 3.07, an Employee has ceased to be an employee of the employer maintaining the Plan. An Employee does not have a severance from employment if, in connection with a change of employment, the Employee’s new employer maintains such Plan with respect to the Employee.

Significant Corporate Event means any corporate merger or consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, liquidation, dissolution, sale of substantially all assets of a trade or business, or such similar transaction as may be prescribed in regulations under Code Section 409(e)(3).

Taxable Wage Base means the contribution and benefit base under section 230 of the Social Security Act.

Totally Disabled means if Items Z(5)(a), (b), (c), (d), and (e) are not selected, that a Participant is disabled, as a result of sickness or injury, to the extent that he is prevented from engaging in any substantial gainful activity, and is eligible for and receives a disability benefit under Title II of the Federal Social Security Act.

If Item Z(5)(a) is selected, Totally Disabled means that a Participant meets the definition of disabled under the Employer’s long-term disability plan.

			
	19

If Item Z(5)(b) is selected, Totally Disabled means that a Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of a medically determined physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of at least 12 months. Such disability shall be determined by a licensed physician chosen by the Plan Administrator.

If Item Z(5)(c) is selected, Totally Disabled means that a Participant is disabled as a result of sickness or injury, to the extent that he is completely prevented from performing any work or engaging in any occupation for wage or profit, and has been continuously disabled for five months. Initial written proof that the disability exists and has continued uninterruptedly for at least five months must be furnished to the Plan Administrator by the Participant within one year after the date the disability begins. The Plan Administrator, upon receipt of any notice of proof of a Participant’s total disability, shall have the right and opportunity to have a physician it designates examine the Participant when and as often as it may reasonably require, but not more than once each year after the disability has continued uninterruptedly for at least two years beyond the date of furnishing the first proof.

If Item Z(5)(d) is selected, Totally Disabled means that a Participant is disabled, as a result of sickness or injury, to the extent that he is completely prevented from performing any work or engaging in any occupation for wage or profit, and has been continuously disabled for the number of months specified.

Initial written proof that the disability exists and has continued uninterruptedly for at least the number of months specified must be furnished to the Plan Administrator by the Participant within one year after the date the disability begins. The Plan Administrator, upon receipt of any notice of proof of a Participant's total and permanent disability, shall have the right and opportunity to have a physician it designates examine the Participant when and as often as it may reasonably require, but not more than once each year after the disability has continued uninterruptedly for at least two years beyond the date of furnishing the first proof.

If Item Z(5)(e) is selected, Totally Disabled means the alternative definition provided by the Employer in that Item.

The determination of disability shall be applied uniformly to all Participants and may not discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees.

Trust Agreement means an agreement of trust between the Employer and Trustee established for the purpose of holding and distributing the Trust Fund under the provisions of the Plan. The Trust Agreement may provide for the investment of all or any portion of the Trust Fund in the Annuity Contract or any other investment arrangement. (See Item U(1)(a).)

Trust Fund means the total funds held under an applicable Trust Agreement. The term Trust Fund when used within a Trust Agreement shall mean only the funds held under that Trust Agreement.

Trustee means, for trusteed plans, the party or parties named in the Trust Agreement(s).

Valuation Date means the date on which the value of the assets of the Investment Fund is determined. The value of each Account that is maintained under this Plan shall be determined on the Valuation Date. In each Plan Year, the Valuation Date shall be the last day of the Plan Year. At the discretion of the Plan Administrator, Trustee, or Insurer (whichever applies) and in a nondiscriminatory manner, assets of the Investment Fund may be valued more frequently. These dates shall also be Valuation Dates.

Vested Account means the vested part of a Participant’s Account. If all Employer Contributions are 100% vested, the Participant’s Vested Account is equal to his Account. If not all Employer Contributions are 100% vested, and the Participant’s Vesting Percentage for all Employer Contributions is 100%, the Vested Account equals his Account. If not all Employer Contributions are

			
	20

100% vested and the Participant’s Vesting Percentage for all Employer Contributions is not 100%, the Vested Account equals the sum of (a) and (b) below:

a)The part of the Participant’s Account resulting from Employer Contributions made before a prior Forfeiture Date and all other Contributions that were 100% vested when made.

b)The balance of the Participant’s Account in excess of the amount in (a) above multiplied by his Vesting Percentage. If his Vesting Percentages that apply to such Employer Contributions are not equal, the balance of his Account resulting from all types of Employer Contributions subject to the same Vesting Percentage shall be multiplied by the applicable Vesting Percentage and each product added together to determine this amount.

If the Participant has withdrawn any part of his Account resulting from Employer Contributions, other than the vested Employer Contributions included in (a) above, and his Vesting Percentage with respect to such Contributions is less than 100%, the amount determined under this subparagraph (b) shall be equal to P(AB + D) - D as defined below:

P   The Participant’s Vesting Percentage.

AB  The balance of the Participant’s Account in excess of the amount in (a) above.

D    The amount of the withdrawal resulting from Employer Contributions, other than the vested Employer Contributions included in (a) above.

If the amount determined in this (b) is determined using different Vesting Percentages, this formula shall apply separately to the calculation done for the balance of his Account resulting from all types of Employer Contributions subject to the same Vesting Percentage, including only the balance of his Account in excess of the amount in (a) above resulting from Employer Contributions subject to the same Vesting Percentage and the amount of the withdrawal resulting from such Employer Contributions. This calculation is not required if the Vesting Percentage is 100%.

Vesting Break means, when the elapsed time method is used, a one-year Period of Severance. An Employee incurs a Vesting Break on the last day of a one-year Period of Severance.

When the hours method is used, Vesting Break is defined in Item W(1)(c). An Employee incurs a Vesting Break on the last day of the Vesting Service Period in which he has a Vesting Break.

Vesting Percentage means the Participant’s Vesting Percentage determined under Item V. If the schedule used to determine a Participant’s Vesting Percentage is changed, the new schedule shall not apply to a Participant unless he is credited with an Hour of Service on or after the date of the change and the Participant’s Vesting Percentage on the day before the date of the change is not reduced under this Plan. The provisions of Section 10.01 regarding changes in the computation of Vesting Percentage shall apply.

Vesting Service means an Employee's service determined under Item W. Vesting Service is subject to the modifications selected under that item. Vesting Service shall include service with a Controlled Group member while the Employer and such Controlled Group member are both members of the Controlled Group.

If Item I(1)(a)(ii) is selected, Vesting Service shall include service with a Predecessor Employer which did not maintain this Plan. If Item I(2)(b)(ii) is selected, Vesting Service shall include service with a Prior Employer. If Vesting Service includes service with a Predecessor Employer or Prior Employer, the crediting of such service shall be determined on a reasonably uniform basis to all similarly situated Employees based on all relevant facts and circumstances so as not to discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees.

			
	21

Vesting Service shall include a Period of Military Duty. If the elapsed time method is used, the entire Period of Military Duty shall be included to the extent it has not already been counted as Vesting Service. If the hours method is used, an Hour of Service shall be credited (without regard to the 501 Hours of Service limitation) for each hour the Employee would normally have been scheduled to work for the Employer during such Period of Military Duty, to the extent such hour has not already been credited as Vesting Service.

If the elapsed time method is used, Vesting Service shall be measured from his Hire Date to his most recent Severance Date. Vesting Service shall be reduced by all or any part of a Period of Service that is not counted. Vesting Service shall also be reduced by any Period of Severance that occurred prior to his most recent Severance Date, unless such Period of Severance is included under the service spanning rule below. This period of Vesting Service shall be expressed as years and fractional parts of a year (to four decimal places) on the basis that 365 days equal one year.

If the elapsed time method is used, Vesting Service shall include a Period of Severance (service spanning rule) if:

a)the Period of Severance immediately follows a period during which an Employee is not absent from work and ends within 12 months, or

b)the Period of Severance immediately follows a period during which an Employee is absent from work for any reason other than quitting, being discharged, or retiring (such as a leave of absence or layoff) and ends within 12 months of the date he was first absent.

If the method of crediting Vesting Service changes, the provisions of Sections 10.01 and 10.13 shall apply.

Vesting Service Period means the period defined in Item W(1)(b).

Voluntary Contributions means the Contributions by a Participant that are 100% vested and are not required as a condition of employment or participation, or for obtaining additional Employer Contributions. Voluntary Contributions, and earnings thereon, shall be 100% vested and nonforfeitable at all times. (See Item T(1) and Section 3.02.)

Wage Rate Contributions means Employer Contributions based on the applicable Prevailing Rate Schedule. (See Item Q(4) and Section 3.01.)

Yearly Date means the Yearly Date defined in Item E.

Years of Service means an Employee's Vesting Service defined in Item W, disregarding any modifications that exclude service.

ARTICLE II PARTICIPATION
SECTION 2.01 – ACTIVE PARTICIPANT.

For purposes of the Contributions as specified in Item K, an Employee shall first become an Active Participant (begin active participation in the Plan) on the earliest date specified in Item K on which he is an Eligible Employee and has met all of the entry requirements selected in Item K. This date is his Entry Date for such Contributions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, in accordance with their established nondiscriminatory procedures, an Employee may make a one-time irrevocable election not to participate in this Plan. Such election must be made no later than the date the Employee first becomes eligible to participate in any plan of the Employer and shall remain in effect for the duration of the Employee’s employment with the Employer.
			
	22

If the Plan’s entry requirements are changed, an Employee who was an Active Participant immediately prior to the effective date of the change is deemed to satisfy the new requirements and his Entry Date shall not change.

Each Employee who was an active participant under the Prior Plan on the day before the Restatement Date shall continue to be an Active Participant under this Plan on the Restatement Date if he is still an Eligible Employee on such Restatement Date and his Entry Date shall not change.

If service with a Predecessor Employer or a Prior Employer is counted for purposes of Entry Service in Item I, an Employee shall be credited with such service on the date he becomes an Employee and shall become an Active Participant on the earliest date specified in Item K for purposes of the Contributions specified in Item K on which he is an Eligible Employee and has met all of the entry requirements selected in Item K. This date is his Entry Date for such Contributions.

If a person has been an Eligible Employee who has met all of the entry requirements for purposes of the Contributions specified in Item K but is not an Eligible Employee on the date that would have been his Entry Date for such Contributions, he shall become an Active Participant for purposes of such Contributions on the date he again becomes an Eligible Employee. This date is his Entry Date for such Contributions.

In the event an Employee who is not an Eligible Employee becomes an Eligible Employee, he shall become an Active Participant immediately if he has satisfied the entry requirements for purposes of the Contributions specified in Item K and would have otherwise previously become an Active Participant had he met the definition of Eligible Employee. This date is his Entry Date for such Contributions.

An Inactive Participant shall again become an Active Participant (resume active participation in the Plan) for purposes of the Contributions for which he previously had an Entry Date on the date he again performs an Hour of Service as an Eligible Employee. This date is his Reentry Date for such Contributions. Upon again becoming an Active Participant, he shall cease to be an Inactive Participant.

A former Participant shall again become an Active Participant (resume active participation in the Plan) for purposes of the Contributions for which he previously had an Entry Date on the date he again performs an Hour of Service as an Eligible Employee. This date is his Reentry Date for such Contributions.

A Participant shall be treated as benefiting under the Plan for any Plan Year during which the Participant received or is deemed to receive an allocation in accordance with section 1.410(b)-3(a) of the regulations.

SECTION 2.02 – INACTIVE PARTICIPANT.

An Active Participant shall become an Inactive Participant on the earlier of the following:

a)the date the Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee, or

b)the effective date of complete termination of the Plan under Article VIII.

An Employee or former Employee who was an inactive participant under the Prior Plan on the day before the Restatement Date shall continue to be an Inactive Participant under this Plan on the Restatement Date. Eligibility for any benefits payable to the Participant or on his behalf and the amount of the benefits shall be determined according to the provisions of the Prior Plan, unless otherwise stated in this Plan.
			
	23

SECTION 2.03 – CESSATION OF PARTICIPATION.

A Participant shall cease to be a Participant on the date he is no longer an Eligible Employee and his Account is zero.

SECTION 2.04 – ADOPTING EMPLOYERS – SINGLE PLAN.

Each Adopting Employer identified as a single plan in Item AB of the Adoption Agreement or if Item AB(1)(b) is selected, the attached participation agreements, is a Controlled Group member and participates with the Employer in this Plan. An Adopting Employer's agreement to participate in this Plan shall be in writing.

The Employer has the right to amend the Plan. An Adopting Employer does not have the right to amend the Plan.

If the Adopting Employer did not maintain a Prior Plan, the date of participation specified in Item AB (the day following the end of its transition period described in Code Section 410(b)(6)(C)(ii) for an Adopting Employer not listed in Item AB) shall be the Entry Date for any of its Employees who have met the requirements in Section 2.01 as of that date. Service with and Compensation from an Adopting Employer shall be included as service with and Compensation from the Employer. If Item AB(3)(a) is selected, such service and Compensation shall only be included beginning on the date the Adopting Employer became a Controlled Group member. Transfer of employment, without interruption, between an Adopting Employer and another Adopting Employer or the Employer shall not be considered an interruption of service. The Employer’s Fiscal Year in Item F shall be the Fiscal Year used in interpreting this Plan for Adopting Employers.

Contributions made by an Adopting Employer shall be treated as Contributions made by the Employer. Forfeitures arising from those Contributions shall be used for the benefit of all Participants.

An employer shall not be an Adopting Employer if it ceases to be a Controlled Group member. Such an employer may continue a retirement plan for its Employees in the form of a separate document. This Plan shall be amended to delete a former Adopting Employer from Item AB or, if Item AB(1)(b) is selected, remove the participation agreement for such Adopting Employer.

If (i) an employer ceases to be an Adopting Employer or the Plan or participation agreement is amended to remove an Adopting Employer and (ii) the Adopting Employer does not continue a retirement plan for the benefit of its Employees, partial termination may result and the provisions of Article VIII shall apply.

SECTION 2.05 – ADOPTING EMPLOYERS – MULTIPLE EMPLOYER PLAN.

Each Adopting Employer identified as a multiple employer plan in Item AB of the Adoption Agreement or if Item AB(1)(b) is selected, the attached participation agreements, participates with the Employer in this Plan. This Plan is a multiple employer plan as described in Code Section 413(c). An Adopting Employer's agreement to participate in this Plan shall be in writing.

The Employer has the right to amend the Plan. An Adopting Employer does not have the right to amend the Plan.

If the Adopting Employer did not maintain its plan before its date of adoption specified in Item AB(4) or the attached participation agreement, its date of adoption shall be the Entry Date for any of its Employees who have met the requirements in Section 2.01 as of that date. Service with and Compensation from an Adopting Employer shall be included as service with and Compensation from the Employer. Transfer of employment, without interruption, between an Adopting Employer and another Adopting Employer or the Employer shall not be considered an interruption of service. The

			
	24

Employer’s Fiscal Year in Item F shall be the Fiscal Year used in interpreting this Plan for Adopting Employers.

If the amount of an Employer Contribution or a limit on an Employer Contribution is determined by the Employer, such determination shall be made by the Employer. Forfeitures arising from those Contributions shall be used for the benefit of all Participants.

The provisions of Section 3.07 shall be applied to each Participant taking into account all Contributions and all Compensation for the Limitation Year from all Employers and Employer Groups covered by the Plan.

The requirements of Code Section 410(b) and 401(a)(4) shall be applied separately to each Employer Group.

For purposes of the ACP Test and ADP Test, each Employer Group shall be treated as maintaining a separate plan.

The provisions of Article XI shall be applied separately to each Employer Group. If the Plan is top- heavy with respect to an Employer Group, the minimum contribution requirements shall apply with respect to the Employees of such Employer Group. If the Plan is not top-heavy with respect to an Employer Group, the minimum contribution requirements shall not apply with respect to the Employees of such Employer Group.

If the Plan or, if Item AB(1)(b) is selected, the participation agreement is amended to remove an Adopting Employer and the Adopting Employer does not continue a retirement plan for the benefit of its Employees, partial termination may result and the provisions of Article VIII shall apply.

SECTION 2.06 – ADOPTING EMPLOYERS – SEPARATE PLANS.

Each Adopting Employer identified as a separate plan in Item AB of the Adoption Agreement or if Item AB(1)(b) is selected, the attached participation agreements, is a Controlled Group member and maintains this Plan as a separate and distinct plan for the exclusive benefit of its Employees. An Adopting Employer’s adoption of the Plan shall be in writing. If the Adopting Employer did not maintain a Prior Plan, the date of adoption specified in Item AB is the Effective Date of its Plan. This date is the first Yearly Date for the Adopting Employer's Plan and shall be the Entry Date for any of its Employees who have met the requirements in Section 2.01 as of that date. If the Adopting Employer did maintain a Prior Plan, the date of adoption is the Restatement Date of its Plan.

An Adopting Employer shall be deemed to be the Employer but only with respect to its Plan and for those Employees who are on its payroll. In interpreting the Adoption Agreement and this document as to an Adopting Employer, the term Employer shall be deemed to refer to the Adopting Employer and the Adopting Employer's fiscal year is deemed to be the Fiscal Year. The Employer named in Item B is deemed to be an Adopting Employer for purposes of the following two paragraphs.

The Contributions made by an Adopting Employer, and Forfeitures arising from such Contributions, shall not be used for the benefit of Employees of any other Adopting Employer. Service with an Adopting Employer shall be included as service with all other Adopting Employers. If Item AB(3)(a) is selected, such service and Compensation shall only be included beginning on the date the Adopting Employer became a Controlled Group member. Transfer of employment, without interruption, between Adopting Employers shall not be an interruption of service. If an Active Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee of an Adopting Employer and immediately becomes an Eligible Employee of another Adopting Employer, he will be an Active Participant in the second Adopting Employer’s Plan. For purposes of Employer Contributions only, he shall be an Active Participant under the first Adopting Employer's Plan until the earlier of the end of the Plan Year or the date on which he is no longer an Eligible Employee under any Adopting Employer’s Plan. In determining his eligibility for, or the amount or allocation of, any Employer Contributions under each

			
	25

Plan, his service from all Adopting Employers shall be taken into account, but only his Compensation from the Adopting Employer maintaining such Plan shall be taken into account for purposes of that Plan. If Employer Contributions are made under a formula that gives a uniform dollar amount per period, there shall be no duplication of contributions on account of active participation in more than one Plan and the Contribution for any period shall be prorated based on service with each Adopting Employer that maintained such Plans.

Any amendment to the Plan by the Employer named in Item B shall be deemed to be an amendment to each Adopting Employer's Plan. An Adopting Employer may not amend the Plan other than to restate its Plan in the form of a separate document and, in that event, it shall cease to be an Adopting Employer. An employer shall not be an Adopting Employer if it ceases to be a Controlled Group member. Such an employer may continue its Plan by restating it in the form of a separate document. This Plan shall be amended to delete a former Adopting Employer from Item AB or, if Item AB(1)(b) is selected, remove the participation agreement for such Adopting Employer.

If the Plan of the Adopting Employer terminates, the provisions of Article VIII shall apply to its Plan.

ARTICLE III CONTRIBUTIONS
SECTION 3.01 – EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS.

Employer Contributions are conditioned on initial qualification of the Plan. If the Plan is denied initial qualification, the provisions of Section 10.15 shall apply.

The amount of Employer Contributions is specified in the Adoption Agreement.

Employer Contributions are made without regard to current or accumulated Net Profits, unless otherwise specified in Item R(1)(a). If Employer Contributions are made from Net Profits in excess of Elective Deferral Contributions and Wage Rate Contributions (Item R(1)(a) is selected), and such excess is not sufficient to provide the Matching Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Contributions under Item Q(1)(a) or (b) and Additional Contributions, if any, such Contributions shall be proportionately reduced. Elective Deferral Contributions and Wage Rate Contributions shall in all events be made without regard to Net Profits. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan shall continue to be designed to qualify as a profit sharing plan for purposes of Code Sections 401(a), 402, 412, and 417.

a)Elective Deferral Contributions. Elective Deferral Contributions made pursuant to either an Elective Deferral Agreement or the terms of an automatic contribution arrangement shall not be made earlier than the date (i) the Participant performs the services that relate to such Elective Deferral Contribution or (ii) the Compensation used to calculate such Elective Deferral Contribution would be payable to the Participant if not contributed to the Plan.

No Participant shall be permitted to have Elective Deferral Contributions, as defined in Section 3.08, made under this Plan, or any other plan, contract, or arrangement maintained by the Employer, during any calendar year, in excess of the dollar limitation contained in Code Section 402(g) in effect for the Participant’s taxable year beginning in such calendar year. If Catch-up Contributions are permitted in Item N(4), the dollar limitation in the preceding sentence shall be increased by the dollar limit on Catch-up Contributions under Code Section 414(v)(2)(B)(i) for the taxable year for any Participant who will be age 50 or older by the end of the taxable year. Elective Deferral Contributions returned as a Permissible Withdrawal shall not be taken into account for purposes of the dollar limitation contained in Code Section 402(g).

			
	26

The dollar limitation contained in Code Section 402(g) was $18,500 for taxable years beginning in 2018. This limit is adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury, in multiples of $500, for cost-of- living increases under Code Section 402(g)(4).

Catch-up Contributions for a Participant for a taxable year may not exceed the dollar limit on Catch-up Contributions under Code Section 414(v)(2)(B)(i) for the taxable year. The dollar limit on Catch-up Contributions under Code Section 414(v)(2)(B)(i) was $6,000 for taxable years beginning in 2018. This limit is adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury, in multiples of $500, for cost-of-living increases under Code Section 414(v)(2)(C).

If Catch-up Contributions are permitted in Item N(4), such Catch-up Contributions may be made to this Plan as provided in that Item. If Item N(3) or N(3)(a) is selected and the percent of Compensation maximum Elective Deferral Contribution limit is equal to or greater than 75% of Compensation, a Participant who is eligible to make Catch-up Contributions shall have his Elective Deferral Contributions, including Catch-up Contributions, limited to the percentage specified in Item N(3) or if Item N(3)(a) is selected, the percentage specified in Item D of the Additional Selections and Minor Modifications Addendum. If Item N(3) or N(3)(a) is selected and the percent of Compensation maximum Elective Deferral Contribution limit is less than 75%, a Participant who is eligible to make Catch-up Contributions shall not be so limited unless his Elective Deferral Contributions, including Catch-up Contributions, exceed the limit in Item N(3) or if Item N(3)(a) is selected, the limit in Item D of the Additional Selections and Minor Modifications Addendum, plus the dollar amount of Catch-up Contributions permitted.

1)Automatic Contribution Arrangement (ACA). If Item N(6) is selected, the Plan provides for an automatic election to have Elective Deferral Contributions made. The automatic Elective Deferral Contribution shall be Pre-tax Elective Deferral Contributions or Roth Elective Deferral Contributions as specified in Item N(6)(a). Such automatic election shall apply when a Participant first becomes eligible to make Elective Deferral Contributions (or again becomes eligible after a period during which he was not an Active Participant). The automatic election shall also apply to certain Active Participants as provided in Items N(6)(b), (c), and (d) and Item E of the Additional Selections and Minor Modifications Addendum.

If Item N(6)(c)(v) is selected, each Active Participant who has affirmatively elected to defer an amount of Compensation that is less than the maximum automatic increase percentage in Item N(6)(b), shall have the amount of Elective Deferral Contributions stated in his Elective Deferral Agreement increased as specified in Item N(6)(c)(v). As of the date this increase is applied, the Participant’s Elective Deferral Agreement shall expire. The automatic Elective Deferral Contribution applicable to a Participant shall be determined as specified in Item N(6)(c)(v). If an Active Participant is subject to more than one Plan provision that would increase his Elective Deferral Contributions on the same date, only one such increase shall apply on that date. If a one-time sweep is selected in Item N(6)(c)(ii) or (iv) or the annual expiration of Elective Deferral Agreements (reenrollment) is selected in Item N(6)(c)(iii), such sweep or reenrollment shall be applied in lieu of the automatic increase of affirmative elections in Item N(6)(c)(v). If any of the corresponding selections are made in Item E of the Additional Selections and Minor Modifications Addendum, this paragraph shall be applied in the same manner, substituting Item E(3)(c)(v) in place of N(6)(c)(v), Item E(3)(b) in place of N(6)(b), Item E(3)(a)(i) or E(3)(a)(ii) in place of N(6)(a)(i) or N(6)(a)(ii), Item E(3)(c)(ii) or (iv) in place of Item N(6)(c)(ii) or (iv), and Item E(3)(c)(iii) in place of Item N(6)(c)(iii).

If Item N(6)(d)(i) applies to both an increase in the default automatic Elective Deferral Contribution under Item N(6)(a) and an increase in the automatic increase of Elective Deferral Contributions under N(6)(b) on the same date, the default automatic Elective Deferral Contribution shall be applied in lieu of the automatic increase. If any of the corresponding selections are made in Item E of the Additional Selections and Minor Modifications Addendum, this paragraph shall be applied in the same manner, substituting

			
	27

Item E(3)(d)(i) in place of Item N(6)(d)(i), Item E(3)(a) in place of Item N(6)(a), and Item E(3)(b) in place of Item N(6)(b).

If Item N(6)(e) is selected, the automatic contribution arrangement may be applied differently to different groups of Employees as specified in Item E of the Additional Selections and Minor Modifications Addendum.

The Participant shall be provided a notice that explains the automatic election and his right to elect a different rate of Elective Deferral Contributions, to elect not to make Elective Deferral Contributions, and if Roth Elective Deferral Contributions are permitted in Item N(5), to designate all or any portion of his Elective Deferral Contributions as Roth Elective Deferral Contributions. The notice shall include the procedure for exercising those rights and the timing for implementing any such elections. The Participant shall be given a reasonable period thereafter to elect a different rate of Elective Deferral Contributions, to elect not to make Elective Deferral Contributions, and if Roth Elective Deferral Contributions are permitted in Item N(5), to designate all or any portion of his Elective Deferral Contributions as Roth Elective Deferral Contributions.

Each Active Participant affected by the automatic election and automatic increase, if applicable, shall be provided an annual notice that explains the automatic election and his right to elect a different rate of Elective Deferral Contributions, to elect not to make Elective Deferral Contributions, and if Roth Elective Deferral Contributions are permitted in Item N(5), to designate all or any portion of his Elective Deferral Contributions as Roth Elective Deferral Contributions. The notice shall include the procedure for exercising those rights and the timing for implementing any such elections.

The notice(s) shall be written in a manner sufficiently accurate and comprehensive to apprise an Employee of his rights and obligations and calculated to be understood by the average Active Participant.

2)Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement (EACA). If Item N(7) is selected, the Plan provides for an automatic election to have Pre-tax Elective Deferral Contributions made under an Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement. (See Item N(7) and Section 3.10.)

3)Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement (QACA). If Item O(2) is selected, the Plan provides for an automatic election to have Pre-tax Elective Deferral Contributions made under a Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement. (See Item O(2) and Section 3.11.)

Employer Contributions are allocated according to the provisions of Section 3.06.

If Item U(5)(a)(iv) is selected, the Employer may make all or any portion of the Employer Contributions (excluding Elective Deferral Contributions and Wage Rate Contributions) which are to be invested in Qualifying Employer Securities, to the Trustee in the form of Qualifying Employer Securities.

The Employer may make all or a part of an annual Employer Contribution (Contributions that are calculated based on Annual Compensation or Compensation for the Plan Year) before the end of the Plan Year. If the annual Contribution is made for or allocated to each person who was an Active Participant at any time during the Plan Year, such Contributions made before the end of the Plan Year may be allocated when made in a manner that approximates the allocation that would otherwise have been made for the Plan Year. Succeeding allocations shall take into account amounts previously allocated for the Plan Year. The percentage of the Employer Contribution allocated to the Participant for the Plan Year shall be the same percentage that would have been allocated to him if the entire allocation had been made for the Plan Year. Excess allocations shall be forfeited and reallocated as necessary to provide the percentage applicable to each Participant. Any other annual

			
	28

Contributions made before the end of the Plan Year shall be held unallocated until the advance Contributions (and earnings) are allocated according to the provisions of Section 3.06.

A portion of the Plan assets resulting from Employer Contributions (but not more than the original amount of those Contributions) may be returned if the Employer Contributions are made because of a mistake of fact or are more than the amount deductible under Code Section 404 (excluding any amount which is not deductible because the Plan is disqualified). The amount involved must be returned to the Employer within one year after the date the Employer Contributions are made by mistake of fact or the date the deduction is disallowed, whichever applies. Except as provided under this paragraph and in Articles VIII and X, the assets of the Plan, including the corpus or income of the Trust, shall never be diverted to or used for the benefit of the Employer and are held for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Participants and their Beneficiaries and for defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan.

Prior Plan Assets which result from contributions made by the Employer shall be treated in the same manner as Employer Contributions made under this Plan. If the Prior Plan Assets are transferred from a terminated plan, they shall be treated in the same manner as Employer Contributions made under this Plan before a Forfeiture Date.

SECTION 3.02 – VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS BY PARTICIPANTS.

If permitted under Item T(1), an Active Participant may make Voluntary Contributions in accordance with nondiscriminatory procedures set up by the Plan Administrator and subject to such limits as the Employer has prescribed in Item T(1). Such Contributions shall be credited to the Participant’s Account when made.

The Plan will not accept deductible Voluntary Contributions that are made for a taxable year beginning after December 31, 1986. Such Contributions made prior to that date shall be maintained in a separate account which will be nonforfeitable at all times.

A Participant’s participation in the Plan is not affected by stopping or changing Voluntary Contributions. An Active Participant’s request to start, change, or stop Voluntary Contributions must be made in such manner and in accordance with such rules as the Employer may prescribe (including by means of voice response or other electronic system under circumstances the Employer permits).

The part of the Participant’s Account resulting from Voluntary Contributions is 100% vested and nonforfeitable at all times.

Prior Plan Assets which result from voluntary contributions made by the Participant shall be treated in the same manner as Voluntary Contributions made under this Plan. These Prior Plan Assets may include deductible voluntary contributions that were made according to the provisions of the Prior Plan.

SECTION 3.03 – ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS.

If permitted under Item T(2), a Rollover Contribution may be made by an Eligible Employee or an Inactive Participant (if Item T(2)(b) is selected, Rollover Contributions may only be made by a Participant) if the following conditions are met:

a)The Contribution is a Participant Rollover Contribution or a direct rollover of an Eligible Rollover Distribution from the types of plans and types of contributions specified in Item T(2) and identified below.

Direct Rollovers. If selected by the Employer in Item T(2), the Plan will accept a direct rollover of an Eligible Rollover Distribution from (i) a qualified plan described in Code Section 401(a) or 403(a), including after-tax employee contributions; (ii) an annuity contract described in Code

			
	29

Section 403(b), including after-tax employee contributions; and (iii) an eligible plan under Code Section 457(b) which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state. If Roth Elective Deferral Contributions are permitted in Item N(5), a direct rollover from the sources described above shall include any portion of a designated Roth account.

Participant Rollover Contributions from Other Plans. If selected by the Employer in Item T(2), the Plan will accept a Participant contribution of an Eligible Rollover Distribution from (i) a qualified plan described in Code Section 401(a) or 403(a), excluding after-tax employee contributions; (ii) an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b), excluding after-tax employee contributions; and (iii) an eligible plan under Code Section 457(b) which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state. If Roth Elective Deferral Contributions are permitted in Item N(5), a Participant contribution of an Eligible Rollover Distribution from the sources described above shall include distributions of a designated Roth account only to the extent such amount would otherwise be includible in a Participant’s gross income.

Participant Rollover Contributions from IRAs. If selected by the Employer in Item T(2), the Plan will accept a Participant Rollover Contribution of the portion of a distribution from an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(a) or (b) that is eligible to be rolled over and would otherwise be includible in the Participant’s gross income.

b)The Contribution is of amounts that the Code permits to be transferred to a plan that meets the requirements of Code Section 401(a).

c)The Contribution is made in the form of a direct rollover under Code Section 401(a)(31) or is a rollover made under Code Section 402(c) or 408(d)(3)(A) within 60 days after the Eligible Employee or Inactive Participant receives the distribution.

d)The Eligible Employee furnishes evidence satisfactory to the Plan Administrator that the proposed rollover meets conditions (a), (b), and (c) above. Such evidence must be reasonable and cannot effectively eliminate or substantially impair the Eligible Employee’s right to elect a direct rollover.

e)In the case of an Inactive Participant, the Contribution must be of an amount distributed from another plan of the Employer, or a plan of a Controlled Group member.

Except as provided in the following sentence, a Rollover Contribution shall be allowed in cash only. If the Plan allows investment in a Self-Directed Brokerage Account or Qualifying Employer Securities, an in-kind distribution may be rolled into the Plan if the in-kind distribution is of an allowable security under the Self-Directed Brokerage Account or Qualifying Employer Securities. Rollover Contributions must be made according to the procedures set up by the Plan Administrator.

If the Plan allows loans in Item U(3)(a), a Rollover Contribution may include a direct rollover of an outstanding loan balance that is not in default for a Participant impacted by a business event in accordance with nondiscriminatory procedures set up by the Loan Administrator. For this purpose, a business event means an acquisition, merger, or similar transaction involving a change in the employer of the employees of a trade or business. If Item T(2)(c) is selected, a Rollover Contribution may include a direct rollover of an outstanding loan balance that is not in default in accordance with nondiscriminatory procedures set up by the Loan Administrator. If Item T(2)(d) is selected, Rollover Contributions shall not include an outstanding loan balance.

If the Eligible Employee is not an Active Participant when the Rollover Contribution is made, he shall be deemed to be an Active Participant only for the purpose of investment and distribution of the Rollover Contribution. Employer Contributions shall not be made for or allocated to the Eligible

			
	30

Employee and he may not make Voluntary Contributions until the time he meets all of the requirements to become an Active Participant.

Rollover Contributions made by an Eligible Employee or an Inactive Participant shall be credited to his Account. The part of the Participant’s Account resulting from Rollover Contributions is 100% vested and nonforfeitable at all times. Separate accounting records shall be maintained for those parts of his Rollover Contributions consisting of (i) voluntary contributions which were deducted from the Participant’s gross income for Federal income tax purposes; (ii) after-tax employee contributions, including the portion that would not have been includible in the Participant’s gross income if the contributions were not rolled over into this Plan; and (iii) any portion of a designated Roth account, including the portion that would not have been includible in the Participant’s gross income if the contributions were not rolled over into this Plan.

Prior Plan Assets which result from the Participant’s rollover contributions shall be treated in the same manner as Rollover Contributions made under this Plan.

SECTION 3.04 – IN-PLAN ROTH ROLLOVERS.

If permitted under Item T(3), all or any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution (an “otherwise distributable amount”), may be rolled over as an In-plan Roth Rollover to a Designated Roth Account under the Plan if the following conditions are met:

a)The In-plan Roth Rollover is made by a Participant, a Beneficiary who is a surviving spouse, or a spouse or former spouse who is the Alternate Payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p).

b)Such person shall be provided a written explanation describing the features of the In-plan Roth Rollover.

c)The In-plan Roth Rollover is a direct rollover or a 60-day rollover.

d)The Plan maintains such records as are necessary for the proper reporting of In-plan Roth Rollovers.

e)The In-plan Roth Rollover does not include any outstanding loan balance.

f)The Designated Roth Account resulting from an In-plan Roth Rollover shall continue to be included in the account balances for the calculation of the Top-heavy Ratio described in Section 11.02.

If permitted under Item T(3)(b), In-plan Roth Rollovers are allowed from all or any portion of a Participant’s Vested Account (other than a Designated Roth Account) that is not otherwise eligible for distribution (“an otherwise nondistributable amount”) in accordance with Code Section 402A(c)(4)(E). The conditions above apply to an In-plan Roth Rollover of otherwise nondistributable amounts, except that a 60-day rollover is not permitted. Any distribution restrictions that applied to the otherwise nondistributable amounts shall continue to apply after the rollover.

SECTION 3.05 – FORFEITURES.

The Nonvested Account of a Participant shall be forfeited as of the earlier of the following:

a)the date the record keeper is notified that the Participant died (if prior to such date he has had a Severance from Employment), or

b)the Participant’s Forfeiture Date.

			
	31

A Participant’s Nonvested Account shall be forfeited before the earlier of (a) or (b) above if, after he has a Severance from Employment, he receives, or is deemed to receive, a distribution of his entire Vested Account under Section 5.01, 5.03, or 10.11. If Item Q(5)(a) is not selected, the forfeiture shall occur as of the date the Participant receives, or is deemed to receive, the distribution. If Item Q(5)(a) is selected, the forfeiture shall occur as of the first day of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Participant receives, or is deemed to receive, the distribution.

A Forfeiture of Matching Contributions that relate to excess amounts and Matching Contributions that relate to automatic Elective Deferral Contributions distributed as Permissible Withdrawals shall also occur as provided in Sections 3.08, 3.10, and 3.11.

Forfeitures shall be determined at least once during each Plan Year. Forfeitures may first be used to pay administrative expenses. Remaining Forfeitures, if any, may then be used to reduce Employer Contributions (other than Elective Deferral Contributions) made after the Forfeitures are determined. Forfeitures of Matching Contributions that relate to excess amounts as provided in Section 3.08, that have not been used to pay administrative expenses, shall be used to reduce Employer Contributions (other than Elective Deferral Contributions) made after the Forfeitures are determined. Forfeitures that have not been used to pay administrative expenses or used to reduce Employer Contributions shall be allocated as soon administratively feasible but in no event later than the end of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which such Forfeitures are determined as provided in Section 3.06. Upon their allocation to Accounts, or application to reduce Employer Contributions, Forfeitures shall be deemed to be Employer Contributions.

If a Participant again becomes an Eligible Employee after receiving a distribution which caused all of his Nonvested Account to be forfeited, he shall have the right to repay to the Plan the entire amount of the distribution he received (excluding any amount of such distribution resulting from Participant Contributions and Rollover Contributions). The repayment must be made in a single sum (repayment in installments is not permitted) before the earlier of the date five years after the date he again becomes an Eligible Employee or the end of the first period of five consecutive Vesting Breaks which begin after the date of the distribution.

If the Participant makes the repayment above, the Plan Administrator shall restore to his Account an amount equal to his Nonvested Account that was forfeited on the date of distribution, unadjusted for any investment gains or losses. If no amount is to be repaid because the Participant was deemed to have received a distribution or only received a distribution of Participant Contributions or Rollover Contributions, and he again performs an Hour of Service as an Eligible Employee within the repayment period, the Plan Administrator shall restore the Participant’s Account as if he had made a required repayment on the date he performed such Hour of Service. Restoration of the Participant’s Account shall include restoration of all Code Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits with respect to the restored Account, according to applicable Treasury regulations. Provided, however, the Plan Administrator shall not restore the Nonvested Account if (i) a Forfeiture Date has occurred after the date of the distribution and on or before the date of repayment and (ii) that Forfeiture Date would result in a complete forfeiture of the amount the Plan Administrator would otherwise restore.

The Plan Administrator shall restore the Participant’s Account by the close of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which repayment is made. The permissible sources for restoration of the Participant’s Account are Forfeitures or special Employer Contributions. Such special Employer Contributions shall be made without regard to profits. The repaid and restored amounts are not included in the Participant’s Annual Additions, as defined in Section 3.07.

SECTION 3.06 – ALLOCATION.

Employer Contributions that are not subject to the requirements in Item R shall be allocated to the Participants for whom such Contributions are made and credited to the Participant’s Account. Employer Contributions that are subject to the requirements in Item R (plus any Forfeitures for the Plan Year) shall be allocated among all persons meeting the requirements in Item R. The amount

			
	32

allocated to such a person shall be determined under the allocation formula selected in the Adoption Agreement and Article XI.

Forfeitures that have not been used to pay administrative expenses or used to reduce Employer Contributions shall be allocated as soon administratively feasible but in no event later than the end of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which such Forfeitures are determined.

Discretionary Contributions in Item Q(3) (and Forfeitures) shall be allocated for the Plan Year to each person eligible to share in the allocation under Item Q. The amount allocated to such person shall be determined under the allocation formula selected in Item Q. This amount shall be credited to the person’s Account.

If Item Q(3)(d) is selected by the Employer, if the Employer allocates a Discretionary Contribution for any Plan Year and nondiscrimination testing for such Discretionary Contribution is done according to section 1.401(a)(4)-8 of the regulations, the Employer shall make an additional Employer Contribution for such Plan Year for each person who is a Nonhighly Compensated Employee and who had Employer Contributions made for or allocated to him for such Plan Year if the sum of all Employer Contributions for such Nonhighly Compensated Employee is less than a minimum. The additional Employer Contribution shall be equal to the amount needed, if any, to bring the sum of all Employer Contributions up to the minimum. The amount of the minimum shall be equal to either (i) 5% of his Compensation or (ii) 1/3 of the “highest percentage” of his Compensation. The same minimum shall apply to all such persons and the minimum that applies shall be the minimum resulting in the smallest total additional Employer Contributions.

For purposes of determining the 5% minimum, Compensation means Compensation, as defined in Section 3.07, for the Plan Year. For purposes of determining the 1/3 of the highest percentage minimum, the highest percentage shall be the highest percentage of Compensation at which Employer Contributions are made for or allocated to any Highly Compensated Employee. The highest percentage shall be determined by dividing the Employer Contributions made for or allocated to each Highly Compensated Employee during the Plan Year by the amount of his Compensation and selecting the greatest quotient (expressed as a percentage). For purposes of determining the 1/3 of the highest percentage minimum, including the determination of the highest percentage, Compensation means Annual Compensation for purposes of allocating Discretionary Contributions for the Plan Year.

For purposes of determining the minimum allocation gateway, Employer Contributions shall not include Elective Deferral Contributions and Matching Contributions.

This additional Employer Contribution shall be credited to the person’s Account and shall be deemed to be a Discretionary Contribution.

If Item Q(3)(f) is selected by the Employer, the Discretionary Contribution selected in Q(3)(a), (b), (c), or (e) shall not be allocated to provide the top-heavy minimum contribution under Plan Section
11.04. The Discretionary Contribution shall be allocated as follows:

a)If Item Q(3)(a) is selected by the Employer, Discretionary Contributions shall be allocated using Annual Compensation for the Plan Year to each person meeting the requirements in Item R. The amount allocated shall be equal to the Discretionary Contributions multiplied by the ratio of such person’s Annual Compensation to the total Annual Compensation for all such persons.

b)If Item Q(3)(b) is selected by the Employer, subject to the overall permitted disparity limits, Discretionary Contributions shall be allocated using Annual Compensation for the Plan Year to each person meeting the requirements in Item R. Each such person’s allocation shall be determined as follows:

			
	33

STEP ONE: An amount equal to the Discretionary Contributions multiplied by the ratio of the sum of such person’s total Annual Compensation and his Annual Compensation over the Integration Level to the total of such sums for all such persons. Such amount shall not exceed an amount equal to a percentage (equal to the Maximum Integration Rate) of the sum of such person’s total Annual Compensation and his Annual Compensation over the Integration Level.

For purposes of this step one, in the case of any person who has exceeded the cumulative permitted disparity limit described below, two times such person’s total Annual Compensation shall be taken into account and the applicable allocation limit for such person shall be a percentage (equal to the Maximum Integration Rate) of two times such person’s total Annual Compensation.

STEP TWO: Any amount remaining after the allocation in step one multiplied by the ratio of such person’s Annual Compensation to the total Annual Compensation of all such persons.

c)If Item Q(3)(c) is selected by the Employer, Discretionary Contributions shall be allocated using Benefit Factors for the Plan Year to each person meeting the requirements in Item R. Each such person’s allocation shall be an amount equal to Discretionary Contributions multiplied by the ratio of such person’s Benefit Factor to the total Benefit Factors for all such persons.

d)If Item Q(3)(e) is selected by the Employer, Discretionary Contributions shall be allocated as a same dollar amount for the Plan Year to each person meeting the requirements in Item R.

If Discretionary Contributions are not selected in Item Q(3), Forfeitures shall be allocated for the Plan Year to each person meeting the requirements in Item R using the compensation formula allocation in Item Q(3)(a) and shall be deemed to be Additional Contributions. This amount shall be credited to the person’s Account.

If Leased Employees are Eligible Employees, in determining the amount of Employer Contributions allocated to a person who is a Leased Employee, contributions provided by the leasing organization that are attributable to services such Leased Employee performs for the Employer shall be treated as provided by the Employer. Those contributions shall not be duplicated under this Plan.

SECTION 3.07 – CONTRIBUTION LIMITATION.

a)Definitions. For the purpose of determining the contribution limitation set forth in this section, the following terms are defined:

Annual Additions means the sum of the following amounts credited to a Participant’s account for the Limitation Year:

1)employer contributions;

2)employee contributions; and

3)forfeitures.

Annual Additions to a defined contribution plan, as defined in section 1.415(c)-1(a)(2)(i) of the regulations, shall also include the following:

4)mandatory employee contributions, as defined in Code Section 411(c)(2)(C) and section 1.411(c)-1(c)(4) of the regulations, to a defined benefit plan;

5)contributions allocated to any individual medical benefit account, as defined in Code Section 415(l)(2), which is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the Employer;

			
	34

6)amounts attributable to post-retirement medical benefits, allocated to the separate account of a key employee, as defined in Code Section 419A(d)(3), under a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Code Section 419(e), maintained by the Employer;

7)annual additions under an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b); and

8)allocations under a simplified employee pension.

Compensation means one of the following as specified in Item M(1):

1)Information Required to be Reported Under Code Sections 6041, 6051, and 6052 (“Wages, Tips and Other Compensation” box on Form W-2). Compensation is defined as wages, within the meaning of Code Section 3401(a), and all other payments of compensation to an employee by the Employer (in the course of the Employer's trade or business) for which the Employer is required to furnish the employee a written statement under Code Sections 6041(d), 6051(a)(3), and 6052. Compensation shall be determined without regard to any rules under Code Section 3401(a) that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code Section 3401(a)(2)).

2)Code Section 3401(a) Wages. Compensation is defined as wages within the meaning of Code Section 3401(a) for the purposes of income tax withholding at the source but determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code Section 3401(a)(2)).

3)Simplified 415 Compensation. Compensation is defined as wages, salaries, Differential Wage Payments, and fees for professional services and other amounts received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employer maintaining the plan to the extent that the amounts are includible in gross income (including, but not limited to, commissions paid to salespersons, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits, and reimbursements or other expense allowances under a nonaccountable plan (as described in section 1.62-2(c) of the regulations)), and excluding the following:

i)employer contributions (other than elective contributions described in Code Section 402(e)(3), 408(k)(6), 408(p)(2)(A)(i), or 457(b)) to a plan of deferred compensation (including a simplified employee pension described in Code Section 408(k) or a simple retirement account described in Code Section 408(p), and whether or not qualified) to the extent such contributions are not includible in the employee's gross income for the taxable year in which contributed, and any distributions (whether or not includible in gross income when distributed) from a plan of deferred compensation (whether or not qualified), unless Item M(1)(b)(i) allows amounts received from a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan to be included, to the extent includible in gross income;

ii)amounts realized from the exercise of a nonstatutory stock option (that is, an option other than a statutory stock option as defined in section 1.421-1(b) of the regulations), or when restricted stock (or property) held by the employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture;

iii)amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock acquired under a statutory stock option;

iv)other amounts that receive special tax benefits, such as premiums for group-term life insurance (but only to the extent that the premiums are not includible in the gross income

			
	35

of the employee and are not salary reduction amounts that are described in Code Section 125); and

v)other items of remuneration that are similar to any of the items listed in (i) through (iv) above.

For any Self-employed Individual, Compensation means Earned Income.

Except as provided herein, Compensation for a Limitation Year is the Compensation actually paid or made available (or if earlier, includible in gross income) during such Limitation Year, unless otherwise specified in Item M(4).

Compensation for a Limitation Year shall also include Compensation paid by the later of 2 1/2 months after an employee’s Severance from Employment with the Employer maintaining the plan or the end of the Limitation Year that includes the date of the employee’s Severance from Employment with the Employer maintaining the plan, if (i) the payment is regular Compensation for services during the employee’s regular working hours, or Compensation for services outside the employee’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar payments, and, absent a Severance from Employment, the payments would have been paid to the employee while the employee continued in employment with the Employer. If Item M(2)(a)(i) is selected, Compensation shall include payments for unused accrued bona fide sick, vacation or other leave that the employee would have been able to use if employment had continued. If Item M(2)(a)(ii) is selected, Compensation shall include payments received by the employee pursuant to a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan and would have been paid at the same time if employment had continued, but only to the extent includible in gross income.

Any payments not described above shall not be considered Compensation if paid after Severance from Employment, even if they are paid by the later of 2 1/2 months after the date of Severance from Employment or the end of the Limitation Year that includes the date of Severance from Employment, except if Item M(2)(a)(iii) is selected, Compensation paid to a Participant who is permanently and totally disabled, as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3). If Item M(2)(a)(iii)B is selected, such Compensation shall only be included for Participants who were Nonhighly Compensated Employees immediately before becoming disabled.

Back pay, within the meaning of section 1.415(c)-2(g)(8) of the regulations, shall be treated as Compensation for the Limitation Year to which the back pay relates to the extent the back pay represents wages and compensation that would otherwise be included in this definition.

Compensation paid or made available during such Limitation Year shall include amounts that would otherwise be included in Compensation but for an election under Code Section 125(a), 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 402(k), or 457(b).

If deemed Code Section 125 Compensation is not excluded in Item M(3), Compensation shall also include deemed Code Section 125 Compensation. Deemed Code Section 125 Compensation is an amount that is excludible under Code Section 106 that is not available to a Participant in cash in lieu of group health coverage under a Code Section 125 arrangement solely because the Participant is unable to certify that he has other health coverage. Amounts are deemed Code Section 125 Compensation only if the Employer does not request or otherwise collect information regarding the Participant’s other health coverage as part of the enrollment process for the health plan.

Compensation shall not include amounts paid as Compensation to a nonresident alien, as defined in Code Section 7701(b)(1)(B), who is not a Participant in the Plan to the extent the Compensation is excludible from gross income and is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States.
			
	36

Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation means $55,000, automatically adjusted under Code Section 415(d) effective January 1 of each year, as published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin. The new limitation shall apply to Limitation Years ending with or within the calendar year of the date of the adjustment, but a Participant’s Annual Additions for a Limitation Year cannot exceed the currently applicable dollar limitation (as in effect before the January 1 adjustment) prior to January 1. However, after a January 1 adjustment is made, Annual Additions for the entire Limitation Year are permitted to reflect the dollar limitation as adjusted on January 1.

Employer means the employer that adopts this Plan, and all members of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code Section 414(b) as modified by Code Section 415(h)), all commonly controlled trades or businesses (as defined in Code Section 414(c), as modified, except in the case of a brother-sister group of trades or businesses under common control, by Code Section 415(h)), or affiliated service groups (as defined in Code Section 414(m)) of which the adopting employer is a part, and any other entity required to be aggregated with the employer pursuant to Code Section 414(o).

Limitation Year means a calendar year or the consecutive 12-month period elected by the Employer in Item S(1). If the Limitation Year ends on the last day of the Fiscal Year and the Fiscal Year is a 52-53 week period, then the Limitation Year shall be such period. All qualified plans maintained by the Employer must use the same Limitation Year. If the Limitation Year is amended to a different consecutive 12-month period, the new Limitation Year must begin on a date within the Limitation Year in which the amendment is made.

Maximum Annual Addition means, except for catch-up contributions described in Code Section 414(v), the Annual Addition that may be contributed or allocated to a Participant’s Account under the Plan for any Limitation Year. This amount shall not exceed the lesser of:

1)The Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation, or

2)100 percent of the Participant’s Compensation for the Limitation Year.

A Participant’s Compensation for a Limitation Year shall not include Compensation in excess of the limitation under Code Section 401(a)(17) that is in effect for the calendar year in which the Limitation Year begins.

The compensation limitation referred to in (2) shall not apply to an individual medical benefit account (as defined in Code Section 415(l); or a post-retirement medical benefits account for a key employee (as defined in Code Section 419A(d)(1)).

If a short Limitation Year is created because of an amendment changing the Limitation Year to a different consecutive 12-month period, the Maximum Annual Addition will not exceed the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation multiplied by the following fraction:

Number of months (including any fractional parts of a month) in the short Limitation Year

12

If the Plan is terminated as of a date other than the last day of the Limitation Year, the Plan is treated as if the Plan was amended to change the Limitation Year and create a short Limitation Year ending on the date the Plan is terminated.

If a short Limitation Year is created, the limitation under Code Section 401(a)(17) shall be prorated in the same manner as the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation.
			
	37

Pre-approved Plan means a plan the form of which is the subject of a favorable opinion letter from the Internal Revenue Service.

Predecessor Employer means, with respect to a Participant, a former employer if the Employer maintains a plan that provides a benefit which the Participant accrued while performing services for the former employer. Predecessor Employer also means, with respect to a Participant, a former entity that antedates the Employer if, under the facts and circumstances, the Employer constitutes a continuation of all or a portion of the trade or business of the former entity.

Severance from Employment means an employee has ceased to be an employee of the Employer maintaining the plan. An employee does not have a Severance from Employment if, in connection with a change of employment, the employee’s new employer maintains the plan with respect to the employee.

b)This (b) applies if, the Participant is not covered under another defined contribution plan, as defined in section 1.415(c)-1(a)(2)(i) of the regulations, (without regard to whether the plan(s) have been terminated) maintained by the Employer. The amount of Annual Additions that may be credited to the Participant’s Account for any Limitation Year shall not exceed the lesser of the Maximum Annual Addition or any other limitation contained in this Plan. If the Employer Contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant’s Account would cause the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed the Maximum Annual Addition, the amount contributed or allocated shall be reduced so that the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year will equal the Maximum Annual Addition.

c)This (c) applies if, in addition to this Plan, the Participant is covered under another defined contribution plan, as defined in section 1.415(c)-1(a)(2)(i) of the regulations, (without regard to whether the plan(s) have been terminated) maintained by the Employer that provides an Annual Addition during any Limitation Year, and no such plan is an individually designed plan. The Annual Additions that may be credited to a Participant’s Account under this Plan for any such Limitation Year will not exceed the Maximum Annual Addition, reduced by the Annual Additions credited to a Participant’s account under the other defined contribution plan(s) for the same Limitation Year. If the Annual Additions with respect to the Participant under the other defined contribution plan(s) maintained by the Employer are less than the Maximum Annual Addition, and the Employer Contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant’s Account under this Plan would cause the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed this limitation, the amount contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the Annual Additions under all such plans and funds for the Limitation Year will equal the Maximum Annual Addition. If the Annual Additions with respect to the Participant under the other defined contribution plan(s) in the aggregate are equal to or greater than the Maximum Annual Addition, no amount will be contributed or allocated to the Participant’s Account under this Plan for the Limitation Year.

d)This (d) applies if, in addition to this Plan, the Participant is covered under another defined contribution plan, as defined in section 1.415(c)-1(a)(2)(i) of the regulations, (without regard to whether the plan(s) have been terminated) maintained by the Employer that provides an Annual Addition during any Limitation Year, and such other plan is an individually designed plan. The Annual Additions that may be credited to the Participant’s Account under this Plan for any Limitation Year will be limited in accordance with (c) above as though the other plan were a Pre- approved Plan, unless the Employer provides other limitations in Item S(2)(a).

e)The limitation of this section shall be determined and applied taking into account the rules in subparagraph (f) below.

			
	38

f)Other Rules

1)Aggregating Plans. For purposes of applying the limitations of this section for a Limitation Year, all defined contribution plans (as defined in section 1.415(c)-1(a)(2)(i) of the regulations and without regard to whether the plan(s) have been terminated) ever maintained by the Employer and all defined contribution plans of a Predecessor Employer (in the Limitation Year in which such Predecessor Employer is created) under which a Participant receives Annual Additions are treated as one defined contribution plan.

2)Break-up of Affiliated Employers. The Annual Additions under a formerly affiliated plan (as defined in section 1.415(f)-1(b)(2)(ii) of the regulations) of the Employer are taken into account for purposes of applying the limitations of this section for the Limitation Year in which the cessation of affiliation took place.

3)Previously Unaggregated Plans. The limitations of this section are not exceeded for the first Limitation Year in which two or more existing plans, which previously were not required to be aggregated pursuant to section 1.415(f) of the regulations, are aggregated, provided that no Annual Additions are credited to a Participant after the date on which the plans are required to be aggregated if the Annual Additions already credited to the Participant in the existing plans equal or exceed the Maximum Annual Addition.

4)Aggregation with Multiemployer Plan. If the Employer maintains a multiemployer plan, as defined in Code Section 414(f), and the multiemployer plan so provides, only the Annual Additions under the multiemployer plan that are provided by the Employer shall be treated as Annual Additions provided under a plan maintained by the Employer for purposes of this section.

SECTION 3.08 – EXCESS AMOUNTS.

a)Definitions. For purposes of this section, the following terms are defined:

ACP means, for a specified group of Participants (either Highly Compensated Employees or Nonhighly Compensated Employees) for a Plan Year, the average (expressed as a percentage) of the Contribution Percentages of the Eligible Participants in the group.

ADP means, for a specified group of Participants (either Highly Compensated Employees or Nonhighly Compensated Employees) for a Plan Year, the average (expressed as a percentage) of the Deferral Percentages of the Eligible Participants in the group.

Contribution Percentage means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the Eligible Participant’s Contribution Percentage Amounts to the Eligible Participant’s Compensation (excluding Differential Wage Payments) for the Plan Year. For an Eligible Participant for whom such Contribution Percentage Amounts for the Plan Year are zero, the percentage is zero.

Contribution Percentage Amounts means the sum of the Participant Contributions and Matching Contributions (that are not Qualified Matching Contributions taken into account for purposes of the ADP Test) made under the plan on behalf of the Eligible Participant for the plan year. Contribution Percentage Amounts shall not include Participant Contributions withheld from Differential Wage Payments and Matching Contributions based on Elective Deferral Contributions and Participant Contributions withheld from such Differential Wage Payments. Matching Contributions cannot be taken into account for a plan year for a Nonhighly Compensated Employee to the extent they are disproportionate matching contributions as defined in section 1.401(m)-2(a)(5)(ii) of the regulations. Such Contribution Percentage Amounts shall not include Matching Contributions that are forfeited (i) to correct Excess Aggregate Contributions; (ii) because the contributions to which they relate are Excess Elective Deferrals, Excess Contributions, or Excess Aggregate Contributions; or (iii) because the contributions to

			
	39

which they relate were returned to the Participant as a Permissible Withdrawal. Under such rules as the Secretary of the Treasury shall prescribe, in determining the Contribution Percentage the Employer may elect to include Qualified Nonelective Contributions under this Plan that were not used in computing the Deferral Percentage. Qualified Nonelective Contributions cannot be taken into account for a plan year for a Nonhighly Compensated Employee to the extent they are disproportionate contributions as defined in section 1.401(m)-2(a)(6)(v) of the regulations. The Employer may also elect to use Elective Deferral Contributions in computing the Contribution Percentage so long as the ADP Test is met before the Elective Deferral Contributions are used in the ACP Test and continues to be met following the exclusion of those Elective Deferral Contributions that are used to meet the ACP Test.

Deferral Percentage means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of Elective Deferral Contributions (other than Catch-up Contributions, Elective Deferral Contributions returned to the Participant as a Permissible Withdrawal, and Elective Deferral Contributions withheld from Differential Wage Payments) under this Plan on behalf of the Eligible Participant for the Plan Year to the Eligible Participant’s Compensation (excluding Differential Wage Payments) for the Plan Year. The Elective Deferral Contributions used to determine the Deferral Percentage shall include Excess Elective Deferrals (other than Excess Elective Deferrals of Nonhighly Compensated Employees that arise solely from Elective Deferral Contributions made under this Plan or any other plans of the Employer or a Controlled Group member), but shall exclude Elective Deferral Contributions that are used in computing the Contribution Percentage (provided the ADP Test is satisfied both with and without exclusion of these Elective Deferral Contributions). Under such rules as the Secretary of the Treasury shall prescribe, the Employer may elect to include Qualified Nonelective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions under this Plan in computing the Deferral Percentage. Qualified Matching Contributions cannot be taken into account for a Plan Year for a Nonhighly Compensated Employee to the extent they are disproportionate matching contributions as defined in section 1.401(m)-2(a)(5)(ii) of the regulations. Qualified Nonelective Contributions cannot be taken into account for a Plan Year for a Nonhighly Compensated Employee to the extent they are disproportionate contributions as defined in section 1.401(k)-2(a)(6)(iv) of the regulations. For an Eligible Participant for whom such contributions on his behalf for the Plan Year are zero, the percentage is zero.

Elective Deferral Contributions means any employer contributions made to a plan at the election of a participant in lieu of cash compensation. With respect to any taxable year, a participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions are the sum of all employer contributions made on behalf of such participant pursuant to an election to defer under any qualified cash or deferred arrangement (CODA) described in Code Section 401(k), any salary reduction simplified employee pension plan described in Code Section 408(k)(6), any SIMPLE IRA plan described in Code Section 408(p), any plan described under Code Section 501(c)(18), and any employer contributions made on behalf of a participant for the purchase of an annuity contract under Code Section 403(b) pursuant to a salary reduction agreement. Elective Deferral Contributions include Pre-tax Elective Deferral Contributions and Roth Elective Deferral Contributions. Elective Deferral Contributions shall not include any deferrals properly distributed as excess annual additions.

Eligible Participant means, for purposes of determining the Deferral Percentage, any Employee who is otherwise entitled to make Elective Deferral Contributions under the terms of the plan for the plan year. Eligible Participant means, for purposes of determining the Contribution Percentage, any Employee who is eligible (i) to make a Participant Contribution or an Elective Deferral Contribution (if the Employer takes such contributions into account in the calculation of the Contribution Percentage), or (ii) to receive a Matching Contribution (including forfeitures) or a Qualified Matching Contribution. If a Participant Contribution is required as a condition of participation in the plan, any Employee who would be a participant in the plan if such Employee made such a contribution shall be treated as an Eligible Participant on behalf of whom no Participant Contributions are made.

			
	40

Excess Aggregate Contributions means, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of:

5)The aggregate Contribution Percentage Amounts taken into account in computing the numerator of the Contribution Percentage actually made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over

6)The maximum Contribution Percentage Amounts permitted by the ACP Test (determined by hypothetically reducing contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in order of their Contribution Percentages beginning with the highest of such percentages).

Such determination shall be made after first determining Excess Elective Deferrals and then determining Excess Contributions.

Excess Contributions means, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of:

1)The aggregate amount of employer contributions actually taken into account in computing the Deferral Percentage of Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over

2)The maximum amount of such contributions permitted by the ADP Test (determined by hypothetically reducing contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in the order of the Deferral Percentages, beginning with the highest of such percentages).

Excess Elective Deferrals means those Elective Deferral Contributions of a Participant that either (i) are made during the Participant’s taxable year and exceed the dollar limitation under Code Section 402(g) or (ii) are made during a calendar year and exceed the dollar limitation under Code Section 402(g) for the Participant’s taxable year beginning in such calendar year, counting only Elective Deferral Contributions made under this Plan and any other plan, contract, or arrangement maintained by the Employer. If the Plan provides for Catch-up Contributions in such taxable year, the dollar limitation shall be increased by the dollar limit on Catch-up Contributions under Code Section 414(v).

Excess Elective Deferrals shall be treated as Annual Additions, as defined in Section 3.07, under the Plan, unless such amounts are distributed no later than the first April 15 following the close of the Participant’s taxable year.

Matching Contributions means employer contributions made to this or any other defined contribution plan, or to a contract described in Code Section 403(b), on behalf of a participant on account of a Participant Contribution made by such participant, or on account of a participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions, under a plan maintained by the Employer or a Controlled Group member.

Participant Contributions means contributions (other than Roth Elective Deferral Contributions) made to the plan by or on behalf of a participant that are included in the participant’s gross income in the year in which made and that are maintained under a separate account to which the earnings and losses are allocated.

Pre-tax Elective Deferral Contributions means a participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions that are not includible in the participant’s gross income at the time deferred.

Qualified Matching Contributions means Matching Contributions that are nonforfeitable when allocated to participants’ accounts and that are distributable only in accordance with the distribution provisions (other than for hardships or deemed severance from employment as described in Section 5.03) applicable to Elective Deferral Contributions.

Qualified Nonelective Contributions means any employer contributions (other than Matching Contributions) that an Employee may not elect to have paid to him in cash instead of being

			
	41

contributed to the plan and that are nonforfeitable when allocated to participants’ accounts and that are distributable only in accordance with the distribution provisions (other than for hardships or deemed severance from employment as described in Section 5.03) applicable to Elective Deferral Contributions.

Roth Elective Deferral Contributions means a participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions that are not excludible from the participant’s gross income at the time deferred and have been irrevocably designated as Roth Elective Deferral Contributions by the participant in his elective deferral agreement. Whether an Elective Deferral Contribution is not excludible from a participant’s gross income will be determined in accordance with section 1.401(k)-1(f)(2) of the regulations. In the case of a self-employed individual, an Elective Deferral Contribution is not excludible from gross income only if the individual does not claim a deduction for such amount.

b)Excess Elective Deferrals. A Participant may assign to this Plan any Excess Elective Deferrals made during a taxable year of the Participant by notifying the Plan Administrator in writing on or before the first following March 1 of the amount of the Excess Elective Deferrals to be assigned to the Plan. A Participant is deemed to notify the Plan Administrator of any Excess Elective Deferrals that arise by taking into account only those Elective Deferral Contributions made to this Plan and any other plan, contract, or arrangement of the Employer or a Controlled Group member. The Participant’s claim for Excess Elective Deferrals shall be accompanied by the Participant’s written statement that if such amounts are not distributed, such Excess Elective Deferrals will exceed the limit imposed on the Participant by Code Section 402(g) (including, if applicable, the dollar limitation on Catch-up Contributions under Code Section 414(v)) for the year in which the deferral occurred. The Excess Elective Deferrals assigned to this Plan cannot exceed the Elective Deferral Contributions allocated under this Plan for such taxable year.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, Elective Deferral Contributions in an amount equal to the Excess Elective Deferrals assigned to this Plan, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be distributed no later than April 15 to any Participant to whose Account Excess Elective Deferrals were assigned for the preceding year and who claims Excess Elective Deferrals for such taxable year or calendar year.

If Item N(5)(b) is not selected, distribution of Excess Elective Deferrals shall be made on a pro rata basis from the Participant’s Account resulting from Pre-tax Elective Deferral Contributions and Roth Elective Deferral Contributions in the same proportion that such Contributions were made for the applicable year. If Item N(5)(b) is selected, distribution of Excess Elective Deferrals shall be made first from the Participant’s Account resulting from Pre-tax Elective Deferral Contributions. If Item N(5)(c) was selected and applied as of the last day of the applicable year, the Participant may elect a different order of distribution.

The Excess Elective Deferrals shall be adjusted for any income or loss. The income or loss allocable to such Excess Elective Deferrals shall be equal to the income or loss allocable to the Participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions for the taxable year in which the excess occurred multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the Excess Elective Deferrals. The denominator of the fraction is the closing balance without regard to any income or loss occurring during such taxable year (as of the end of such taxable year) of the Participant’s Account resulting from Elective Deferral Contributions.

For purposes of determining income or loss on Excess Elective Deferrals, no adjustment shall be made for income or loss for the gap period.

Any Matching Contributions that were based on the Elective Deferral Contributions distributed as Excess Elective Deferrals, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be forfeited. If Catch-up Contributions are not matched (Item P(8)(a) was selected and applied as of the first day of the Plan Year in which such taxable year ends), any Matching Contributions that were based on the Elective Deferral Contributions distributed as Excess Elective Deferrals

			
	42

or redesignated as Catch-up Contributions, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be forfeited.

c)ADP Test. As of the end of each Plan Year after Excess Elective Deferrals have been determined, the Plan must satisfy the ADP Test. The ADP Test shall be satisfied using the current year testing method, unless the Employer elected in Item L(2)(a) to use the prior year testing method. An Employer Group may make a separate election under this section. Any elections must be made in writing and in accordance with the regulations under Code Section 401(k) and shall be included as a permanent part of the Plan.

1)Prior Year Testing Method. The ADP for a Plan Year for Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year and the prior year’s ADP for Eligible Participants who were Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests:

i)The ADP for a Plan Year for Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the prior year’s ADP for Eligible Participants who were Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

ii)The ADP for a Plan Year for Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year:

A.shall not exceed the prior year’s ADP for Eligible Participants who were Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year multiplied by 2, and

B.the difference between such ADPs is not more than 2.

If this is not a successor plan, for the first Plan Year the Plan permits any Participant to make Elective Deferral Contributions, for purposes of the foregoing tests, the prior year’s Nonhighly Compensated Employees’ ADP shall be 3 percent, unless the Employer elected in Item L(2)(b)(i) to use the Plan Year’s ADP for these Eligible Participants. An Employer Group may make a separate election under this section. Any elections must be made in writing and in accordance with the regulations under Code Section 401(k) and shall be included as a permanent part of the Plan.

1)Current Year Testing Method. The ADP for a Plan Year for Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year and the ADP for Eligible Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests:

i)The ADP for a Plan Year for Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the ADP for Eligible Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

ii)The ADP for a Plan Year for Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year:

A.shall not exceed the ADP for Eligible Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year multiplied by 2, and

B.the difference between such ADPs is not more than 2.

If the Employer elected in Item L(2) or an Employer Group elected to use the current year testing method, that election cannot be changed unless (i) the Plan has been using the current year testing method for the preceding five Plan Years, or if less, the number of Plan

			
	43

Years the Plan has been in existence; or (ii) if as a result of a merger or acquisition described in Code Section 410(b)(6)(C)(i), the Employer maintains both a plan using the prior year testing method and a plan using the current year testing method and the change is made within the transition period described in Code Section 410(b)(6)(C)(ii).

A Participant is a Highly Compensated Employee for a particular Plan Year if he meets the definition of a Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year. Similarly, a Participant is a Nonhighly Compensated Employee for a particular Plan Year if he does not meet the definition of a Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year.

The Deferral Percentage for any Eligible Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and who is eligible to have Elective Deferral Contributions (and Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, if treated as Elective Deferral Contributions for purposes of the ADP Test) allocated to his account under two or more arrangements described in Code Section 401(k) that are maintained by the Employer or a Controlled Group member shall be determined as if such Elective Deferral Contributions (and, if applicable, such Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both) were made under a single arrangement. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more cash or deferred arrangements of the Employer or of a Controlled Group member that have different plan years, all Elective Deferral Contributions made during the Plan Year shall be aggregated. The foregoing notwithstanding, certain plans shall be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under the regulations of Code Section 401(k).

In the event this Plan satisfies the requirements of Code Section 401(k), 401(a)(4), or 410(b) only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such Code sections only if aggregated with this Plan, then this section shall be applied by determining the Deferral Percentage of Employees as if all such plans were a single plan. If more than 10 percent of the Nonhighly Compensated Employees are involved in a plan coverage change as defined in section 1.401(k)-2(c)(4) of the regulations, then any adjustments to the Nonhighly Compensated Employee ADP for the prior year shall be made in accordance with such regulations, unless the Employer elected in Item L(2) to use the current year testing method. Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Code Section 401(k) only if they have the same plan year and use the same testing method for the ADP Test.

For purposes of the ADP Test, Elective Deferral Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, and Qualified Matching Contributions must be made before the end of the 12- month period immediately following the Plan Year to which the contributions relate.

If the Plan Administrator should determine during the Plan Year that the ADP Test is not being met, the Plan Administrator may limit the amount of future Elective Deferral Contributions of the Highly Compensated Employees.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan, Excess Contributions, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be distributed no later than 12 months after the last day of a Plan Year to Participants to whose Accounts such Excess Contributions were allocated for such Plan Year, except to the extent such Excess Contributions are classified as Catch-up Contributions. Excess Contributions are allocated to the Highly Compensated Employees with the largest amounts of employer contributions taken into account in calculating the ADP Test for the year in which the excess arose, beginning with the Highly Compensated Employee with the largest amount of such employer contributions and continuing in descending order until all of the Excess Contributions have been allocated. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more cash or deferred arrangements of the Employer or of a Controlled Group member, the amount distributed shall not exceed the amount of the employer contributions taken into account in calculating the ADP Test and made to this Plan for the year in which the excess arose. If Catch-up Contributions are allowed for the Plan Year being tested, to the extent a Highly Compensated Employee has not reached his Catch-up Contribution limit under the Plan for such

			
	44

year, Excess Contributions allocated to such Highly Compensated Employee are Catch-up Contributions and will not be treated as Excess Contributions. If such excess amounts (other than Catch-up Contributions) are distributed more than 2 1/2 months after the last day of the Plan Year in which such excess amounts arose, a 10 percent excise tax shall be imposed on the employer maintaining the plan with respect to such amounts.

Excess Contributions shall be treated as Annual Additions, as defined in Section 3.07, even if distributed.

The Excess Contributions shall be adjusted for any income or loss. The income or loss allocable to such Excess Contributions allocated to each Participant shall be equal to the income or loss allocable to the Participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions (and, if applicable, Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both) for the Plan Year in which the excess occurred multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the Excess Contributions. The denominator of the fraction is the closing balance without regard to any income or loss occurring during such Plan Year (as of the end of such Plan Year) of the Participant’s Account resulting from Elective Deferral Contributions (and Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, if such contributions are included in the ADP Test).

For purposes of determining income or loss on Excess Contributions, no adjustment shall be made for income or loss for the gap period.

Excess Contributions allocated to a Participant shall be distributed from the Participant’s Account resulting from Elective Deferral Contributions. If such Excess Contributions exceed the amount of Excess Contributions in the Participant’s Account resulting from Elective Deferral Contributions, the balance shall be distributed from the Participant’s Account resulting from Qualified Matching Contributions (if applicable) and Qualified Nonelective Contributions, respectively. The amount of Excess Contributions to be distributed from the Participant’s Account shall be reduced by any Excess Elective Deferrals previously distributed for the taxable year ending in the same Plan Year.

If Item N(5)(b) is not selected, distribution of Excess Contributions shall be made on a pro rata basis from the Participant’s Account resulting from Pre-tax Elective Deferral Contributions and Roth Elective Deferral Contributions in the same proportion that such Contributions were made for the applicable year. If Item N(5)(b) is selected, distribution of Excess Contributions shall be made first from the Participant’s Account resulting from Pre-tax Elective Deferral Contributions. If Item N(5)(c) applied as of the last day of the applicable year, the Participant may elect a different order of distribution.

Any Matching Contributions that were based on the Elective Deferral Contributions distributed as Excess Contributions, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be forfeited. If Catch-up Contributions are not matched (Item P(8)(a) was selected and applied as of the first day of the applicable year), any Matching Contributions that were based on the Elective Deferral Contributions distributed as Excess Contributions or redesignated as Catch-up Contributions, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be forfeited.

d)ACP Test. As of the end of each Plan Year, the Plan must satisfy the ACP Test. The ACP Test shall be satisfied using the current year testing method, unless the Employer elected in Item L(2)(a) to use the prior year testing method. An Employer Group may make a separate election under this section. Any elections must be made in writing and in accordance with the regulations under Code Section 401(m) and shall be included as a permanent part of the Plan.

2)Prior Year Testing Method. The ACP for a Plan Year for Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year and the prior year’s ACP for Eligible

			
	45

Participants who were Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests:

iii)The ACP for a Plan Year for Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the prior year’s ACP for Eligible Participants who were Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

iv)The ACP for a Plan Year for Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year:

A.shall not exceed the prior year’s ACP for Eligible Participants who were Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year multiplied by 2, and

B.the difference between such ACPs is not more than 2.

If this is not a successor plan, for the first Plan Year the Plan permits any Participant to make Participant Contributions, provides for Matching Contributions, or both, for purposes of the foregoing tests, the prior year’s Nonhighly Compensated Employees’ ACP shall be 3 percent, unless the Employer elected in Item L(2)(c)(i) to use the Plan Year’s ACP for these Eligible Participants. An Employer Group may make a separate election under this section. Any elections must be made in writing and in accordance with the regulations under Code Section 401(m) and shall be included as a permanent part of the Plan.

1)Current Year Testing Method. The ACP for a Plan Year for Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year and the ACP for Eligible Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests:

i)The ACP for a Plan Year for Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the ACP for Eligible Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

ii)The ACP for a Plan Year for Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year:

A.shall not exceed the ACP for Eligible Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year multiplied by 2, and

B.the difference between such ACPs is not more than 2.

If the Employer elected in Item L(2) or an Employer Group elected to use the current year testing method, that election cannot be changed unless (i) the Plan has been using the current year testing method for the preceding five Plan Years, or if less, the number of Plan Years the Plan has been in existence; or (ii) if as a result of a merger or acquisition described in Code Section 410(b)(6)(C)(i), the Employer maintains both a plan using the prior year testing method and a plan using the current year testing method and the change is made within the transition period described in Code Section 410(b)(6)(C)(ii).

A Participant is a Highly Compensated Employee for a particular Plan Year if he meets the definition of a Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year. Similarly, a Participant is a Nonhighly Compensated Employee for a particular Plan Year if he does not meet the definition of a Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year.

The Contribution Percentage for any Eligible Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and who is eligible to have Contribution Percentage Amounts allocated to his

			
	46

account under two or more plans described in Code Section 401(a) or arrangements described in Code Section 401(k) that are maintained by the Employer or a Controlled Group member shall be determined as if the total of such Contribution Percentage Amounts was made under each plan and arrangement. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more such plans or arrangements that have different plan years, all Contribution Percentage Amounts made during the Plan Year shall be aggregated. The foregoing notwithstanding, certain plans shall be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under the regulations of Code Section 401(m).

In the event this Plan satisfies the requirements of Code Section 401(m), 401(a)(4), or 410(b) only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such Code sections only if aggregated with this Plan, then this section shall be applied by determining the Contribution Percentage of Employees as if all such plans were a single plan. If more than 10 percent of the Nonhighly Compensated Employees are involved in a plan coverage change as defined in section 1.401(m)-2(c)(4) of the regulations, then any adjustments to the Nonhighly Compensated Employee ACP for the prior year shall be made in accordance with such regulations, unless the Employer elected in Item L(2) to use the current year testing method. Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Code Section 401(m) only if they have the same plan year and use the same testing method for the ACP Test.

For purposes of the ACP Test, Participant Contributions are considered to have been made in the Plan Year in which contributed to the Plan. Matching Contributions and Qualified Nonelective Contributions will be considered to have been made for a Plan Year if made no later than the end of the 12-month period beginning on the day after the close of the Plan Year.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan, Excess Aggregate Contributions, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be forfeited, if not vested, or distributed, if vested, no later than 12 months after the last day of a Plan Year to Participants to whose Accounts such Excess Aggregate Contributions were allocated for such Plan Year. Excess Aggregate Contributions are allocated to the Highly Compensated Employees with the largest Contribution Percentage Amounts taken into account in calculating the ACP Test for the year in which the excess arose, beginning with the Highly Compensated Employee with the largest amount of such Contribution Percentage Amounts and continuing in descending order until all of the Excess Aggregate Contributions have been allocated. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more plans or arrangements of the Employer or of a Controlled Group member that include Contribution Percentage Amounts, the amount distributed shall not exceed the Contribution Percentage Amounts taken into account in calculating the ACP Test and made to this Plan for the year in which the excess arose. If such Excess Aggregate Contributions are distributed more than 2 1/2 months after the last day of the Plan Year in which such excess amounts arose, a 10 percent excise tax shall be imposed on the employer maintaining the plan with respect to such amounts.

Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be treated as Annual Additions, as defined in Section 3.07, even if distributed.

The Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be adjusted for any income or loss. The income or loss allocable to such Excess Aggregate Contributions allocated to each Participant shall be equal to the income or loss allocable to the Participant’s Contribution Percentage Amounts for the Plan Year in which the excess occurred multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the Excess Aggregate Contributions. The denominator of the fraction is the closing balance without regard to any income or loss occurring during such Plan Year (as of the end of such Plan Year) of the Participant’s Account resulting from Contribution Percentage Amounts.

For purposes of determining income or loss on Excess Aggregate Contributions, no adjustment shall be made for income or loss for the gap period.

			
	47

Excess Aggregate Contributions allocated to a Participant shall be distributed from the Participant’s Account resulting from Participant Contributions that are not required as a condition of employment or participation or for obtaining additional benefits from Employer Contributions. If such Excess Aggregate Contributions exceed the balance in the Participant’s Account resulting from such Participant Contributions, the balance shall be forfeited, if not vested, or distributed, if vested, on a pro rata basis from the Participant’s Account resulting from Contribution Percentage Amounts.

SECTION 3.09 – 401(k) SAFE HARBOR PROVISIONS.

The provisions of this section apply if the Employer elected in Item O(1) to be a 401(k) Safe Harbor Plan. In accordance with sections 1.401(k)-1(e)(7) and 1.401(m)-1(c)(2) of the regulations, the Employer cannot use ADP (and ACP testing, if applicable) for a Plan Year in which it is intended for the Plan through its written terms to be an ADP Test Safe Harbor (and ACP Test Safe Harbor, if applicable) and the Employer fails to satisfy the requirements of such safe harbors for the Plan Year, unless the 401(k) safe harbor election is revoked as provided in (e) below.

a)Rules of Application.

1)To satisfy the requirements to be a 401(k) Safe Harbor Plan, a Plan must: (i) satisfy the notice requirements and contribution requirements of this section; and (ii) apply the 401(k) safe harbor provisions for the entire 12-month Plan Year, unless a short Plan Year exception in (2) below applies.

If the Employer elected in Item O(1)(b) to make the 401(k) safe harbor Contributions for all Plan Years, any provisions relating to the ADP Test in Section 3.08 do not apply. If the Employer elected in Item O(1)(d) to make a Qualified Nonelective Contribution for the Plan Year, any provisions relating to the ADP Test in Section 3.08 do not apply for the Plan Year specified in Item O(1)(d).

If the Employer elected to satisfy the ADP Test Safe Harbor and ACP Test Safe Harbor in Item O(1)(a)(i) and the Employer elected in Item O(1)(b) to make the 401(k) safe harbor Contributions for all Plan Years, any provisions relating to the ACP Test in Section 3.08 with respect to Matching Contributions do not apply. If the Employer elected to satisfy the ADP Test Safe Harbor and ACP Test Safe Harbor in Item O(1)(a)(i) and the Employer elected in Item O(1)(d) to make a Qualified Nonelective Contribution for the Plan Year, any provisions relating to the ACP Test in Section 3.08 with respect to Matching Contributions do not apply for the Plan Year specified in Item O(1)(d).

In modification of the foregoing, if the entry requirements for Elective Deferral Contributions and the 401(k) safe harbor Contributions are different, any provisions relating to the ADP Test shall apply in any Plan Year in which a Highly Compensated Employee is part of the group of otherwise excludable employees as defined in section 1.410(b)-6(b)(3) of the regulations for purposes of testing the group of otherwise excludable employees.

2)Short Plan Year Exceptions. The provisions of this section shall not apply unless the Plan Year is 12 months long except as provided below:

i)In the case of the first Plan Year of a newly established plan (other than a successor plan), the Plan Year is at least 3 months long (or any shorter period if the Employer is a newly established employer that establishes the Plan as soon as administratively feasible after the Employer came into existence).

ii)In the case of a cash or deferred arrangement that is added to an existing profit sharing, stock bonus, or pre-ERISA money purchase pension plan for the first time during a plan year, provided the Plan is not a successor plan and the cash or deferred arrangement is

			
	48

made effective no later than 3 months prior to the end of the Plan Year. The Plan may not be an ACP Test Safe Harbor for such Plan Year unless the existing Plan did not provide for Matching Contributions and the amendment providing for Matching Contributions is made effective at the same time as the adoption of the cash or deferred arrangement.

iii)If the Plan has a short Plan Year as a result of changing its Plan Year, provided that the Plan satisfied the ADP Test Safe Harbor requirements and ACP Test Safe Harbor requirements, if applicable, for the immediately preceding Plan Year and the Plan satisfies the ADP Test Safe Harbor requirements and ACP Test Safe Harbor requirements, if applicable, (determined without regard to the revocation of 401(k) safe harbor election described in (e) below) for the immediately following Plan Year (or for the immediately following 12 months if the immediately following Plan Year is less than 12 months).

iv)If the Plan has a short Plan Year due to Plan termination, provided that the Plan satisfies the ADP Test Safe Harbor requirements and ACP Test Safe Harbor requirements, if applicable, through the date of termination and either:

C.the Plan would satisfy the requirements of the revocation of 401(k) safe harbor election described in (e) below, treating the termination of the Plan as a reduction or suspension of Qualified Matching Contributions or Qualified Nonelective Contributions, other than the requirement that Active Participants have a reasonable opportunity to change the amount of their Elective Deferral Contributions; or

D.the Plan termination is in connection with a transaction described in Code Section 410(b)(6)(C) or the Employer incurs a substantial business hardship comparable to a substantial business hardship described in Code Section 412(c).

1)To the extent that any other provision of the Plan is inconsistent with the provisions of this section, the provisions of this section shall govern.

b)ADP Test Safe Harbor.

2)Contributions. If Item O(1)(b)(i) is selected, the Plan is satisfying the ADP Test Safe Harbor using Qualified Matching Contributions as required in Item O(1)(b)(i). If Item O(1)(b)(ii) is selected, the Plan is satisfying the ADP Test Safe Harbor using Qualified Nonelective Contributions as required in Item O(1)(b)(ii). If Item O(1)(d) is selected, the Plan is satisfying the ADP Test Safe Harbor using Qualified Nonelective Contributions as required in Item O(1)(d) for the Plan Year specified.

The Employer shall pay to the Insurer or Trustee, as applicable, the Qualified Matching Contributions and Qualified Nonelective Contributions for each Plan Year not later than the end of the 12-month period immediately following the Plan Year for which they are deemed to be paid. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Item O(1)(b)(i)(H) is selected, the Contributions selected in Item O(1)(b)(i) shall be made to the plan specified in Item O(1)(b)(i)(H). If Item O(1)(b)(ii)(D) is selected, the Qualified Nonelective Contributions used to satisfy the ADP Test Safe Harbor shall be made to the plan specified in that Item.

3)Notice Requirement.

v)If the Employer elected in Item O(1)(b) to make the 401(k) safe harbor Contributions for all Plan Years, at least 30 days, but not more than 90 days, before the beginning of the Plan Year, the Employer shall provide each Active Participant a comprehensive notice of his rights and obligations under the Plan.

			
	49

vi)If the Employer elected in Item O(1)(c) to make the 401(k) safe harbor Contributions for Plan Years in which the Plan is amended, at least 30 days, but not more than 90 days, before the beginning of the Plan Year, the Employer shall provide each Active Participant a comprehensive notice of his rights and obligations under the Plan, including a statement that the Employer may amend the Plan during the Plan Year to elect to make a Qualified Nonelective Contribution of at least 3% of a Participant’s Compensation. If the Employer elected in Item O(1)(d) to make a Qualified Nonelective Contribution for the Plan Year and the Plan is so amended, a supplemental notice will be provided no later than 30 days before the end of the Plan Year specified in Item O(1)(d) informing the Participant of such amendment.

The notice shall be written in a manner sufficiently accurate and comprehensive to apprise the Active Participant of his rights and obligations and calculated to be understood by the average Active Participant.

If an Employee becomes an Active Participant after the 90th day before the beginning of the Plan Year and does not receive the notices described above for that reason, the applicable notice must be provided no more than 90 days before he becomes an Active Participant but not later than the date he becomes an Active Participant.

4)Supplemental Notice. If the Employer elected in Item O(1)(d) to make a Qualified Nonelective Contribution for the Plan Year, the Employer shall provide each Active Participant a supplemental notice no later than 30 days before the end of the Plan Year specified in Item O(1)(d). The supplemental notice shall state that a Qualified Nonelective Contribution will be made for such Plan Year and disclose the amount of such Qualified Nonelective Contribution. Such notice may be provided separately or as a part of the notice in (2) above for the following Plan Year.

5)Election Periods. In addition to any other election periods provided under the Plan, each Active Participant may make or modify a deferral election during the 30-day period immediately following receipt of the notice described in (2)(i) or (ii) above.

c)ACP Test Safe Harbor.

6)Matching Contributions.

vii)If the Plan is satisfying the ADP Test Safe Harbor and the ACP Test Safe Harbor, Matching Contributions shall be limited as provided in Items O(1)(b)(i) and P.

viii)If the Plan is satisfying the ADP Test Safe Harbor using Qualified Matching Contributions, all Matching Contributions shall be Qualified Matching Contributions, unless otherwise specified in Item O(1)(b)(i)(D)(1). If the Plan is satisfying the ADP Test Safe Harbor using Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Matching Contributions shall not be Qualified Matching Contributions unless Item P(14) is selected.

d)ACP Test.

3)Continued Application. If the Plan is satisfying the ADP Test Safe Harbor and the ACP Test Safe Harbor, the Plan must still satisfy the ACP Test in the manner specified in (2) below with respect to Participant Contributions. If the Plan is satisfying the ADP Test Safe Harbor but not the ACP Test Safe Harbor, the Plan must satisfy the ACP Test in the manner specified in (2) below with respect to Participant Contributions and Matching Contributions.

4)Special Rules. If the Plan is satisfying the ADP Test Safe Harbor and the ACP Test Safe Harbor, the Employer may elect to disregard with respect to all Eligible Participants, as defined in Section 3.08, (i) all Matching Contributions or (ii) Matching Contributions that do

			
	50

not exceed 4% of each Eligible Participant’s Compensation for purposes of the ACP Test. Alternatively, the Employer may elect to include all Matching Contributions for purposes of the ACP test. If the Employer makes no election, they will be deemed to have made an election to disregard all Matching Contributions for purposes of the ACP Test. If the Plan is satisfying the ADP Test Safe Harbor using Qualified Nonelective Contributions, but is not satisfying the ACP Test Safe Harbor, the Employer may elect to disregard only such Qualified Nonelective Contributions that do not exceed 3% of each Eligible Participant’s Compensation for purposes of the ACP Test. If the Employer makes no election, all such Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be disregarded for purposes of the ACP Test. Qualified Matching Contributions shall not be treated as being taken into account for purposes of the ADP Test. Elective Deferral Contributions may not be taken into account for purposes of the ACP Test.

e)Revocation of 401(k) Safe Harbor Election. The Employer may amend the Plan to revoke the 401(k) safe harbor election and the corresponding Qualified Matching Contributions or Qualified Nonelective Contributions during any Plan Year, if the following conditions are met:

2)All Active Participants shall be provided a supplemental notice that explains the consequences of the amendment, informs them of the effective date of the elimination of the Qualified Matching Contributions or Qualified Nonelective Contributions, and explains the procedures to change their Elective Deferral Agreement.

3)The effective date of the revocation cannot be earlier than the later of (i) 30 days after the Active Participants are given such notice, and (ii) the date the amendment revoking such provisions is adopted.

4)Active Participants are given a reasonable opportunity (including a reasonable period after receipt of the supplemental notice) to change their Elective Deferral Agreement prior to the revocation of the 401(k) safe harbor election.

5)The elimination of the Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions (for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2015) during a Plan Year is permitted if the Employer either (i) is operating at an economic loss as described in Code Section 412(c)(2)(A) for the Plan Year, or (ii) includes in the notice described in (b)(2) above a statement that the Plan may be amended during the Plan Year to revoke the Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions and that the revocation will not apply until at least 30 days after all Active Participants are provided notice of the revocation.

If elected in Item O(1)(b)(i)I or O(1)(b)(ii)E the Employer shall revoke the 401(k) safe harbor election for the Plan Year and (i) perform the ADP Test and ACP Test, if applicable, for the entire Plan Year using the current year testing method described in Section 3.08, and (ii) satisfy the Top-heavy Plan requirements of Article XI.

If Item O(1)(b)(i)I is selected, the Employer shall make the Qualified Matching Contributions with respect to Elective Deferral Contributions and Compensation for the portion of the Plan Year prior to the effective date of the revocation. If Item O(1)(b)(ii)E is selected, the Employer shall make the Qualified Nonelective Contributions with respect to Compensation paid for the portion of the Plan Year through the effective date of the revocation. The annual compensation limit applied to Compensation for purposes of the Qualified Matching Contributions and Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be adjusted for the short determination period as described in the definition of Compensation in Section 1.02.

f)Top-heavy Rules. The Plan is deemed to not be a Top-heavy Plan, as defined in Section 11.02, for a Plan Year if the exception under Code Section 416(g)(4)(H) applies for such year.

			
	51

SECTION    3.10    –    ELIGIBLE    AUTOMATIC    CONTRIBUTION    ARRANGEMENT    (EACA) PROVISIONS.

a)Rules of Application.

1)If the Employer elected in Item N(7) to have the EACA provisions apply and such provisions apply for the entire Plan Year, then the provisions of this section shall apply for the Plan Year.

2)To satisfy the requirements to be an EACA a Plan must satisfy the automatic Elective Deferral Contribution requirements described in (b) below; the additional notice requirements in (c) below; and if applicable, the Permissible Withdrawal provisions described in (d) below.

3)The EACA applies to all Eligible Employees.

4)For purposes of Section 3.08, the period for distributing Excess Contributions and Excess Aggregate Contributions, if applicable, without incurring the 10 percent excise tax is extended to six months after the last day of the Plan Year in which such excess arose. The period for making such corrective distributions shall only apply if all eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employees and Highly Compensated Employees are covered under the EACA for the entire Plan Year (or for the portion of the Plan Year such Employees were Eligible Employees).

5)To the extent that any other provision of the Plan is inconsistent with the provisions of this section, the provisions of this section shall govern.

b)Automatic Elective Deferral Contributions. The Plan provides for an automatic election under an EACA to have Pre-tax Elective Deferral Contributions made in the amounts specified in Item N(7).

The automatic Elective Deferral Contribution shall be a uniform percentage of Compensation as specified in Item N(7)(a). A Plan does not fail to satisfy the uniform percentage requirement merely because:

6)the percentage varies based on the number of years (or portions of years) an Eligible Employee has participated in the Plan;

7)the automatic Elective Deferral Contribution does not reduce an Elective Deferral Agreement that is in effect for a Participant immediately prior to the effective date of the automatic Elective Deferral Contribution;

8)the rate of Elective Deferral Contributions is limited so as not to exceed the limits of Code Sections 401(a)(17), 402(g) (determined with or without Catch-up Contributions), and 415; or

9)the automatic Elective Deferral Contribution is not applied during the period a Participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions are suspended after receipt of a distribution that requires Elective Deferral Contributions to be suspended.

The automatic election shall apply when a Participant first becomes eligible to make Elective Deferral Contributions (or again becomes eligible after a period during which he was not an Active Participant). The automatic election shall also apply to certain Active Participants as provided in Items N(7)(c) and (d).

c)Notice Requirements. At least 30 days, but not more than 90 days, before the beginning of the Plan Year, the Employer shall provide each Eligible Employee a comprehensive notice of his

			
	52

rights and obligations under the Plan. The notice shall explain the automatic election and the Eligible Employee’s right to elect a different rate of Elective Deferral Contributions, to elect not to make Elective Deferral Contributions, and if Roth Elective Deferral Contributions are permitted in Item N(5), to designate all or any portion of his Elective Deferral Contributions as Roth Elective Deferral Contributions. The notice shall include: (i) the procedure for exercising those rights and the timing for implementing any such elections; (ii) a description of how the automatic Elective Deferral Contributions will be invested in the absence of an investment election by the Eligible Employee; and (iii) if Permissible Withdrawals are permitted in Item N(7)(e), the Eligible Employee’s right to make a Permissible Withdrawal as described in (d) below and the procedures to request such a withdrawal. After receipt of the notice, the Eligible Employee shall be given a reasonable period thereafter to elect a different rate of Elective Deferral Contributions, to elect not to make Elective Deferral Contributions, and if Roth Elective Deferral Contributions are permitted in Item N(5), to designate all or any portion of his Elective Deferral Contributions as Roth Elective Deferral Contributions.

If an Employee becomes an Active Participant after the 90th day before the beginning of the Plan Year and does not receive the notices described above for that reason, the notice must be provided no more than 90 days before he becomes an Active Participant but not later than the date he becomes an Active Participant. If it is not practicable for the notice to be provided on or before such date, the notice shall be treated as provided timely if it is provided as soon as practicable after the date the Eligible Employee becomes an Active Participant and prior to the pay date for the payroll period that includes the date the Employee becomes eligible.

The notice shall be written in a manner sufficiently accurate and comprehensive to apprise the Active Participant of his rights and obligations and calculated to be understood by the average Active Participant.

d)Permissible Withdrawals. If the Plan allows Permissible Withdrawals in Item N(7)(e), a Participant may withdraw the part of his Vested Account resulting from his automatic Elective Deferral Contributions (and earnings attributable thereto) made under the EACA, subject to the requirements below. The Plan will not fail to satisfy the prohibition on in-service withdrawals of Elective Deferral Contributions described in Section 5.04 merely because it permits such withdrawals. A Permissible Withdrawal may be made without regard to any notice or consent requirements otherwise required under Code Sections 401(a)(11) or 417. In addition, the amount of the withdrawal: (i) is not taken into account in determining the dollar limitation on elective deferrals under Code Section 402(g); (ii) is not included in the ADP Test, or ACP Test, if applicable; and (iii) is not an Eligible Rollover Distribution.

A Participant’s request for a withdrawal must be made no later than 90 days after the date the first automatic Elective Deferral Contribution is withheld from the Participant’s Compensation and that would have been included in gross income had it not been withheld. For purposes of determining the date of the first automatic Elective Deferral Contribution under the EACA, an employee who for an entire Plan Year did not have automatic Elective Deferral Contributions made under the EACA is treated as if the employee did not have such Contributions for any prior Plan Year.

The request for withdrawal must be effective no later than the earlier of: (i) the pay date for the second payroll period that begins after the date the election is made; and (ii) the first pay date that occurs at least 30 days after the request is made. Unless the Participant elects otherwise, any request for withdrawal shall be treated as an affirmative election to stop having Elective Deferral Contributions made on his behalf as of the effective date of the request for withdrawal.

The amount of the withdrawal shall be equal to the amount of the automatic Elective Deferral Contributions made under the EACA through the effective date of the request for withdrawal described above. Such automatic Elective Deferral Contributions shall be adjusted for any income or loss through the date of distribution. The income or loss allocable to such Permissible

			
	53

Withdrawal shall be determined under rules similar to those provided under section 1.401(k)- 2(b)(2)(iv) of the regulations for the distribution of excess contributions. Any fee charged to the Participant for the withdrawal may not be greater than any other fee charged for a cash distribution.

Any Matching Contributions that were based on the automatic Elective Deferral Contributions distributed as a Permissible Withdrawal, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, that have been allocated to the Participant’s Account shall be forfeited. Matching Contributions are not required to be contributed to the Plan if the Permissible Withdrawal has been made prior to the date as of which the Matching Contribution would otherwise be allocated to the Participant’s Account.

SECTION 3.11 – QUALIFIED AUTOMATIC CONTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENT (QACA) SAFE HARBOR PROVISIONS.

The provisions of this section apply if the Employer elected in Item O(2) to be a QACA Safe Harbor Plan. In accordance with sections 1.401(k)-1(e)(7) and 1.401(m)-1(c)(2) of the regulations, the Employer cannot use ADP (and ACP testing, if applicable) for a Plan Year in which it is intended for the Plan through its written terms to be an ADP Test Safe Harbor (and ACP Test Safe Harbor, if applicable) and the Employer fails to satisfy the requirements of such safe harbors for the Plan Year, unless the QACA safe harbor election is revoked as provided in (f) below.

a)Rules of Application.

1)To satisfy the requirements to be a QACA Safe Harbor Plan, a Plan must apply the QACA safe harbor provisions for the entire 12-month Plan Year, unless a short Plan Year exception in (8) below applies.

2)To satisfy the requirements to be a QACA safe harbor a Plan must satisfy the automatic Elective Deferral Contribution requirements described in (b) below; the QACA Contribution requirements described in (c) below; the additional notice requirements in (d) below; and if applicable, the Permissible Withdrawal provisions described in (e) below.

3)The QACA applies to all Eligible Employees.

4)The QACA is structured such that it also meets the requirements of an EACA as described in Section 3.10 in order to allow Permissible Withdrawals and the extended period for distributing Excess Aggregate Contributions described in 11 below.

5)If the Employer elected in Item O(2)(g) to make the QACA safe harbor Contributions for all Plan Years, any provisions relating to the ADP Test in Section 3.08 do not apply. If the Employer elected in Item O(2)(i) to make a QACA Nonelective Contribution for the Plan Year, any provisions relating to the ADP Test in Section 3.08 do not apply for the Plan Year specified in Item O(2)(i).

6)If the Employer elected to satisfy the ADP Test Safe Harbor and ACP Test Safe Harbor in Item O(2)(f)(i) and the Employer elected in Item O(2)(g) to make the QACA safe harbor Contributions for all Plan Years, any provisions relating to the ACP Test in Section 3.08 with respect to Matching Contributions do not apply. If the Employer elected to satisfy the ADP Test Safe Harbor and ACP Test Safe Harbor in Item O(2)(f)(i) and the Employer elected in Item O(2)(i) to make a QACA Nonelective Contribution for the Plan Year, any provisions relating to the ACP Test in Section 3.08 with respect to Matching Contributions do not apply for the Plan Year specified in Item O(2)(i).

7)In modification of (5) and (6) above, if the entry requirements for Elective Deferral Contributions and the QACA safe harbor Contributions are different, any provisions relating

			
	54

to the ADP Test shall apply in any Plan Year in which a Highly Compensated Employee is part of the group of otherwise excludable employees as defined in section 1.410(b)-6(b)(3) of the regulations for purposes of testing the group of otherwise excludable employees.

8)The provisions of this section shall not apply unless the Plan Year is 12 months long except as provided below:

i)In the case of the first Plan Year of a newly established plan (other than a successor plan), the Plan Year is at least 3 months long (or any shorter period if the Employer is a newly established employer that establishes the Plan as soon as administratively feasible after the Employer came into existence).

ii)In the case of a cash or deferred arrangement that is added to an existing profit sharing, stock bonus, or pre-ERISA money purchase pension plan for the first time during a plan year, provided the Plan is not a successor plan and the cash or deferred arrangement is made effective no later than 3 months prior to the end of the Plan Year. The Plan may not be an ACP Test Safe Harbor for such Plan Year unless the existing Plan did not provide for Matching Contributions and the amendment providing for Matching Contributions is made effective at the same time as the adoption of the cash or deferred arrangement.

iii)If the Plan has a short Plan Year as a result of changing its Plan Year, provided that the Plan satisfied the ADP Test Safe Harbor requirements and ACP Test Safe Harbor requirements, if applicable, for the immediately preceding Plan Year and the Plan satisfies the ADP Test Safe Harbor requirements and ACP Test Safe Harbor requirements, if applicable, (determined without regard to the revocation of QACA safe harbor election described in (f) below) for the immediately following Plan Year (or for the immediately following 12 months if the immediately following Plan Year is less than 12 months).

iv)If the Plan has a short Plan Year due to Plan termination, provided that the Plan satisfies the ADP Test Safe Harbor requirements and ACP Test Safe Harbor requirements, if applicable, through the date of termination and either:

A.the Plan would satisfy the requirements of the revocation of QACA safe harbor election described in (f) below, treating the termination of the Plan as a reduction or suspension of QACA Matching Contributions or QACA Nonelective Contributions, other than the requirement that Active Participants have a reasonable opportunity to change the amount of their Elective Deferral Contributions; or

B.the Plan termination is in connection with a transaction described in Code Section 410(b)(6)(C) or the Employer incurs a substantial business hardship comparable to a substantial business hardship described in Code Section 412(c).

1)If the Plan is satisfying the ADP Test Safe Harbor and the ACP Test Safe Harbor, Matching Contributions shall be limited as provided in Items O(2)(g)(i) and P.

2)If the Plan is satisfying the ADP Test Safe Harbor and the ACP Test Safe Harbor, the Plan must still satisfy the ACP Test in the manner specified below with respect to Participant Contributions. If the Plan is satisfying the ADP Test Safe Harbor but not the ACP Test Safe Harbor, the Plan must satisfy the ACP Test in the manner specified below with respect to Participant Contributions and Matching Contributions.

i)If the Plan is satisfying the ADP Test Safe Harbor and the ACP Test Safe Harbor, the Employer may elect to disregard with respect to all Eligible Participants, as defined in Section 3.08, (i) all Matching Contributions or (ii) Matching Contributions that do not

			
	55

exceed 3.5% of each Eligible Participant’s Compensation for purposes of the ACP Test. Alternatively, the Employer may elect to include all Matching Contributions for purposes of the ACP test. If the Employer makes no election, they will be deemed to have made an election to disregard all Matching Contributions for purposes of the ACP Test.

ii)QACA Matching Contributions shall not be treated as being taken into account for purposes of the ADP Test.

iii)Elective Deferral Contributions may not be taken into account for purposes of the ACP Test.

3)For purposes of Section 3.08, the period for distributing Excess Aggregate Contributions, if applicable, without incurring the 10 percent excise tax is extended to six months after the last day of the Plan Year in which such excess arose. The period for making such corrective distributions shall only apply if all eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employees and Highly Compensated Employees are covered under the QACA for the entire Plan Year (or for the portion of the Plan Year such Employees were Eligible Employees).

4)To the extent that any other provision of the Plan is inconsistent with the provisions of this section, the provisions of this section shall govern.

b)Automatic Elective Deferral Contributions. The Plan provides for an automatic election under a QACA to have Pre-tax Elective Deferral Contributions made in the amounts specified in Item O(2).

The automatic Elective Deferral Contribution shall be a uniform percentage of Compensation as specified in Item O(2)(a). A Plan does not fail to satisfy the uniform percentage requirement merely because:

5)the percentage varies based on the number of years (or portions of years) an Eligible Employee has participated in the Plan;

6)the automatic Elective Deferral Contribution does not reduce an Elective Deferral Agreement that is in effect for a Participant immediately prior to the effective date of the automatic Elective Deferral Contribution under the QACA;

7)the rate of Elective Deferral Contributions is limited so as not to exceed the limits of Code Sections 401(a)(17), 402(g) (determined with or without Catch-up Contributions), and 415; or

8)the automatic Elective Deferral Contribution is not applied during the period a Participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions are suspended after receipt of a distribution that requires Elective Deferral Contributions to be suspended.

The automatic election shall apply when a Participant first becomes eligible to make Elective Deferral Contributions. The automatic election shall also apply when a Participant again becomes eligible to make Elective Deferral Contributions after a period during which he was not an Active Participant.

The automatic election that applies to a Participant when he again becomes eligible to make Elective Deferral Contributions shall be determined as follows:

9)For Participants who did not have automatic Elective Deferral Contributions made pursuant to an automatic election under the QACA for an entire Plan Year, the automatic Elective Deferral Contribution shall be determined as if all such Participants had not had such Contributions made for any prior Plan Year.
			
	56

1)All other Participants shall be treated as if the automatic Elective Deferral Contributions, including automatic increases, continue to apply during the period of time they were not Active Participants.

The automatic election shall also apply to certain Active Participants as provided in Items O(2)(c) and (d).

The effective date of the automatic Elective Deferral Contribution must be no later than the earlier of: (i) the pay date for the second payroll period that begins after the date the notice described in (d) below is provided or (ii) the first pay date that occurs at least 30 days after the notice is provided.

c)QACA Contributions. If Item O(2)(g)(i) is selected, the Plan is satisfying the ADP Test Safe Harbor using QACA Matching Contributions as required in Item O(2)(g)(i). If Item O(2)(g)(ii) is selected, the Plan is satisfying the ADP Test Safe Harbor using QACA Nonelective Contributions as required in Item O(2)(g)(ii). If Item O(2)(i) is selected, the Plan is satisfying the ADP Test Safe Harbor using QACA Nonelective Contributions as required in Item O(2)(i) for the Plan Year specified.

The Employer shall pay to the Insurer or Trustee, as applicable, the QACA Matching Contributions and QACA Nonelective Contributions for each Plan Year not later than the end of the 12-month period immediately following the Plan Year for which they are deemed to be paid. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Item O(2)(g)(i)(H) is selected, the Contributions selected in Item O(2)(g)(i) shall be made to the plan specified in Item O(2)(g)(i)(H). If Item O(2)(g)(ii)(D) is selected, the QACA Nonelective Contributions shall be made to the plan specified in that Item.

d)Notice Requirements. At least 30 days, but not more than 90 days, before the beginning of the Plan Year, the Employer shall provide each Eligible Employee a comprehensive notice of his rights and obligations under the Plan. The notice shall explain the automatic election and the Eligible Employee’s right to elect a different rate of Elective Deferral Contributions, to elect not to make Elective Deferral Contributions, and if Roth Elective Deferral Contributions are permitted in Item N(5), to designate all or any portion of his Elective Deferral Contributions as Roth Elective Deferral Contributions. The notice shall include: (i) the procedure for exercising those rights and the timing for implementing any such elections; (ii) a description of how the automatic Elective Deferral Contributions will be invested in the absence of an investment election by the Eligible Employee; and (iii) if Permissible Withdrawals are permitted in Item O(2)(e), the Eligible Employee’s right to make a Permissible Withdrawal as described in (e) below and the procedures to request such a withdrawal.

If the Employer elected in Item O(2)(g) to make the QACA safe harbor Contributions for all Plan Years, the notice shall also include a description of the QACA Matching Contributions or QACA Nonelective Contributions that will be made to the Plan to satisfy the ADP Test Safe Harbor.

If the Employer elected in Item O(2)(h) to make the QACA safe harbor Contributions for Plan Years in which the Plan is amended, the notice shall also include a statement that the Employer may amend the Plan during the Plan Year to elect to make QACA Nonelective Contributions of at least 3% of a Participant’s Compensation. If the Employer elected in Item O(2)(i) to make a QACA Nonelective Contribution for the Plan Year and the Plan is so amended, a supplemental notice will be provided no later than 30 days before the end of the Plan Year specified in Item O(2)(i) informing the Participant of such amendment. The supplemental notice shall state the amount of such QACA Nonelective Contribution. Such notice may be provided separately or as a part of the annual notice described above.

After receipt of the notice, the Eligible Employee shall be given a reasonable period thereafter to elect a different rate of Elective Deferral Contributions, to elect not to make Elective Deferral
			
	57

Contributions, and if Roth Elective Deferral Contributions are permitted in Item N(5), to designate all or any portion of his Elective Deferral Contributions as Roth Elective Deferral Contributions.

If an Employee becomes an Active Participant after the 90th day before the beginning of the Plan Year and does not receive the notices described above for that reason, the notice must be provided no more than 90 days before he becomes an Active Participant but not later than the date he becomes an Active Participant. If it is not practicable for the notice to be provided on or before such date, the notice shall be treated as provided timely if it is provided as soon as practicable after the date the Eligible Employee becomes an Active Participant and prior to the pay date for the payroll period that includes the date the Employee becomes eligible.

The notice shall be written in a manner sufficiently accurate and comprehensive to apprise the Active Participant of his rights and obligations and calculated to be understood by the average Active Participant.

e)Permissible Withdrawals. If the Plan allows Permissible Withdrawals in Item O(2)(e), a Participant may withdraw the part of his Vested Account resulting from his automatic Elective Deferral Contributions (and earnings attributable thereto) made under the QACA, subject to the requirements below. The Plan will not fail to satisfy the prohibition on in-service withdrawals of Elective Deferral Contributions described in Section 5.04 merely because it permits such withdrawals. A Permissible Withdrawal may be made without regard to any notice or consent requirements otherwise required under Code Sections 401(a)(11) or 417. In addition, the amount of the withdrawal: (i) is not taken into account in determining the dollar limitation on elective deferrals under Code Section 402(g); (ii) is not included in the ADP Test, or ACP Test, if applicable; and (iii) is not an Eligible Rollover Distribution.

A Participant’s request for a withdrawal must be made no later than 90 days after the date the first automatic Elective Deferral Contribution is withheld from the Participant’s Compensation and that would have been included in gross income had it not been withheld. For purposes of determining the date of the first automatic Elective Deferral Contribution under the QACA, an employee who for an entire Plan Year did not have automatic Elective Deferral Contributions made under the QACA is treated as if the employee did not have such Contributions for any prior Plan Year.

The request for withdrawal must be effective no later than the earlier of: (i) the pay date for the second payroll period that begins after the date the election is made; and (ii) the first pay date that occurs at least 30 days after the request is made. Unless the Participant elects otherwise, any request for withdrawal shall be treated as an affirmative election to stop having Elective Deferral Contributions made on his behalf as of the effective date of the request for withdrawal.

The amount of the withdrawal shall be equal to the amount of the automatic Elective Deferral Contributions made under the QACA through the effective date of the request for withdrawal described above. Such automatic Elective Deferral Contributions shall be adjusted for any income or loss through the date of distribution. The income or loss allocable to such Permissible Withdrawal shall be determined under rules similar to those provided under section 1.401(k)- 2(b)(2)(iv) of the regulations for the distribution of excess contributions. Any fee charged to the Participant for the withdrawal may not be greater than any other fee charged for a cash distribution.

Any Matching Contributions that were based on the automatic Elective Deferral Contributions distributed as a Permissible Withdrawal, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, that have been allocated to the Participant’s Account shall be forfeited. Matching Contributions are not required to be contributed to the Plan if the Permissible Withdrawal has been made prior to the date as of which the Matching Contribution would otherwise be allocated to the Participant’s Account.

			
	58

f)Revocation of QACA Safe Harbor Election. The Employer may amend the Plan to revoke the QACA safe harbor election and the corresponding QACA Matching Contributions or QACA Nonelective Contributions during any Plan Year, if the following conditions are met:

1)All Eligible Employees shall be provided a supplemental notice that explains the consequences of the amendment, informs them of the effective date of the elimination of the QACA Matching Contributions or QACA Nonelective Contributions, and explains the procedures to change their Elective Deferral Agreement.

2)The effective date of the revocation cannot be earlier than the later of (i) 30 days after the Eligible Employees are given such notice, and (ii) the date the amendment revoking such provisions is adopted.

3)Eligible Employees are given a reasonable opportunity (including a reasonable period after receipt of the supplemental notice) to change their Elective Deferral Agreement prior to the revocation of the QACA safe harbor election.

4)The elimination of the QACA Nonelective Contributions or QACA Matching Contributions (for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2015) during a Plan Year is permitted if the Employer either (i) is operating at an economic loss as described in Code Section 412(c)(2)(A) for the Plan Year, or (ii) includes in the notice described in (d) above a statement that the Plan may be amended during the Plan Year to revoke the QACA Nonelective Contributions or QACA Matching Contributions and that the revocation will not apply until at least 30 days after all Active Participants are provided notice of the revocation.

If elected in Item O(2)(g)(i)I or O(2)(g)(ii)E, the Employer shall revoke the QACA safe harbor election for the Plan Year and (i) perform the ADP Test and ACP Test, if applicable, for the entire Plan Year using the current year testing method described in Section 3.08, and (ii) satisfy the Top-heavy Plan requirements of Article XI.

If Item O(2)(g)(i)I is selected, the Employer shall make the QACA Matching Contributions with respect to Elective Deferral Contributions and Compensation for the portion of the Plan Year prior to the effective date of the revocation. If Item O(2)(g)(ii)E is selected, the Employer shall make the QACA Nonelective Contributions with respect to Compensation paid for the portion of the Plan Year through the effective date of the revocation. The annual compensation limit applied to Compensation for purposes of the QACA Matching Contributions and QACA Nonelective Contributions shall be adjusted for the short determination period as described in the definition of Compensation in Section 1.02.

g)Top-heavy Rules. The Plan is deemed to not be a Top-heavy Plan, as defined in Section 11.02, for a Plan Year if the exception under Code Section 416(g)(4)(H) applies for such year.

ARTICLE IV
INVESTMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS
SECTION 4.01 – INVESTMENT AND TIMING OF CONTRIBUTIONS.

The handling of Contributions and Plan assets is governed by the provisions of the Trust Agreement and any other relevant document, such as an Annuity Contract (for the purposes of this paragraph alone, the Trust Agreement and such other documents will each be referred to as a “document” or collectively as the “documents”), duly entered into by or with regard to the Plan that govern such matters. To the extent permitted by the documents, the parties designated in Item U(2) shall direct the Contributions for investment in any of the investment options available to the Plan under or through the documents, and may request the transfer of amounts resulting from those Contributions between such investment options.
			
	59

a)Participant Directs Investment of Some or All Contributions. A Participant may not direct the investment of all or any portion of his Account in collectibles. Collectibles mean any work of art, rug or antique, metal or gem, stamp or coin, alcoholic beverage, or other tangible personal property specified by the Secretary of the Treasury. However, certain coins and bullion as provided in Code Section 408(m)(3) shall not be considered collectibles.

If a Participant has provided investment direction for all or certain specific Contributions made to his Account, such Contributions shall be invested in accordance with such direction to the extent possible. If an investment option selected by the Participant in that investment direction is no longer available and a new investment option is not selected by the Participant (in lieu of the one that is no longer available) by the deadline set by a fiduciary of the Plan (or by the date the investment option is no longer available), all amounts currently held in the investment option that is no longer available and future Contributions directed to such investment option by the Participant (and made after such deadline or date) shall be invested in the appropriate default investment option, unless otherwise directed by a fiduciary of the Plan.

If an investment option selected by the Participant is no longer available for future Contributions only and a new investment option is not selected by the Participant (in lieu of the one that is no longer available) by the deadline set by a fiduciary of the Plan (or by the date the investment option is no longer available), all future Contributions directed to such investment option that is not available for future Contributions (and made after such deadline or date) shall be invested in the appropriate default investment option, unless otherwise directed by a fiduciary of the Plan.

To the extent that a Participant who has the ability to provide investment direction (either on an ongoing basis or in response to a notice from a fiduciary of the Plan) fails to give timely investment direction, the amount in the Participant’s Account for which no investment direction is received shall be invested in the appropriate default investment option, unless otherwise directed by a fiduciary of the Plan.

b)Employer Directs Investment of Some or All Contributions. If the Employer has investment direction, the Contributions shall be invested in accordance with such direction. The Employer shall have investment direction for amounts that have not been allocated to Participants.

To the extent an investment option is no longer available, a fiduciary of the Plan may require that amounts currently held in such investment option be reinvested in other investment options. To the extent that the Employer has not given investment direction, and no Plan fiduciary gives direction regarding the reinvestment of such amounts, the amounts held in an investment option that is no longer available or which had been directed to be invested in an investment option that is not available for future Contributions shall be invested in the appropriate default investment option.

Default investment options are defined in documents duly entered into by or with regard to the Plan that govern such matters.

At least annually, the Named Fiduciary shall review all pertinent Employee information and Plan data in order to establish the funding policy of the Plan and to determine appropriate methods of carrying out the Plan's objectives. The Named Fiduciary shall inform the Trustee and any Investment Manager of the Plan's short-term and long-term financial needs so the investment policy can be coordinated with the Plan's financial requirements.

However, the Named Fiduciary may delegate to the Investment Manager investment direction for Contributions and amounts that are not subject to Participant direction.

If a calculation period other than Plan Year is selected in Item O(1)(b)(i)C for a 401(k) Safe Harbor Plan, the Employer shall pay to the Insurer or Trustee, as applicable, the Qualified Matching
			
	60

Contributions calculated based on Elective Deferral Contributions and Compensation for the payroll period specified in Item O(1)(b)(i)C not later than the last day of the following Plan-year Quarter.

If a calculation period other than Plan Year is selected in Item O(2)(g)(i)C for a QACA Safe Harbor Plan, the Employer shall pay to the Insurer or Trustee, as applicable, the QACA Matching Contributions calculated based on Elective Deferral Contributions and Compensation for the payroll period specified in Item O(2)(g)(i)C not later than the last day of the following Plan-year Quarter.

If a calculation period other than Plan Year is selected in Item P(10) and the Employer elected to satisfy the ADP Test Safe Harbor and ACP Test Safe Harbor, the Employer shall pay to the Insurer or Trustee, as applicable, the Matching Contributions calculated based on Elective Deferral Contributions and Compensation for the period specified in Item P(10) not later than the last day of the following Plan-year Quarter.

All Contributions are forwarded by the Employer to (i) the Trustee to be deposited in the Trust Fund or otherwise invested by the Trustee in accordance with the relevant documents; or (ii) the Insurer to be deposited under the Annuity Contract, as applicable.

SECTION 4.02 - INVESTMENT IN QUALIFYING EMPLOYER SECURITIES.

The provisions of this section apply to plans which allow investment in Qualifying Employer Securities. If a plan is amended to remove the selection of Item U(5)(a), the provisions of this section will continue to apply only for purposes of amounts invested in Qualifying Employer Securities prior to the effective date of such amendment.

If permitted under Item U(5)(a) of the Adoption Agreement, all or some portion of the Participant's Account may be invested in the Qualifying Employer Securities Fund. If Item U(5)(a)(i) is elected by the Employer, the Contributions that may be invested in the Qualifying Employer Securities Fund shall be limited to the Contributions specified in that Item. If the Participant has investment control, once an investment in the Qualifying Employer Securities Fund is made available to Participants, it shall continue to be available unless the Adoption Agreement is amended to disallow such available investment. In the absence of an election to invest in Qualifying Employer Securities, Participants shall be deemed to have elected to have their Accounts invested wholly in other investment options of the Investment Fund. Once an election is made, it shall be considered to continue until a new election is made. If the Plan is amended to disallow all or some portion of the Participant’s Account to be invested in the Qualifying Employer Securities Fund, the provisions of this section shall continue to apply to amounts invested in Qualifying Employer Securities before such amendment is effective.

For purposes of determining the annual valuation of the Plan, and for reporting to Participants and regulatory authorities, the assets of the Plan shall be valued at least annually on the Valuation Date which corresponds to the last day of the Plan Year. The fair market value of Qualifying Employer Securities shall be determined on such Valuation Date. The prices of Qualifying Employer Securities as of the date of the transaction shall apply for purposes of valuing distributions and other transactions of the Plan to the extent such value is representative of the fair market value of such securities in the opinion of the Plan Administrator. The value of a Participant's Account held in the Qualifying Employer Securities Fund may be expressed in units.

If the Qualifying Employer Securities are not publicly traded, or if an extremely thin market exists for such securities so that reasonable valuation may not be obtained from the market place, then such securities must be valued at least annually by an independent appraiser who is not associated with the Employer, the Plan Administrator, the Trustee, or any person related to any fiduciary under the Plan. The independent appraiser may be associated with a person who is merely a contract administrator with respect to the Plan, but who exercises no discretionary authority and is not a plan fiduciary.
			
	61

If there is a public market for Qualifying Employer Securities of the type held by the Plan, then the Plan Administrator may use as the value of the securities the price at which such securities traded in such market. If the Qualifying Employer Securities do not trade on the relevant date, or if the market is very thin on such date, then the Plan Administrator may use for the valuation the next preceding trading day on which the trading prices are representative of the fair market value of such securities in the opinion of the Plan Administrator.

Cash dividends payable on the Qualifying Employer Securities shall be reinvested in additional shares of such securities. In the event of any cash or stock dividend or any stock split, such dividend or split shall be credited to the Accounts based upon the number of shares of Qualifying Employer Securities credited to each Account as of the payable date of such dividend or split.

All purchases of Qualifying Employer Securities shall be made at a price, or prices, which, in the judgement of the Plan Administrator, do not exceed the fair market value of such securities.

In the event that the Trustee acquires Qualifying Employer Securities by purchase from a "disqualified person" as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(2) or from a "party-in-interest" as defined in ERISA Section 3(14), the terms of such purchase shall contain the provision that in the event there is a final determination by the Internal Revenue Service, the Department of Labor, or court of competent jurisdiction that the fair market value of such securities as of the date of purchase was less than the purchase price paid by the Trustee, then the seller shall pay or transfer, as the case may be, to the Trustee an amount of cash or shares of Qualifying Employer Securities equal in value to the difference between the purchase price and such fair market value for all such shares. In the event that cash or shares of Qualifying Employer Securities are paid or transferred to the Trustee under this provision, such securities shall be valued at their fair market value as of the date of such purchase, and interest at a reasonable rate from the date of purchase to the date of payment or transfer shall be paid by the seller on the amount of cash paid.

The Plan Administrator may direct the Trustee to sell, resell, or otherwise dispose of Qualifying Employer Securities to any person, including the Employer, provided that any such sales to any disqualified person or a party-in-interest, including the Employer, will be made at not less than the fair market value and no commission will be charged. Any such sale shall be made in conformance with ERISA Section 408(e).

The Employer is responsible for compliance with any applicable Federal or state securities law with respect to all aspects of the Plan. If the Qualifying Employer Securities or interests in this Plan are required to be registered in order to permit investment in the Qualifying Employer Securities Fund as provided in Item U(5)(a) of the Adoption Agreement, then such investment will not be effective until the later of the effective date of the Plan or the date such registration or qualification is effective. The Employer, at its own expense, will take or cause to be taken any and all such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effect such registration or qualification. Further, if the Trustee is directed to dispose of any Qualifying Employer Securities held under the Plan under circumstances which require registration or qualification of the securities under applicable Federal or state securities laws, then the Employer will, at its expense, take or cause to be taken any and all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effect such registration or qualification. The Employer is responsible for all compliance requirements under Section 16 of the Securities Act.

Diversification Requirements.

If the Plan holds publicly traded Qualifying Employer Securities, the diversification requirements below apply for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2007.

An applicable individual (as defined in section 1.401(a)(35)-1(b) of the regulations) is permitted to elect to direct any publicly traded qualifying employer securities (as defined in Code Section 401(a)(35)(G)(v)) held in his Account under the Plan to be reinvested in other investment options
			
	62

offered under the Plan with respect to the portion of his Account that is subject to Code Section 401(a)(35)(B) or (C). The Employer may permit diversification of amounts invested in qualifying employer securities earlier than required as long as the earlier time period is applied consistently to all applicable individuals.

The Plan shall offer at least three investment options, other than Qualifying Employer Securities, to which the applicable individual may direct all or any portion of his Account invested in Qualifying Employer Securities, and each investment option must be diversified and have materially different risk and return characteristics that satisfy the requirements of section 2550.404c-1(b)(3) of the Department of Labor regulations. The Plan may limit the time for divestment and reinvestment to periodic, reasonable opportunities occurring no less frequently than quarterly. The Plan may not impose any restrictions or conditions with respect to the investment of Qualifying Employer Securities that are not imposed on the investment options offered under the Plan, except as provided in section 1.401(a)(35)- 1(e) of the regulations.

For Qualifying Employer Securities held under the Plan in a Plan Year beginning before January 1, 2007, the diversification rights described above shall only apply to the applicable percentage of the number of shares of those securities as stated below:

(a)The applicable percentage is 33% for the first Plan Year to which Code Section 401(a)(35) applies.

(b)The applicable percentage is 66% for the second Plan Year to which Code Section 401(a)(35) applies.

(c)The applicable percentage is 100% for all subsequent Plan Years.

If there is more than one class of securities held under the Plan, the transition rule above shall apply separately with respect to each class. The transition rule above does not apply to Participants who are age 55 or older and have completed at least three years of service (as defined in section 1.401(a)(35)- 1(c)(3) of the regulations) prior to the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2005.

A notice must be provided to each applicable individual that describes the divestiture rights and the importance of diversifying the investment of retirement plan assets. The Employer shall provide the notice to all applicable individuals no later than 30 days before the date on which the applicable individuals are eligible to exercise their right to diversify.

Buy/Sell Window.

If the Plan holds Qualifying Employer Securities that are not publicly traded, annually, or at such other intervals as directed by the Plan Administrator, the Plan Administrator, at its discretion, may allow Active Participants the opportunity to buy and/or sell Qualifying Employer Securities, and Inactive Participants the opportunity to sell Qualifying Employer Securities. Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan to the contrary, the valuation of the Qualifying Employer Securities for the buy/sell window shall be based on the valuation performed as of the most recent Valuation Date provided that, in the opinion of the Plan Administrator, such value is representative of the fair market value of such securities on the date of the transaction. The Plan Administrator shall require a new valuation of Qualifying Employer Securities if, in the opinion of the Plan Administrator, the valuation as of the most recent Valuation Date is not representative of the fair market value of the Qualifying Employer Securities. The Plan Administrator shall set up nondiscriminatory procedures, including any limits, to accommodate the implementation of such transfers among other investment options and the Qualifying Employer Securities.

			
	63

Voting and Tender Rights.

Voting rights with respect to Qualifying Employer Securities shall be exercised in the manner specified in Item U(5)(a)(ii). Before each meeting of shareholders, the Employer shall cause to be sent to each person with power to control such voting rights a copy of any notice and other information provided to shareholders and, if applicable, a form for instructing the Trustee how to vote at such meeting (or any adjournment thereof) the number of full and fractional shares subject to such person's voting control. The Trustee may establish a deadline in advance of the meeting by which such forms must be received in order to be effective.

If Participants control voting rights, each Participant shall be entitled to one vote for each share credited to his Account.

If Participants control voting rights, and if some or all of the Participants have not directed or have not timely directed the Trustee on how to vote, then the Trustee shall vote such Qualifying Employer Securities in the same proportion as those shares of Qualifying Employer Securities for which the Trustee has received proper direction for such matter.

If Participants control voting rights, the Trustee shall hold the Participant’s individual directions with respect to voting rights in confidence and, except as required by law, shall not divulge or release such individual directions to anyone associated with the Employer. The Employer may require verification of the Trustee’s compliance with the directions received from Participants by any independent auditor selected by the Employer, provided that such auditor agrees to maintain the confidentiality of such individual directions.

The Employer may develop procedures to facilitate the exercise of votes, such as the use of facsimile transmissions for the Participants located in physically remote areas.

The decision whether to tender Qualifying Employer Securities in response to a tender or exchange offer for such Qualifying Employer Securities shall be made in the manner specified in Item U(5)(a)(iii). As soon as practicable after the commencement of a tender or exchange offer for Qualifying Employer Securities, the Employer shall cause each person with power to control the response to such tender or exchange offer to be advised in writing the terms of the offer and, if applicable, to be provided with a form for instructing the Trustee, or for revoking such instruction, to tender or exchange shares of Qualifying Employer Securities, to the extent permitted under the terms of such offer. In advising such persons of the terms of the offer, the Employer may include statements from the board of directors setting forth its position with respect to the offer.

If Participants control tender decisions, and if some or all of the Participants have not directed or have not timely directed the Trustee on how to tender, then the Trustee shall tender such Qualifying Employer Securities in the same proportion as those shares of Qualifying Employer Securities for which the Trustee has received proper direction for such matter.

If the tender or exchange offer is limited so that all of the shares that the Trustee has been directed to tender or exchange cannot be sold or exchanged, the shares that each Participant directed to be tendered or exchanged shall be deemed to have been sold or exchanged in the same ratio that the number of shares actually sold or exchanged bears to the total number of shares that the Trustee was directed to tender or exchange.

If Participants control tender decisions, the Trustee shall hold the Participant’s individual directions with respect to tender decisions in confidence and, except as required by law, shall not divulge or release such individual directions to anyone associated with the Employer. The Employer may require verification of the Trustee’s compliance with the directions received from Participants by any independent auditor selected by the Employer, provided that such auditor agrees to maintain the confidentiality of such individual directions.

			
	64

The Employer may develop procedures to facilitate the exercise of tender rights, such as the use of facsimile transmissions for the Participants located in physically remote areas.

SECTION 4.03 – VOTING AND TENDER OF SELF-DIRECTED BROKERAGE ACCOUNTS.

Rights of ownership of securities held in the Self-Directed Brokerage Account, including voting rights, tender rights, and rights to exercise exchange offers, shall be passed through to the Participant with respect to whom the Self-Directed Brokerage Account was established. These rights shall be exercised by the Participant through the mechanism (including the course of dealing and practices and procedures) established by the Trustee for the exercise of such rights and in accordance with the Self-Directed Brokerage Account documents.

SECTION 4.04 – LIFE INSURANCE.

The provisions of this section apply to plans which allow investment in life insurance. If a plan is amended to remove life insurance, any Insurance Policy already purchased under the terms of the Plan shall remain in force and the provisions of this section shall continue to apply to amounts invested in an Insurance Policy before such date.

(a)Purchase of Insurance. If permitted under Item U(4)(a), the purchase of life insurance is available under this Plan for the purpose of providing incidental death benefits. An Active Participant may elect to have any part of his Account applied to purchase life insurance coverage on his life, unless otherwise specified in Item U(4)(a)(i). Accumulated deductible employee contributions, as defined in Code Section 72(o)(5)(B), cannot be used to purchase life insurance coverage.

The Trustee shall apply for and will be the owner of any Insurance Policy purchased under the terms of the Plan. The purchase shall be subject to the provisions of this section, the distribution of benefits provisions of Article VI or VIA, whichever applies, and the beneficiary provisions of Section 10.07.

If the Participant has a spouse to whom he has been continuously married for at least one year, such spouse shall be his Beneficiary under the Insurance Policy, unless (i) a qualified election has been made according to the provisions of the Section 6.03 or 6A.03, whichever applies, or
(ii) the Trustee has been named as Beneficiary. If Item AA(3)(f) is selected the one-year marriage requirement in the preceding sentence shall not apply.

If the Trustee is named as Beneficiary, upon the death of the Participant, the Trustee shall be required to pay over all proceeds of the Insurance Policy to the Participant's Beneficiary or spouse, as the case may be, according to the distribution of benefits provisions of Article VI or VIA, whichever applies.

Under no circumstances shall the Trust Fund retain any part of the proceeds. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Plan and the terms of any Insurance Policy purchased hereunder, the Plan provisions shall control.

The purchase of insurance shall be subject to the limitations that may be imposed by the Insurer under the applicable Insurance Policy. The Insurance Policy may provide for waiver of premium for disability.

The total of all insurance premiums for insurance coverage on the life of a Participant provided by Employer Contributions shall be limited to a percentage of all Employer Contributions made for that Participant. All such ordinary life insurance premiums shall be limited to a percentage that is less than 50 percent. All such term life and universal life insurance premiums shall be limited to a percentage that is not more than 25 percent. If both ordinary life insurance, and term life or universal life insurance are purchased, one-half of all such ordinary life insurance

			
	65

premiums and all such other life insurance premiums shall be limited to a percentage which is not more than 25 percent. Ordinary life insurance policies are policies with both nondecreasing death benefits and nonincreasing premiums.

Any dividends declared upon an amount of insurance in force on the life of a Participant may, within the terms of the Insurance Policy, be applied to reduce the earliest premium due, purchase paid-up insurance coverage, accumulate under the policy to provide additional death benefits, or be credited to the Participant's Account that is included in the Plan Fund. In the absence of any direction, such dividends shall be applied to reduce the earliest premium due for such amount of insurance.

A Participant may elect to have amounts deducted from his Account to pay insurance premiums. The total amount deducted cannot exceed the amount of Contributions credited to his Account that were not used to purchase insurance, but could have been.

If a decrease in the amount of life insurance is necessary, any cash value of the terminated insurance shall be retained in the Participant's Account.

(b)Transfer of Ownership. Any transfer of ownership under this section shall be subject to the distribution of benefits provisions of Article VI or VIA, whichever applies.

Upon the request of a Participant, the Employer may purchase for its cash value a personal life insurance policy issued to, and insuring the life of, the Participant. Such policy shall be immediately transferred from the Employer to the Trustee. The cash value of the purchased policy shall be a part of the Employer Contribution for the Plan Year. Any such purchase shall be accomplished only under an appropriate written agreement between the Participant, the Trustee, and the Employer. In lieu of the Employer's purchase of such policy and at the Employer's direction, the Trustee may purchase the policy directly from the Participant. These provisions shall not be available if the policy is subject to a policy loan or similar lien. The purchase of and future premiums for any such policy shall be subject to the limitations in (a) above.

If the Insurance Policy on a Participant’s life allows transfer of ownership, he may pay the Trustee an amount equal to the cash value of such policy. Such payment shall become a part of his Account. Upon receiving the payment, the Trustee shall transfer ownership of the policy to the Participant. This transfer of ownership is not a distribution from the Plan. This option shall only be available to a Participant if the policy would, but for the sale, be surrendered by the Plan.

If the Insurance Policy on a Participant’s life allows transfer of ownership and a distribution of his Vested Account would include the cash value of such policy, he may have ownership of such policy transferred to himself without paying the cash value to the Trustee. Any Insurance Policy transferred to the Participant for which he has not paid the cash value to the Trustee is a distribution from the Plan.

In applying the provisions of this section, all Participants in similar circumstances shall be treated in a similar manner. Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees shall not be treated in a manner more favorable than that afforded all other Participants.

(c)Termination of Insurance. The termination of insurance under this section shall be subject to the distribution of benefits provisions of Article VI or VIA, whichever applies.

No premium payments shall be made under this Plan for an Inactive Participant. If a Participant becomes an Inactive Participant before his Retirement Date, the Trustee may either use the cash value of the Insurance Policy on his life to provide paid-up insurance or may surrender the Insurance Policy. The cash value of a surrendered Insurance Policy is retained in the Participant's Account and added to the Investment Fund. The purchase of paid-up insurance

			
	66

shall be subject to the provisions of the Insurance Policy. If the Participant has a Severance from Employment before his Retirement Date, he may elect to have the ownership of the Insurance Policy transferred as provided in (b) above.

On a Participant's Retirement Date, any Insurance Policy on his life, the ownership of which has not been transferred to him, shall terminate. The cash value shall be paid to the Participant in cash or applied to provide an income for him according to the provisions of the Insurance Policy. In any event, no portion of the value of any Insurance Policy shall be used to continue life insurance protection under the Plan beyond actual retirement.

ARTICLE V BENEFITS
SECTION 5.01 – RETIREMENT BENEFITS.

On a Participant’s Retirement Date, his Vested Account shall be distributed to him according to the distribution of benefits provisions of Article VI or VIA, whichever applies, and the small amounts payment provisions of Section 10.11.

SECTION 5.02 – DEATH BENEFITS.

If a Participant dies before his Annuity Starting Date, his Vested Account shall be distributed according to the distribution of benefits provisions of Article VI or VIA, whichever applies, and the small amounts payment provisions of Section 10.11.

SECTION 5.03 – VESTED BENEFITS.

If an Inactive Participant’s Vested Account is not payable under the small amounts payment provisions of Section 10.11, he may elect, but is not required, to receive a distribution of any part of his Vested Account after he has a Severance from Employment. If selections are made in the vested benefit restriction in Item Z(6), distributions from the Participant’s Vested Account resulting from the designated Contributions shall not begin before the Participant becomes Totally Disabled or distributions from the Participant’s Vested Account resulting from the designated Contributions shall not be made until he has had a Severance from Employment for the period of time specified, whichever is applicable. If the Employer elected in Item AA(1)(a) or AA(2) to include life annuities as the automatic form of retirement benefit or as optional forms of distribution, the Participant’s election shall be subject to his spouse's consent as provided in Section 6.03. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Item AA(5)(b) is selected the Participant’s election shall be subject to his spouse's consent. A distribution under this paragraph shall be a retirement benefit and shall be distributed to the Participant according to the distribution of benefits provisions of Article VI or VIA, whichever applies.

A Participant may not elect to receive a distribution under the provisions of this section after he again becomes an Employee until he subsequently has a Severance from Employment and meets the requirements of this section.

If Item AA(3)(d) is not selected, a Participant who has been performing Qualified Military Service for a period of more than 30 days is deemed to have had a severance from employment (as described in Code Section 414(u)(12)(B)(i)) for purposes of requesting a distribution of his Vested Account resulting from Elective Deferral Contributions. The Plan will suspend Elective Deferral Contributions and Participant Contributions for six months after receipt of the distribution. If the Participant is also eligible to receive a Qualified Reservist Distribution and the distribution could be either type of distribution, the distribution will be treated as a Qualified Reservist Distribution and is not subject to the six-month suspension.

			
	67

If an Inactive Participant does not receive an earlier distribution, upon his Retirement Date or death, his Vested Account shall be distributed according to the provisions of Section 5.01 or 5.02.

The Nonvested Account of an Inactive Participant who has had a Severance from Employment shall remain a part of his Account until it becomes a Forfeiture. However, if he again becomes an Employee so that his Vesting Percentage can increase, the Nonvested Account may become a part of his Vested Account.

SECTION 5.04 – WHEN BENEFITS START.

a)Unless otherwise elected, benefits shall begin no later than the 60th day following the close of the Plan Year in which the latest date below occurs:

1)The date the Participant attains age 65 (or Normal Retirement Age, if earlier).

2)The 10th anniversary of the Participant’s earliest Entry Date.

3)The date the Participant terminates service with the Employer.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of a Participant and spouse, if applicable, to consent to a distribution while a benefit is immediately distributable, within the meaning of Section 6.03 or 6A.03, whichever applies, shall be deemed to be an election to defer the start of benefits sufficient to satisfy this section.

The Participant may elect to have benefits begin after the latest date for beginning benefits described above, subject to the following provisions of this section. The Participant shall make the election in writing. Such election must be made before his Normal Retirement Date or the date he has a Severance from Employment, if later. The Participant shall not elect a date for beginning benefits or a form of distribution that would result in a benefit payable when he dies which would be more than incidental within the meaning of governmental regulations.

Benefits shall begin on an earlier date if otherwise provided in the Plan. For example, the Participant’s Retirement Date or Required Beginning Date, as defined in Section 7.02.

b)The Participant’s Vested Account resulting from Elective Deferral Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, QACA Matching Contributions, and QACA Nonelective Contributions may not be distributed earlier than Severance from Employment, death, or disability. Such amount may also be distributed upon:

1)Termination of the Plan as permitted in Article VIII.

2)The attainment of age 59 1/2 as permitted in Items Z(3), Y(4), and Section 5.05.

3)A federally declared disaster, where resulting legislation or guidance authorizes such a distribution.

The Participant’s Vested Account resulting from Elective Deferral Contributions may also be distributed:

4)As a hardship withdrawal as permitted in Item Y(3) and Section 5.05.

5)As a Qualified Reservist Distribution as permitted in Item Y(6) and Section 5.05.

6)If the Participant is deemed to have had a severance from employment as described in Code Section 414(u)(12)(B)(i) and Section 5.03.

			
	68

All distributions that may be made pursuant to one or more of the foregoing distributable events will be a retirement benefit and shall be distributed to the Participant according to the distribution of benefits provisions of Article VI or VIA, whichever applies. In addition, distributions that are triggered by the termination of the Plan must be made in a lump sum. A lump sum shall include a distribution of an annuity contract.

c)If Item U(5)(a) is selected and the Plan holds Qualifying Employer Securities that are not publicly traded, a Participant will not be eligible to receive a distribution of the portion of a Participant’s Vested Account which is invested in Qualifying Employer Securities until the Participant has a Severance from Employment or died, and has received or requested a distribution of the total remaining Vested Account. If a Participant is eligible to receive a distribution under this section and has elected to receive the distribution in accordance with procedures established by the Plan Administrator, the value of Qualifying Employer Securities for purposes of the distribution shall be based on the valuation as of the most recent Valuation Date and the distribution shall be made to the Participant as soon as administratively feasible; provided, however, that the portion of a Participant’s Vested Account invested in Qualifying Employer Securities may only be distributed subject to the Plan’s available liquidity or pursuant to a nondiscriminatory distribution policy that coordinates the valuation of Qualifying Employer Securities and the Plan’s buy/sell window.

SECTION 5.05 – WITHDRAWAL BENEFITS.

a)Financial Hardship Withdrawals. If elected by the Employer in Item Y(3), withdrawals of part of the Participant’s Account as provided in Item Y(3) will be permitted in the event of hardship due to an immediate and heavy financial need. If elected by the Employer in Item Y(7), the portion of the Participant’s Account held in the Qualifying Employer Securities Fund may not be redeemed for purposes of these withdrawals.

Immediate and heavy financial need shall be limited to: (i) expenses incurred or necessary for medical care that would be deductible under Code Section 213(a) (determined without regard to whether the expenses exceed the stated limit on adjusted gross income); (ii) the purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal residence for the Participant; (iii) payment of tuition, related educational fees, and room and board expenses, for up to the next 12 months of post- secondary education for the Participant, his spouse, children, or dependents (as defined in Code Section 152 without regard to Code Sections 152(b)(1), (b)(2), and (d)(1)(B)); (iv) payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the Participant from, or foreclosure on the mortgage of, the Participant’s principal residence; (v) payments for funeral or burial expenses for the Participant’s deceased parent, spouse, child, or dependent (as defined in Code Section 152 without regard to Code Section 152(d)(1)(B)); (vi) expenses to repair damage to the Participant’s principal residence that would qualify for a casualty loss deduction under Code Section 165 (determined without regard to whether the loss exceeds 10% of adjusted gross income); or (vii) any other distribution which is deemed by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue to be made on account of immediate and heavy financial need as provided in Treasury regulations. If elected by the Employer in Item Y(3)(g), immediate and heavy financial need shall also include expenses described in (i), (iii), and (v) (relating to medical, tuition, and funeral expenses, respectively) of a Primary Beneficiary.

No withdrawal shall be allowed which is not necessary to satisfy such immediate and heavy financial need.

If Item Y(3)(h) is not selected, such withdrawal shall be deemed necessary only if all of the following requirements are met: (i) the distribution is not in excess of the amount of the immediate and heavy financial need (including amounts necessary to pay any Federal, state, or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution); (ii) the Participant has obtained all distributions, other than hardship distributions, and all nontaxable loans currently available under all plans maintained by the Employer; and (iii) the Plan, and all other plans

			
	69

maintained by the Employer, provide that the Participant’s elective contributions and participant contributions will be suspended for at least six months after receipt of the hardship distribution. The Plan will suspend elective contributions and participant contributions for six months as provided in the preceding sentence.

If Item Y(3)(h) is selected, no withdrawal shall be allowed which is in excess of the amount required to relieve the financial need or if such need can be satisfied from other resources that are reasonably available to the Participant. The amount of an immediate and heavy financial need may include any amount necessary to pay any Federal, state, or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution. The Participant's request for a withdrawal shall include his written statement that the amount requested does not exceed the amount needed to meet the financial need. The Participant's request for a withdrawal shall include his written statement that the need cannot reasonably be relieved: (i) through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise; (ii) by reasonable liquidation of the Participant's assets, to the extent such liquidation would not itself cause immediate and heavy financial need; (iii) by cessation of elective contributions or participant contributions under the Plan; or (iv) by other distributions or nontaxable (at the time of the loan) loans currently available from plans maintained by the Employer or any other employer, or by borrowing from commercial sources on reasonable commercial terms.

A Participant shall not cease to be an Eligible Participant, as defined in Section 3.08, merely because his elective contributions or participant contributions are suspended.

b)Other Withdrawals. If permitted under Item Y(1), a Participant may withdraw any part of his Vested Account resulting from Voluntary Contributions subject to the limitations provided in Item
Y(1). If permitted under Item Y(2), a Participant may withdraw any part of his Vested Account resulting from Rollover Contributions subject to the limitations provided in Item Y(2). If elected by the Employer in Item Y(4), withdrawals of part of the Participant’s Vested Account as provided in Item Y(4) will be permitted at any time after he attains age 59 1/2 subject to the limitations provided in Item Y(4). If elected by the Employer in Item Y(5), withdrawals of any part of the Participant’s Vested Account as provided in Item Y(5) will be permitted after he has been an Active Participant for at least five years subject to the limitations provided in Item Y(5). If elected by the Employer in Item Y(6), a Participant may withdraw any part of his Vested Account resulting from Elective Deferral Contributions if such distribution meets the requirements to be a Qualified Reservist Distribution. If Item Y(8) is selected, additional withdrawal options are available in the Additional Selections and Minor Modifications Addendum. If permitted under Item H(1) of the Additional Selections and Minor Modifications Addendum, a Participant may withdraw any part of his Vested Account as provided in Item H(1) of the Additional Selections and Minor Modifications Addendum, if the amounts being distributed have been held in the Plan Fund for at least two years subject to the limitations provided in Item H(1) of the Additional Selections and Minor Modifications Addendum. If permitted under Item H(2) of the Additional Selections and Minor Modifications Addendum, a Participant may withdraw any part of his Vested Account as provided in Item H(2) of the Additional Selections and Minor Modifications Addendum, any time after he has become Totally Disabled subject to the limitations provided in Item H(2) of the Additional Selections and Minor Modifications Addendum.

If elected by the Employer in Item Y(7), the portion of the Participant’s Account held in the Qualifying Employer Securities Fund may not be redeemed for purposes of these withdrawals.

A request for withdrawal shall be made in such manner and in accordance with such rules the Employer prescribes for this purpose (including by means of voice response or other electronic means under circumstances the Employer permits). Withdrawals shall be a retirement benefit and shall be distributed to the Participant according to the distribution of benefits provisions of Article VI or VIA, whichever applies. A forfeiture shall not occur solely as a result of a withdrawal.

			
	70

SECTION 5.06 – LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS.

If permitted under Item U(3)(a), loans shall be made available to all Participants on a reasonably equivalent basis. If Item U(3)(a)(vii) is selected, the source of the loan is limited to the portion of the Participant’s Account resulting from the Contributions selected in that Item. If Item U(3)(a)(viii) is selected, loans shall be available only in the event of hardship due to an immediate and heavy financial need, as defined in Section 5.05. The amount of the loan shall be limited to the amount needed to satisfy such need. For purposes of this section, and unless otherwise specified, Participant means any Participant or Beneficiary who is a party-in-interest as defined in ERISA. Loans shall not be made to Highly Compensated Employees in an amount greater than the amount made available to other Participants.

A loan to a Participant shall be a Participant-directed investment of his Account. The loan is a Trust Fund investment but no Account other than the borrowing Participant’s Account shall share in the interest paid on the loan or bear any expense or loss incurred because of the loan.

The portion of the Participant’s Account, if any, held in the Qualifying Employer Securities Fund may be redeemed as specified in Item U(3)(a)(ix).

The number of outstanding loans shall be limited to one, unless a different number is specified in Item U(3)(a)(iv). No more than one loan shall be approved for any Participant in a rolling 12-month period, unless a different number or 12-month period is specified in Item U(3)(a)(v). If Item U(3)(a)(ii)B is not selected, the minimum amount of any loan shall be $1,000, or the amount specified in Item U(3)(a)(ii)A. If Item U(3)(a)(v)C is selected, after the repayment of an outstanding loan or approval of a loan, no additional loans will be approved for the number of days specified in that Item.

Loans must be adequately secured and bear a reasonable rate of interest.

The amount of the loan shall not exceed the maximum amount that may be treated as a loan under Code Section 72(p) (rather than a distribution) to the Participant and shall be equal to the lesser of
(a) or (b) below:

a)$50,000, reduced by the highest outstanding loan balance of loans during the one-year period ending on the day before the new loan is made.

b)The greater of (1) or (2), reduced by (3) below:

1)One-half of the Participant’s Vested Account (without regard to any accumulated deductible employee contributions, as defined in Code Section 72(o)(5)(B)).

2)$10,000.

3)Any outstanding loan balance on the date the new loan is made.

For purposes of this maximum, all qualified employer plans, as defined in Code Section 72(p)(4), of the Employer and any Controlled Group member shall be treated as one plan.

The foregoing notwithstanding, the amount of such loan shall not exceed 50 percent of the amount of the Participant’s Vested Account reduced by any outstanding loan balance on the date the new loan is made. In addition, the amount of the loan may be further limited to a specified dollar amount, if Item U(3)(a)(iii) so indicates. If Item U(3)(a)(vii) is selected, the loans can only be made from the portion of the Participant’s Vested Account resulting from the Contributions selected in Item U(3)(a)(vii) and the maximum amount of the loan is further limited to the portion of the Participant’s Vested Account resulting from the Contributions selected in Item U(3)(a)(vii) (and further reduced by any outstanding loan balance on the date the new loan is made if more than one outstanding loan is allowed in Item U(3)(a)(iv)A). For purposes of this maximum, a Participant’s Vested Account does

			
	71

not include any accumulated deductible employee contributions, as defined in Code Section 72(o)(5)(B). No collateral other than a portion of the Participant’s Vested Account (as limited above) shall be accepted.

The Participant’s outstanding loan balance shall include any deemed distribution, along with accrued interest, that has not been repaid or offset.

A Participant must obtain the consent of his spouse, if any, to the use of the Vested Account as security for the loan. Spousal consent shall be obtained no earlier than the beginning of the 180-day period that ends on the date on which the loan to be so secured is made. The consent must be in writing, must acknowledge the effect of the loan, and must be witnessed by a plan representative or a notary public. Such consent shall thereafter be binding with respect to the consenting spouse or any subsequent spouse with respect to that loan. A new consent shall be required if the Vested Account is used for collateral upon renegotiation, extension, renewal, or other revision of the loan. If life annuities are not allowed (Item AA(1)(b) is selected and Items AA(2)(a) – (d) are not selected), no spousal consent shall be required. If the Employer elected in Item AA(1)(a) or AA(2) to include life annuities as the automatic form of retirement benefit or as optional forms of distribution and subparagraph (d)(1) of Section 6.03 applies, no consent shall be required. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Item AA(5)(b) is selected spousal consent shall be required.

If a valid spousal consent has been obtained in accordance with the above, or spousal consent is not required, then, notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the portion of the Participant’s Vested Account used as a security interest held by the Plan by reason of a loan outstanding to the Participant shall be taken into account for purposes of determining the amount of the Vested Account payable at the time of death or distribution, but only if the reduction is used as repayment of the loan. If spousal consent is required and less than 100 percent of the Participant’s Vested Account (determined without regard to the preceding sentence) is payable to the surviving spouse, then the Vested Account shall be adjusted by first reducing the Vested Account by the amount of the security used as repayment of the loan, and then determining the benefit payable to the surviving spouse.

Each loan shall bear a reasonable fixed rate of interest to be determined by the Loan Administrator. In determining the interest rate, the Loan Administrator shall take into consideration fixed interest rates currently being charged by commercial lenders for loans of comparable risk on similar terms and for similar durations, so that the interest will provide for a return commensurate with rates currently charged by commercial lenders for loans made under similar circumstances. The Loan Administrator shall not discriminate among Participants in the matter of interest rates; but loans granted at different times may bear different interest rates in accordance with the current appropriate standards.

The loan shall by its terms require that repayment (principal and interest) be amortized in level payments, not less frequently than quarterly, over a period not extending beyond five years from the date of the loan. If the Employer elected in Item U(3)(a)(vi)A to allow the term of the loan to be longer than five years and the loan is used to acquire a dwelling unit, which within a reasonable time (determined at the time the loan is made) will be used as the principal residence of the Participant, the repayment period may extend beyond five years from the date of the loan, but the extended repayment period shall be consistent with commercial home loan practices. If Item U(3)(a)(vi)A(1) is selected, the repayment period is the number of years specified in Item U(3)(a)(vi)A(1).

The Participant shall make an application for a loan in such manner and in accordance with such rules the Employer prescribes for this purpose (including by means of voice response or other electronic means under circumstances the Employer permits). The application must specify the amount and duration requested.

Information contained in the application for the loan concerning the income, liabilities, and assets of the Participant will be evaluated to determine whether there is a reasonable expectation that the Participant will be able to satisfy payments on the loan as due.
			
	72

Each loan shall be fully documented in the form of a promissory note signed by the Participant for the face amount of the loan, together with interest determined as specified above.

There will be an assignment of collateral to the Plan executed at the time the loan is made.

In those cases where repayment through payroll deduction is available, installments are so payable, and a payroll deduction agreement shall be executed by the Participant at the time the loan is made. If the Participant has previously been treated as having received a deemed distribution and the subsequent loan is being made before the deemed distribution, along with accrued interest, has been repaid or offset, a payroll deduction agreement shall be required. If a payroll deduction agreement is required because of a previous deemed distribution and the Participant later revokes such agreement, the outstanding loan balance at the time of the revocation shall be treated as a deemed distribution.

Where payroll deduction is not available, payments in cash are to be timely made. Any payment that is not by payroll deduction shall be made payable to the Employer, Insurer or the Trustee, as specified in the promissory note, and delivered to the Plan to be credited to the Account of the Participant. Such payment may include prepayments, service fees and penalties, if any, and other amounts due under the note.

The promissory note may provide for reasonable late payment penalties and service fees. Any penalties or service fees shall be applied to all Participants in a nondiscriminatory manner. If the promissory note so provides, such amounts may be assessed and collected from the Account of the Participant as part of the loan balance.

Each loan may be paid prior to maturity, in part or in full, without penalty or service fee, except as may be set out in the promissory note.

The Plan may suspend loan payments for a period not exceeding one year during which an approved unpaid leave of absence occurs other than a military leave of absence. The Loan Administrator shall provide the Participant a written explanation of the effect of the suspension of payments upon his loan.

If a Participant separates from service (or takes a leave of absence) from the Employer because of service in the military and does not receive a distribution of his Vested Account, the Plan may suspend loan payments until the Participant’s completion of military service or until the Participant’s fifth anniversary of commencement of military service, if earlier, as permitted under Code Section
414(u). The Loan Administrator shall provide the Participant a written explanation of the effect of his military service upon his loan.

A loan shall be in default if any payment of principal and interest, or any portion thereof, remains unpaid for more than 90 days after due. A different number of days or the end of the calendar-year quarter may be specified in Item U(3)(a)(x) for the timing of the loan default. For purposes of Code Section 72(p), the Participant shall then be treated as having received a deemed distribution regardless of whether or not a distributable event has occurred.

Upon default, the Plan has the right to pursue any remedy available by law to satisfy the amount due, along with accrued interest, including the right to enforce its claim against the security pledged and execute upon the collateral as allowed by law. The entire principal balance whether or not otherwise then due, along with accrued interest, shall become immediately due and payable without demand or notice, and subject to collection or satisfaction by any lawful means, including specifically, but not limited to, the right to enforce the claim against the security pledged and to execute upon the collateral as allowed by law.
			
	73

In the event of default, foreclosure on the note and attachment of security or use of amounts pledged to satisfy the amount then due shall not occur until a distributable event occurs in accordance with the Plan, and shall not occur to an extent greater than the amount then available upon any distributable event which has occurred under the Plan.

All reasonable costs and expenses, including but not limited to attorney's fees, incurred by the Plan in connection with any default or in any proceeding to enforce any provision of a promissory note or instrument by which a promissory note for a Participant loan is secured, shall be assessed and collected from the Account of the Participant as part of the loan balance.

If payroll deduction is being utilized, in the event that a Participant’s available payroll deduction amounts in any given month are insufficient to satisfy the total amount due, there will be an increase in the amount taken subsequently, sufficient to make up the amount that is then due. If any amount remains past due more than 90 days, the entire principal amount, whether or not otherwise then due, along with interest then accrued, shall become due and payable, as above. In lieu of 90 days, a different number of days or the end of the calendar-year quarter may be specified in Item U(3)(a)(x).

If no distributable event has occurred under the Plan at the time that the Participant’s Vested Account would otherwise be used under this provision to pay any amount due under the outstanding loan, this will not occur until the time, or in excess of the extent to which, a distributable event occurs under the Plan. An outstanding loan will become due and payable in full 60 days (or a different number of days or the end of the calendar-year quarter as specified in Item U(3)(a)(xi)) after a Participant has a Severance from Employment and ceases to be a party-in-interest as defined in ERISA or after complete termination of the Plan, unless otherwise modified as provided below.

a)If Items U(3)(a)(xi)C(1) and (2) are not selected, an outstanding loan shall not be due and payable to the extent a Participant impacted by a business event: (i) elects a Direct Rollover of an Eligible Rollover Distribution that includes the loan note; (ii) the Direct Rollover is paid to another qualified plan; and (iii) the rollover of the loan note is made in accordance with nondiscriminatory procedures set up by the Loan Administrator. For this purpose, a business event means an acquisition, merger, or similar transaction involving a change in the employer of the employees of a trade or business.

b)If Item U(3)(a)(xi)C(1) is selected, the ability to roll over an outstanding loan balance shall not be limited to Participants impacted by a business event.

c)If Item U(3)(a)(xi)(D) is selected, an outstanding loan shall not be due and payable if it has been determined by mutual agreement between the Loan Administrator and the former Participant that the former Participant may continue the repayment of a loan after having a Severance from Employment and ceasing to be a party-in-interest as defined in ERISA.

If the Plan is amended to no longer allow loans, the provisions of this section will continue to apply only for purposes of repaying any outstanding loans as of the effective date of such amendment. If the Plan does not allow loans and another plan that allows loans is merged into this Plan, the loan provisions in effect the day before the effective date of the merger shall continue to apply only for purposes of repaying any outstanding loans as of the effective date of the merger.

SECTION 5.07 – DISTRIBUTIONS UNDER QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS.

If Item AA(3)(e) is not selected, the Plan specifically permits distributions to an Alternate Payee under a qualified domestic relations order as defined in Code Section 414(p), at any time, irrespective of whether the Participant has attained his earliest retirement age, as defined in Code Section 414(p), under the Plan. A distribution to an Alternate Payee before the Participant has attained his earliest retirement age is available only if the order specifies that distribution shall be made prior to the earliest retirement age or allows the Alternate Payee to elect a distribution prior to the earliest retirement age.
			
	74

Nothing in this section shall permit a Participant to receive a distribution at a time otherwise not permitted under the Plan nor shall it permit the Alternate Payee to receive a form of payment not permitted under the Plan.

The benefit payable to an Alternate Payee shall be subject to the small amounts payment provisions of Section 10.11 if the value of the benefit does not exceed $5,000 or a lesser amount specified in Item Z(7)(a), if selected.

The Plan Administrator shall establish reasonable procedures to determine the qualified status of a domestic relations order. Upon receiving a domestic relations order, the Plan Administrator shall promptly notify the Participant and each Alternate Payee named in the order, in writing, of the receipt of the order and the Plan's procedures for determining the qualified status of the order. Within a reasonable period of time after receiving the domestic relations order, the Plan Administrator shall determine the qualified status of the order and shall notify the Participant and each Alternate Payee, in writing, of its determination. The Plan Administrator shall provide notice under this paragraph by mailing to the individual's address specified in the domestic relations order, or in a manner consistent with Department of Labor regulations. The Plan Administrator may treat as qualified any domestic relations order entered before January 1, 1985, irrespective of whether it satisfies all the requirements described in Code Section 414(p).

If any portion of the Participant’s Vested Account is payable during the period the Plan Administrator is making its determination of the qualified status of the domestic relations order, a separate accounting shall be made of the amount payable. If the Plan Administrator determines the order is a qualified domestic relations order within 18 months of the date amounts are first payable following receipt of the order, the payable amounts shall be distributed in accordance with the order. If the Plan Administrator does not make its determination of the qualified status of the order within the 18- month determination period, the payable amounts shall be distributed in the manner the Plan would distribute if the order did not exist and the order shall apply prospectively if the Plan Administrator later determines the order is a qualified domestic relations order.

The Plan shall make payments or distributions required under this section by separate benefit checks or other separate distribution to the Alternate Payee(s).

ARTICLE VI
DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS FOR PLANS THAT PROVIDE FOR LIFE ANNUITIES
The provisions of this article shall apply if the Employer elected in Item AA(1)(a) or AA(2) to include life annuities as the automatic form of retirement benefit or as optional forms of distribution. The provisions of Article VIA shall apply if life annuities are not allowed (Item AA(1)(b) is selected and Items AA(2)(a) – (d) are not selected).

The provisions of this article shall apply to any Participant who is credited with at least one Hour of Service on or after August 23, 1984, and to such other Participants as provided in Section 6.05.

SECTION 6.01 – AUTOMATIC FORMS OF DISTRIBUTION.

If Item AA(1)(a) is selected, unless an optional form of benefit is selected pursuant to a qualified election within the election period (see Section 6.03), the automatic form of benefit payable to or on behalf of a Participant is determined as follows:

a)Retirement Benefits. The automatic form of retirement benefit for a Participant who does not die before his Annuity Starting Date shall be:
			
	75

1)The Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity for a Participant who has a spouse.

2)The Normal Form for a Participant who does not have a spouse.

b)Death Benefits. The automatic form of death benefit for a Participant who dies before his Annuity Starting Date shall be:

3)A Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity for a Participant who has a spouse to whom he has been continuously married throughout the one-year period ending on the date of his death. If Item AA(3)(f) is selected the one-year marriage requirement in the preceding sentence shall not apply. The spouse may elect to start receiving the death benefit on any day (the first day of any month if Item Z(2)(a) is selected or the specified day of any month if Item Z(2)(b) is selected) on or after the Participant dies and by the date the Participant would have been age 70 1/2. If the spouse dies before benefits start, the Participant’s Vested Account, determined as of the date of the spouse’s death, shall be paid to the spouse’s Beneficiary.

4)A single sum payment to the Participant’s Beneficiary for a Participant who does not have a spouse who is entitled to a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity.

Before a death benefit will be paid on account of the death of a Participant who does not have a spouse who is entitled to a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity, it must be established to the satisfaction of a plan representative that the Participant does not have such a spouse.

If Item AA(1)(b) is selected, unless an optional form of benefit is selected pursuant to a qualified election within the election period (see Section 6.03), the automatic form of benefit payable to or on behalf of a Participant is determined as follows:

c)Retirement Benefits. The automatic form of retirement benefit for a Participant who does not die before his Annuity Starting Date shall be a single sum payment.

d)Death Benefits. The automatic form of death benefit for a Participant who dies before his Annuity Starting Date shall be a single sum payment to the Participant’s Beneficiary.

SECTION 6.02 – OPTIONAL FORMS OF DISTRIBUTION.

a)Retirement Benefits. The optional forms of retirement benefit shall be the following: (i) if Item AA(2)(b) is selected, a single life annuity; (ii) if Item AA(2)(c) is selected, single life annuities with certain periods of 5, 10, or 15 years; (iii) if Item AA(2)(d) is selected, a single life annuity with installment refund; (iv) if Item AA(2)(a) is selected, survivorship life annuities with installment refund and survivorship percentages of 50%, 66 2/3%, 75%, or 100%; (v) if Item AA(2)(e) is selected, fixed period annuities for any period of whole months that is not less than 60; (vi) if Item AA(2)(f) is selected, a fixed period installment option; (vii) if Item AA(2)(g) is selected, a fixed payment installment option; and (viii) a single sum payment or partial payments subject to the limitations of Item AA(3)(c), if selected. If Item AA(2)(h) is selected, the portion of a Participant’s Account that is held in the Qualifying Employer Securities Fund may be distributed in kind. If Item AA(2)(i) is selected, the portion of a Participant’s Account that is held in the Self- Directed Brokerage Account may be distributed in kind.

If Item AA(3)(a) is selected, the survivorship life annuities and any life annuity options selected in Item AA(2) will only be available for the portion of a Participant’s Account resulting from a direct or indirect transferee after December 31, 1984, of a defined benefit plan, money purchase plan, target benefit plan, stock bonus plan, or profit sharing plan that is subject to the survivor annuity requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(11) and 417.

			
	76

If Item AA(3)(b) is selected, the portion of a Participant’s Account that is held in the Qualifying Employer Securities Fund may only be distributed in-kind.

The fixed period installment option is an optional form of benefit under which the Participant elects to receive substantially equal annual payments over a fixed period of whole years. The annual payment may be paid in annual, semi-annual, quarterly, or monthly installments as elected by the Participant. The Participant may elect to receive additional payments.

The fixed payment installment option is an optional form of benefit under which the Participant elects to receive a specified dollar amount each year. The annual payment may be paid in annual, semi-annual, quarterly, or monthly installments as elected by the Participant. The Participant may elect to receive additional payments.

Under the installment options the amount payable in the Participant’s first Distribution Calendar Year, as defined in Section 7.02, must satisfy the minimum distribution requirements of Article VII for such year. Distributions for later Distribution Calendar Years must satisfy the minimum distribution requirements of Article VII for such years. If the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date does not occur until his second Distribution Calendar Year, the amount payable for such year must satisfy the minimum distribution requirements of Article VII for both the first and second Distribution Calendar Years.

Election of an optional form is subject to the qualified election provisions of Section 6.03 and the distribution requirements of Article VII.

Any annuity contract distributed shall be nontransferable. The terms of any annuity contract purchased and distributed by the Plan to a Participant or spouse shall comply with the requirements of this Plan.

b)Death Benefits. The optional forms of death benefit are a single sum payment and any annuity that is an optional form of retirement benefit, except for survivorship life annuities.

Election of an optional form is subject to the qualified election provisions of Section 6.03 and the distribution requirements of Article VII.

SECTION 6.03 – ELECTION PROCEDURES.

The Participant, Beneficiary, or spouse shall make any election under this section in writing. The Plan Administrator may require such individual to complete and sign any necessary documents as to the provisions to be made. Any election permitted under (a) and (b) below shall be subject to the qualified election provisions of (c) below.

a)Retirement Benefits. A Participant may elect his Beneficiary or Contingent Annuitant and may elect to have retirement benefits distributed under any of the optional forms of retirement benefit available in Section 6.02.

b)Death Benefits. A Participant may elect his Beneficiary and may elect to have death benefits distributed under any of the optional forms of death benefit available in Section 6.02.

If the Participant has not elected an optional form of distribution for the death benefit payable to his Beneficiary, the Beneficiary may, for his own benefit, elect the form of distribution, in like manner as a Participant.

The Participant may waive the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity by naming someone other than his spouse as Beneficiary.

			
	77

In lieu of the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity described in Section 6.01, the spouse may, for his own benefit, waive the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity by electing to have the benefit distributed under any of the optional forms of death benefit available in Section 6.02.

c)Qualified Election. The Participant, Beneficiary, or spouse may make an election at any time during the election period. The Participant, Beneficiary, or spouse may revoke the election made (or make a new election) at any time and any number of times during the election period. An election is effective only if it meets the consent requirements below.

1)Election Period for Retirement Benefits. The election period as to retirement benefits is the 180-day period ending on the Annuity Starting Date. An election to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity may not be made before the date the Participant is provided with the notice of the ability to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.

2)Election Period for Death Benefits. A Participant may make an election as to death benefits at any time before he dies. The spouse’s election period begins on the date the Participant dies and ends on the date benefits begin. The Beneficiary's election period begins on the date the Participant dies and ends on the date benefits begin.

An election to waive the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity may not be made by the Participant before the date he is provided with the notice of the ability to waive the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity. A Participant’s election to waive the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity that is made before the first day of the Plan Year in which he reaches age 35 shall become invalid on such date. An election made by a Participant after he has a Severance from Employment will not become invalid on the first day of the Plan Year in which he reaches age 35 with respect to death benefits from that part of his Account resulting from Contributions made before he had a Severance from Employment.

3)Consent to Election. If the Participant’s Vested Account exceeds the amount determined in Section 10.11, any benefit that is (i) immediately distributable or (ii) payable in a form other than a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity, requires the consent of the Participant and the Participant’s spouse (or where either the Participant or the spouse has died, the survivor). Such consent shall also be required if the Participant had previously had an Annuity Starting Date with respect to any portion of such Vested Account.

The consent of the Participant or spouse to a benefit that is immediately distributable must not be made before the date the Participant or spouse is provided with the notice of the ability to defer the distribution. Such consent shall be in writing.

The consent shall not be made more than 180 days before the Annuity Starting Date. Spousal consent is not required for a benefit that is immediately distributable in a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. Furthermore, if spousal consent is not required because the Participant is electing an optional form of retirement benefit that is not a life annuity pursuant to (d)(1) below, only the Participant need consent to the distribution of a benefit payable in a form that is not a life annuity and which is immediately distributable. Neither the consent of the Participant nor the Participant’s spouse shall be required to the extent that a distribution is required to satisfy Code Section 401(a)(9) or 415.

In addition, upon termination of this Plan, if the Plan does not offer an annuity option (purchased from a commercial provider), and if the Employer (or any entity within the same Controlled Group) does not maintain another defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7)), the Participant’s Account balance will, without the Participant’s consent, be distributed to the Participant. However, if any entity within the same Controlled Group maintains another defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code Section

			
	78

4975(e)(7)) the Participant’s Account will be transferred, without the Participant’s consent, to the other plan if the Participant does not consent to an immediate distribution.

A benefit is immediately distributable if any part of the benefit could be distributed to the Participant (or surviving spouse) before the Participant attains (or would have attained if not deceased) the older of Normal Retirement Age or age 62.

If the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is waived, the spouse has the right to limit consent only to a specific Beneficiary or a specific form of benefit. The spouse can relinquish one or both such rights. Such consent shall be in writing. The consent shall not be made more than 180 days before the Annuity Starting Date. If the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity is waived, the spouse has the right to limit consent only to a specific Beneficiary. Such consent shall be in writing. The spouse's consent shall be witnessed by a plan representative or notary public. The spouse's consent must acknowledge the effect of the election, including that the spouse had the right to limit consent only to a specific Beneficiary or a specific form of benefit, if applicable, and that the relinquishment of one or both such rights was voluntary. Unless the consent of the spouse expressly permits designations by the Participant without a requirement of further consent by the spouse, the spouse's consent must be limited to the form of benefit, if applicable, and the Beneficiary (including any Contingent Annuitant), class of Beneficiaries, or contingent Beneficiary named in the election.

Spousal consent is not required, however, if the Participant establishes to the satisfaction of the plan representative that the consent of the spouse cannot be obtained because there is no spouse or the spouse cannot be located. A spouse's consent under this paragraph shall not be valid with respect to any other spouse. A Participant may revoke a prior election without the consent of the spouse. Any new election will require a new spousal consent, unless the consent of the spouse expressly permits such election by the Participant without further consent by the spouse. A spouse's consent may be revoked at any time within the Participant’s election period.

d)Spousal Consent for Profit Sharing Plans. The provisions of (d)(1) below apply if the Employer did not elect in Item AA(5)(b) to require spousal consent for all distributions. The provisions of (d)(2) below apply if the Employer elected in Item AA(5)(b) to require spousal consent for all distributions.

1)Special Rule for Profit Sharing Plans. If the Plan is not a direct or indirect transferee after December 31, 1984, of a defined benefit plan, money purchase plan, target benefit plan, stock bonus plan, or profit sharing plan which is subject to the survivor annuity requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(11) and 417, spousal consent is not required for electing an optional form of retirement benefit that is not a life annuity.

If the Plan is such direct or indirect transferee, spousal consent shall be required for electing an optional form of retirement benefit that is not a life annuity based on the following:

i)If Item AA(5)(a) is not selected, spousal consent shall be required for all Participants electing an optional form of retirement benefit that is not a life annuity.

ii)If Item AA(5)(a) is selected and Item AA(5)(a)(i) is not selected, spousal consent shall be required for electing an optional form of retirement benefit that is not a life annuity if any portion of a Participant’s Account resulted from the direct or indirect transfer regardless of whether or not the distribution includes the transferred assets.

iii)If Item AA(5)(a)(i) is selected, spousal consent shall be required for electing an optional form of retirement benefit that is not a life annuity only if the distribution includes any portion of the transferred assets.
			
	79

1)If Item AA(5)(b) is selected, spousal consent shall be required for all distributions even if such consent would not otherwise be required under Code Section 417.

SECTION 6.04 – NOTICE REQUIREMENTS.

a)Optional Forms of Retirement Benefit and Right to Defer. The Plan Administrator shall furnish to the Participant and the Participant’s spouse a written explanation of the right of the Participant and the Participant’s spouse to defer distribution until such time it is no longer immediately distributable. Such notice shall include a written explanation of the optional forms of retirement benefit in Section 6.02, including a general description of the material features and a description of the consequences of not deferring the distribution. The explanation shall be written in a manner that would satisfy the notice requirements of Code Section 417(a)(3) and section 1.417(a)(3)-1 of the regulations.

The Plan Administrator shall furnish the written explanation by a method reasonably calculated to reach the attention of the Participant and the Participant’s spouse no less than 30 days, and no more than 180 days, before the Annuity Starting Date.

The Participant (and spouse, if applicable) may waive the 30-day election period if the distribution of the elected form of retirement benefit begins more than 7 days after the Plan Administrator provides the Participant (and spouse, if applicable) the written explanation provided that: (i) the Participant has been provided with information that clearly indicates that the Participant has at least 30 days to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution and a particular distribution option, (ii) the Participant is permitted to revoke any affirmative distribution election at least until the Annuity Starting Date or, if later, at any time prior to the expiration of the 7-day period that begins the day after the explanation is provided to the Participant, and (iii) the Annuity Starting Date is a date after the date that the written explanation was provided to the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, distributions shall only be delayed by the 7-day period above if the Participant is electing an optional form of retirement benefit that is a life annuity or he is subject to the survivor annuity requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(11) and 417, pursuant to Section 6.03(d).

b)Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. If Item AA(1)(a) or (2)(a) are selected, the Plan Administrator shall furnish to the Participant a written explanation of the following: the terms and conditions of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity; the Participant’s right to make, and the effect of, an election to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity; the rights of the Participant’s spouse; and the right to revoke an election and the effect of such a revocation.

The Plan Administrator shall furnish the written explanation by a method reasonably calculated to reach the attention of the Participant no less than 30 days, and no more than 180 days, before the Annuity Starting Date.

The Participant (and spouse, if applicable) may waive the 30-day election period if the distribution of the elected form of retirement benefit begins more than 7 days after the Plan Administrator provides the Participant (and spouse, if applicable) the written explanation provided that: (i) the Participant has been provided with information that clearly indicates that the Participant has at least 30 days to consider whether to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and elect (with spousal consent, if applicable) a form of distribution other than a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, (ii) the Participant is permitted to revoke any affirmative distribution election at least until the Annuity Starting Date or, if later, at any time prior to the expiration of the 7-day period that begins the day after the explanation of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is provided to the Participant, and (iii) the Annuity Starting Date is a date after the date that the written explanation was provided to the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, distributions shall only be delayed by the 7-day period above if the Participant is electing an optional form of
			
	80

retirement benefit that is a life annuity or he is subject to the survivor annuity requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(11) and 417, pursuant to Section 6.03(d).

After the written explanation is given, a Participant or spouse may make a written request for additional information. The written explanation must be personally delivered or mailed (first class mail, postage prepaid) to the Participant or spouse within 30 days from the date of the written request. The Plan Administrator does not need to comply with more than one such request by a Participant or spouse.

The Plan Administrator's explanation shall be written in nontechnical language and will explain the terms and conditions of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and the financial effect upon the Participant’s benefit (in terms of dollars per benefit payment) of electing not to have benefits distributed in accordance with the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. The written explanation shall comply with the requirements of section 1.417(a)(3)-1 of the regulations.

c)Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity. If Item AA(1)(a) or (2)(a) are selected, the Plan Administrator shall furnish to the Participant a written explanation of the following: the terms and conditions of the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity; the Participant’s right to make, and the effect of, an election to waive the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity; the rights of the Participant’s spouse; and the right to revoke an election and the effect of such a revocation.

The Plan Administrator shall furnish the written explanation by a method reasonably calculated to reach the attention of the Participant within the applicable period. The applicable period for a Participant is whichever of the following periods ends last:

1)the period beginning one year before the date the individual becomes a Participant and ending one year after such date; or

2)the period beginning one year before the date the Participant’s spouse is first entitled to a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity and ending one year after such date.

If such notice is given before the period beginning with the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 32 and ending with the close of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35, an additional notice shall be given within such period. If a Participant has a Severance from Employment before attaining age 35, an additional notice shall be given within the period beginning one year before the date he has a Severance from Employment and ending one year after such date.

After the written explanation is given, a Participant or spouse may make a written request for additional information. The written explanation must be personally delivered or mailed (first class mail, postage prepaid) to the Participant or spouse within 30 days from the date of the written request. The Plan Administrator does not need to comply with more than one such request by a Participant or spouse.

The Plan Administrator's explanation shall be written in nontechnical language and will explain the terms and conditions of the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity and the financial effect upon the spouse's benefit (in terms of dollars per benefit payment) of electing not to have benefits distributed in accordance with the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity. The written explanation shall comply with the requirements of section 1.417(a)(3)-1 of the regulations.

SECTION 6.05 – TRANSITIONAL RULES.

a)Any living Participant not receiving benefits on August 23, 1984, who would otherwise not receive the benefits prescribed by the previous sections of this article, must be given the opportunity to elect to have the prior sections of this article apply if such Participant is credited with at least one Hour of Service under this Plan, or a predecessor plan, in a Plan Year beginning on or after

			
	81

January 1, 1976, and such Participant had at least ten Years of Service when he separated from service.

b)Any living Participant not receiving benefits on August 23, 1984, who was credited with at least one Hour of Service under this Plan, or a predecessor plan, on or after September 2, 1974, and who is not otherwise credited with any service in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1976, must be given the opportunity to elect to have his benefits paid in accordance with (d) below.

c)The respective opportunities to elect (as described in (a) and (b) above) must be afforded to the appropriate Participants during the period beginning on August 23, 1984, and ending on the date benefits would otherwise begin to such Participants.

d)Any Participant who has elected according to (b) above and any Participant who does not elect under (a) above or who meets the requirements of (a) above except that such Participant does not have at least ten Years of Service when he separates from service, shall have his benefits distributed in accordance with all of the following requirements if benefits would have been payable in the form of a life annuity:

1)Automatic Joint and Survivor Annuity. If benefits in the form of a life annuity become payable to a married Participant who:

i)begins to receive payments under the Plan on or after his Normal Retirement Age; or

ii)dies on or after his Normal Retirement Age while still working for the Employer; or

iii)begins to receive payments on or after his qualified early retirement age; or

iv)separates from service on or after attaining his Normal Retirement Age (or his qualified early retirement age) and after satisfying the eligibility requirements for the payment of benefits under the Plan and thereafter dies before beginning to receive such benefits;

then such benefits shall be paid under the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, unless the Participant has elected otherwise during the election period. The election period must begin at least six months before the Participant attains his qualified early retirement age and end not more than 90 days before benefits begin. Any election hereunder shall be in writing and may be changed by the Participant at any time.

1)Election of Early Survivor Annuity. A Participant who is employed after attaining his qualified early retirement age shall be given the opportunity to elect, during the election period, to have a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity payable on death. If the Participant elects the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity, payments under such annuity must not be less than the payments that would have been made to the spouse under the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity if the Participant had retired on the day before his death.

Any election under this provision shall be in writing and may be changed by the Participant at any time. The election period begins on the later of (i) the 90th day before the Participant attains his qualified early retirement age, or (ii) the date on which participation begins, and ends on the date he terminates employment.

2)For purposes of this subparagraph (d), qualified early retirement age is the latest of:

v)the earliest date, under the Plan, on which the Participant may elect to receive retirement benefits,

			
	82

vi)the first day of the 120th month beginning before the Participant reaches his Normal Retirement Age, or

vii)the date the Participant begins participation.

ARTICLE VIA
DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS FOR PLANS THAT DO NOT PROVIDE FOR LIFE ANNUITIES
The provisions of this article shall apply if life annuities are not allowed (Item AA(1)(b) is selected and Items AA(2)(a) – (d) are not selected). The provisions of Article VI shall apply if the Employer elected in Item AA(1)(a) or AA(2) to include life annuities as the automatic form of retirement benefit or as optional forms of distribution.

SECTION 6A.01 – AUTOMATIC FORMS OF DISTRIBUTION.

Unless an optional form of benefit is selected pursuant to a qualified election within the election period (see Section 6A.03), the automatic form of benefit payable to or on behalf of a Participant is determined as follows:

a)Retirement Benefits. The automatic form of retirement benefit for a Participant who does not die before his Annuity Starting Date shall be a single sum payment.

b)Death Benefits. The automatic form of death benefit for a Participant who dies before his Annuity Starting Date shall be a single sum payment to the Participant’s Beneficiary.

SECTION 6A.02 – OPTIONAL FORMS OF DISTRIBUTION.

a)Retirement Benefits.

The optional forms of retirement benefit shall be the following: (i) a single sum payment or partial payments subject to the limitations of Item AA(3)(c), if selected; (ii) if Item AA(2)(e) is selected, fixed period annuities for any period of whole months that is not less than 60; (iii) if Item AA(2)(f) is selected, a fixed period installment option; and (iv) if Item AA(2)(g) is selected, a fixed payment installment option. If Item AA(2)(h) is selected, the portion of a Participant’s Account that is held in the Qualifying Employer Securities Fund may be distributed in kind. If Item AA(2)(i) is selected, the portion of a Participant’s Account that is held in the Self-Directed Brokerage Account may be distributed in kind.

If Item AA(3)(b) is selected, the portion of a Participant’s Account that is held in the Qualifying Employer Securities Fund may only be distributed in-kind.

The fixed period installment option is an optional form of benefit under which the Participant elects to receive substantially equal annual payments over a fixed period of whole years. The annual payment may be paid in annual, semi-annual, quarterly, or monthly installments as elected by the Participant. The Participant may elect to receive additional payments.

The fixed payment installment option is an optional form of benefit under which the Participant elects to receive a specified dollar amount each year. The annual payment may be paid in annual, semi-annual, quarterly, or monthly installments as elected by the Participant. The Participant may elect to receive additional payments.

Under the installment options the amount payable in the Participant’s first Distribution Calendar Year, as defined in Section 7.02, must satisfy the minimum distribution requirements of Article VII for such year. Distributions for later Distribution Calendar Years must satisfy the minimum

			
	83

distribution requirements of Article VII for such years. If the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date does not occur until his second Distribution Calendar Year, the amount payable for such year must satisfy the minimum distribution requirements of Article VII for both the first and second Distribution Calendar Years.

Election of an optional form is subject to the qualified election provisions of Section 6A.03 and the distribution requirements of Article VII.

Any annuity contract distributed shall be nontransferable. The terms of any annuity contract purchased and distributed by the Plan to a Participant or spouse shall comply with the requirements of this Plan.

b)Death Benefits. The optional forms of death benefit are a single sum payment and any annuity that is an optional form of retirement benefit.

Election of an optional form is subject to the qualified election provisions of Section 6A.03 and the distribution requirements of Article VII.

SECTION 6A.03 – ELECTION PROCEDURES.

The Participant or the Beneficiary, if applicable, shall make any election under this section in writing. The Plan Administrator may require such individual to complete and sign any necessary documents as to the provisions to be made. Any election permitted under (a) and (b) below shall be subject to the qualified election provisions of (c) below.

a)Retirement Benefits. A Participant may elect his Beneficiary and may elect to have retirement benefits distributed under any of the optional forms of retirement benefit available in Section 6A.02.

b)Death Benefits. A Participant may elect his Beneficiary and may elect to have death benefits distributed under any of the optional forms of death benefit available in Section 6A.02.

If the Participant has not elected an optional form of distribution for the death benefit payable to his Beneficiary, the Beneficiary may, for his own benefit, elect the form of distribution, in like manner as a Participant.

c)Qualified Election. The Participant or Beneficiary, if applicable, may make an election at any time during the election period. The Participant or Beneficiary, if applicable, may revoke the election made (or make a new election) at any time and any number of times during the election period. An election is effective only if it meets the consent requirements below.

1)Election Period for Retirement Benefits. The Participant may make an election as to retirement benefits at any time before the Annuity Starting Date.

2)Election Period for Death Benefits. A Participant may make an election as to death benefits at any time before he dies. The Beneficiary’s election period, if applicable, begins on the date the Participant dies and ends on the date benefits begin.

3)Consent to Election. If the Participant’s Vested Account exceeds the amount determined in Section 10.11, any benefit that is immediately distributable requires the consent of the Participant.

The consent of the Participant to a benefit that is immediately distributable must not be made before the date the Participant is provided with the notice of the ability to defer the distribution. Such consent shall be in writing.

			
	84

The consent shall not be made more than 180 days before the Annuity Starting Date. The consent of the Participant shall not be required to the extent that a distribution is required to satisfy Code Section 401(a)(9) or 415.

In addition, upon termination of this Plan, if the Plan does not offer an annuity option (purchased from a commercial provider), and if the Employer (or any entity within the same Controlled Group) does not maintain another defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7)), the Participant’s Account balance will, without the Participant’s consent, be distributed to the Participant. However, if any entity within the same Controlled Group maintains another defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7)) the Participant’s Account will be transferred, without the Participant’s consent, to the other plan if the Participant does not consent to an immediate distribution.

A benefit is immediately distributable if any part of the benefit could be distributed to the Participant before the Participant attains the older of Normal Retirement Age or age 62.

Spousal consent is needed to name a Beneficiary other than the Participant’s spouse. If the Participant names a Beneficiary other than his spouse, the spouse has the right to limit consent only to a specific Beneficiary. The spouse can relinquish such right. Such consent shall be in writing. The spouse's consent shall be witnessed by a plan representative or notary public. The spouse's consent must acknowledge the effect of the election, including that the spouse had the right to limit consent only to a specific Beneficiary and that the relinquishment of such right was voluntary. Unless the consent of the spouse expressly permits designations by the Participant without a requirement of further consent by the spouse, the spouse's consent must be limited to the Beneficiary, class of Beneficiaries, or contingent Beneficiary named in the election.

Spousal consent is not required, however, if the Participant establishes to the satisfaction of the plan representative that the consent of the spouse cannot be obtained because there is no spouse or the spouse cannot be located. A spouse's consent under this paragraph shall not be valid with respect to any other spouse. A Participant may revoke a prior election without the consent of the spouse. Any new election will require a new spousal consent, unless the consent of the spouse expressly permits such election by the Participant without further consent by the spouse. A spouse's consent may be revoked at any time within the Participant’s election period.

d)Spousal Consent for all Distributions. If Item AA(5)(b) is selected, spousal consent shall be required for all distributions even if such consent would not otherwise be required under Code Section 417. If Item AA(5)(b) is not selected, spousal consent for distributions shall not be required.

SECTION 6A.04 – NOTICE REQUIREMENTS.

If Item AA(1)(b) is selected and no selections are made in Item AA(2), the provisions of (a) below apply. If any selections are made in Item AA(2), the provisions of (b) below apply.

a)Right to Defer. The Plan Administrator shall furnish to the Participant a written explanation of the right of the Participant to defer distribution until the benefit is no longer immediately distributable and a description of the consequences of not deferring the distribution.

The Plan Administrator shall furnish the written explanation by a method reasonably calculated to reach the attention of the Participant no less than 30 days, and no more than 180 days, before the Annuity Starting Date.

			
	85

However, distribution may begin less than 30 days after the notice described in this subparagraph is given, provided the Plan Administrator clearly informs the Participant that he has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution, and the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.

b)Optional Forms of Retirement Benefit and Right to Defer. The Plan Administrator shall furnish to the Participant a written explanation of the right of the Participant to defer distribution until such time it is no longer immediately distributable. Such notice shall include a written explanation of the optional forms of retirement benefit in Section 6A.02, including a general description of the material features and a description of the consequences of not deferring the distribution. The explanation shall be written in a manner that would satisfy the notice requirements of Code Section 417(a)(3) and section 1.417(a)(3)-1 of the regulations.

The Plan Administrator shall furnish the written explanation by a method reasonably calculated to reach the attention of the Participant no less than 30 days, and no more than 180 days, before the Annuity Starting Date.

However, distribution may begin less than 30 days after the notice described in this subparagraph is given, provided the Plan Administrator clearly informs the Participant that he has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and if applicable, a particular distribution option), and the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.

ARTICLE VII
REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS
SECTION 7.01 – APPLICATION.

The optional forms of distribution are only those provided in Article VI and VIA, whichever applies. An optional form of distribution shall not be permitted unless it meets the requirements of this article. The timing of any distribution must meet the requirements of this article.

SECTION 7.02 – DEFINITIONS.

For purposes of this article, the following terms are defined:

Distribution Calendar Year means a calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Participant’s death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year that contains the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. For distributions beginning after the Participant’s death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under subparagraph (b)(2) of Section 7.03. The required minimum distribution for the Participant’s first Distribution Calendar Year will be made on or before the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. The required minimum distribution for other Distribution Calendar Years, including the required minimum distribution for the Distribution Calendar Year in which the Participant’s Required Beginning Date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that Distribution Calendar Year.

5-percent Owner means a Participant who is treated as a 5-percent Owner for purposes of this article. A Participant is treated as a 5-percent Owner for purposes of this article if such Participant is a 5-percent owner as defined in Code Section 416 at any time during the Plan Year ending with or within the calendar year in which such owner attains age 70 1/2.

Once distributions have begun to a 5-percent Owner under this article, they must continue to be distributed, even if the Participant ceases to be a 5-percent Owner in a subsequent year.
			
	86

Life Expectancy means life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in Q&A-1 in section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the regulations.

Participant’s Account Balance means the Account balance as of the last Valuation Date in the calendar year immediately preceding the Distribution Calendar Year (valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the Account as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the Valuation Date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the Valuation Date. The Account balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the Plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the Distribution Calendar Year if distributed or transferred in the valuation calendar year.

Required Beginning Date means, for a Participant who is a 5-percent Owner, April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which he attains age 70 1/2.

Required Beginning Date means, for a Participant who is not a 5-percent Owner, April 1 of the calendar year following the later of the calendar year in which he attains age 70 1/2 or the calendar year in which he retires.

If the Plan previously provided for a Required Beginning Date based on age 70 1/2 for all Participants, the preretirement age 70 1/2 distribution option is only eliminated with respect to Participants who reach age 70 1/2 in or after a calendar year that begins after the later of December 31, 1998, or the adoption date of the amendment which eliminated such option. The preretirement age 70 1/2 distribution option is an optional form of benefit under which benefits payable in a particular distribution form (including any modifications that may be elected after benefits begin) begin at a time during the period that begins on or after January 1 of the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2 and ends April 1 of the immediately following calendar year.

If the Plan previously provided for a Required Beginning Date based on age 70 1/2 for all Participants, the options available for Participants who are not 5-percent Owners and attained age 70 1/2 in calendar years before the calendar year that begins after the later of December 31, 1998, or the adoption date of the amendment which eliminated the preretirement age 70 1/2 distribution option shall be the following. Any such Participant attaining age 70 1/2 in years after 1995 may elect by April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which he attained age 70 1/2 (or by December 31, 1997, in the case of a Participant attaining age 70 1/2 in 1996) to defer distributions until April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which he retires. If no such election is made, the Participant shall begin receiving distributions by April 1 of the calendar year following the year in which he attained age 70 1/2 (or by December 31, 1997, in the case of a Participant attaining age 70 1/2 in 1996). Any such Participant attaining age 70 1/2 in years prior to 1997 may elect to stop distributions that are not purchased annuities and recommence by April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which he retires. To satisfy the joint and survivor annuity requirements described in Article VI, the requirements in Notice 97-75, Q&A-8, must be satisfied for any Participant who elects to stop distributions, including the requirement that such distributions stop before the end of the Plan’s remedial amendment period under Code Section 401(b) for changes in plan qualification requirements made by the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996. There shall be a new Annuity Starting Date upon recommencement.

SECTION 7.03 – REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS.

a)General Rules.

1)Subject to Section 6.01, joint and survivor annuity requirements, if applicable, the requirements of this article shall apply to any distribution of a Participant’s interest and will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of this Plan. Unless otherwise specified, the provisions of this article apply to calendar years beginning after December 31, 2002.

			
	87

1)All distributions required under this article shall be determined and made in accordance with the regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9), including the incidental death benefit requirement in Code Section 401(a)(9)(G), and the regulations thereunder.

b)Time and Manner of Distribution.

1)Required Beginning Date. The Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the Participant’s Required Beginning Date.

2)Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin. If the Participant dies before distributions begin, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows:

i)If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, distributions to the surviving spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70 1/2, if later, except to the extent that an election is made to receive distributions in accordance with the 5-year rule under (e) below. Under the 5-year rule, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed to the Designated Beneficiary by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.

ii)If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, distributions to the Designated Beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, except to the extent that an election is made to receive distributions in accordance with the 5-year rule under (e) below. Under the 5-year rule, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed to the Designated Beneficiary by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.

iii)If there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.

iv)If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to the surviving spouse are required to begin, this (b)(2), other than (b)(2)(i), will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.

For purposes of this (b)(2) and (d) below, unless (b)(2)(iv) above applies, distributions are considered to begin on the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. If (b)(2)(iv) above applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under (b)(2)(i) above. If distributions under an annuity purchased from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the Participant before the Participant’s Required Beginning Date (or to the Participant’s surviving spouse before the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under (b)(2)(i) above), the date distributions are considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence.

1)Forms of Distribution. Unless the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in a single sum on or before the Required Beginning Date, as of the first Distribution Calendar Year distributions will be made in accordance with (c) and (d) below. If the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) and the regulations thereunder.

			
	88

c)Required Minimum Distributions During Participant’s Lifetime.

3)Amount of Required Minimum Distribution For Each Distribution Calendar Year. During the Participant’s lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year is the lesser of:

i)the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account Balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Q&A-2 in section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the regulations, using the Participant’s age as of the Participant’s birthday in the Distribution Calendar Year; or

ii)if the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary for the Distribution Calendar Year is the Participant’s spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account Balance by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Q&A-3 in section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the regulations, using the Participant’s and spouse’s attained ages as of the Participant’s and spouse’s birthdays in the Distribution Calendar Year.

2)Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions Continue Through Year of Participant’s Death. Required minimum distributions will be determined under this (c) beginning with the first Distribution Calendar Year and continuing up to, and including, the Distribution Calendar Year that includes the Participant’s date of death.

d)Required Minimum Distributions After Participant’s Death.

4)Death On or After Date Distributions Begin.

i)Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a Designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account Balance by the longer of the remaining Life Expectancy of the Participant or the remaining Life Expectancy of the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary, determined as follows:

A.The Participant’s remaining Life Expectancy is calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

B.If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, the remaining Life Expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death using the surviving spouse’s age as of the spouse’s birthday in that year. For Distribution Calendar Years after the year of the surviving spouse’s death, the remaining Life Expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving spouse as of the spouse’s birthday in the calendar year of the spouse’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year.

C.If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, the Designated Beneficiary’s remaining Life Expectancy is calculated using the age of the Beneficiary in the year following the year of the Participant’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

ii)No Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year of the Participant’s death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account Balance by the Participant’s remaining Life
			
	89

Expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

1)Death Before Date Distributions Begin.

i)Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a Designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account Balance by the remaining Life Expectancy of the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary, determined as provided in (d)(1) above, except to the extent that an election is made to receive distributions in accordance with the 5-year rule under (e) below. Under the 5-year rule, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed to the Designated Beneficiary by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.

ii)No Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, distribution of the Participant’s entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.

iii)Death of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to Surviving Spouse Are Required to Begin. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin, the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, and the surviving spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under (b)(2)(i) above, this (d)(2) will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.

e)Election of 5-year Rule. Participants or Beneficiaries may elect on an individual basis whether the 5-year rule in (b)(2) and (d)(2) above applies to distributions after the death of a Participant who has a Designated Beneficiary. The election must be made no later than the earlier of September 30 of the calendar year in which the distribution would be required to begin under (b)(2) above if no such election is made, or by September 30 of the calendar year which contains the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s (or, if applicable, surviving spouse’s) death.

f)If Item U(5)(a) is selected and the Plan holds Qualifying Employer Securities that are not publicly traded, any distribution of a Participant’s Vested Account attributable to Qualifying Employer Securities shall be made subject to the procedures providing liquidity, including the coordination of Contributions for the current Plan Year that are to be made in the form of Qualifying Employer Securities.

SECTION 7.04 – TEFRA SECTION 242(b)(2) ELECTIONS.

a)Notwithstanding the other requirements of this article and subject to the joint and survivor annuity requirements of Article VI, if applicable, distribution on behalf of any Participant, including a 5- percent Owner, who has made a designation under section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (a section 242(b)(2) election) may be made in accordance with all of the following requirements (regardless of when such distribution commences):

2)The distribution by the Plan is one that would not have disqualified such Plan under Code Section 401(a)(9) as in effect prior to amendment by the Deficit Reduction Act of 1984.

3)The distribution is in accordance with a method of distribution designated by the Participant whose interest in the Plan is being distributed or, if the Participant is deceased, by a Beneficiary of such Participant.

			
	90

1)Such designation was in writing, was signed by the Participant or the Beneficiary, and was made before January 1, 1984.

2)The Participant had accrued a benefit under the Plan as of December 31, 1983.

3)The method of distribution designated by the Participant or the Beneficiary specifies the time at which distribution will commence, the period over which distributions will be made, and in the case of any distribution upon the Participant’s death, the Beneficiaries of the Participant listed in order of priority.

b)A distribution upon death will not be covered by this transitional rule unless the information in the designation contains the required information described above with respect to the distributions to be made upon the death of the Participant.

c)For any distribution which commences before January 1, 1984, but continues after December 31, 1983, the Participant, or the Beneficiary, to whom such distribution is being made, will be presumed to have designated the method of distribution under which the distribution is being made if the method of distribution was specified in writing and the distribution satisfies the requirements in (a)(1) and (5) above.

d)If a designation is revoked, any subsequent distribution must satisfy the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) and the regulations thereunder. If a designation is revoked subsequent to the date distributions are required to begin, the Plan must distribute by the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the revocation occurs the total amount not yet distributed which would have been required to have been distributed to satisfy Code Section 401(a)(9) and the regulations thereunder, but for the section 242(b)(2) election. For calendar years beginning after December 31, 1988, such distributions must meet the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirements. Any changes in the designation will be considered to be a revocation of the designation. However, the mere substitution or addition of another Beneficiary (one not named in the designation) under the designation will not be considered to be a revocation of the designation, so long as such substitution or addition does not alter the period over which distributions are to be made under the designation, directly or indirectly (for example, by altering the relevant measuring life).

e)In the case in which an amount is transferred or rolled over from one plan to another plan, the rules in Q&A-14 and Q&A-15 in section 1.401(a)(9)-8 of the regulations shall apply.

ARTICLE VIII
TERMINATION OF THE PLAN
The Employer expects to continue the Plan indefinitely, but reserves the right to terminate the Plan in whole or in part at any time upon giving written notice to all parties concerned.

The Account of each Participant shall be 100% vested and nonforfeitable as of the effective date of the complete termination of the Plan. The Account of each Participant shall also be 100% vested and nonforfeitable upon complete discontinuance of Contributions. If Item A(4) is selected, the effective date to freeze the Plan will be treated as the date of complete discontinuance of Contributions. Further, the Account of each Participant who is included in the group of Participants deemed to be affected by a partial termination of the Plan (as determined by the Plan Administrator or a governmental entity authorized to make such determination) shall be 100% vested and nonforfeitable as of the effective date of such event. The Participant’s Vested Account shall continue to participate in the earnings credited, expenses charged, and any appreciation or depreciation of the Investment Fund until his Vested Account is distributed.

			
	91

A Participant’s Vested Account that does not result from Elective Deferral Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, QACA Matching Contributions, and QACA Nonelective Contributions may be distributed to the Participant after the effective date of the complete termination of the Plan. A Participant’s Vested Account resulting from such Contributions may be distributed upon complete termination of the Plan, but only if neither the Employer nor any Controlled Group member maintain another defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7) or 409(a), a simplified employee pension plan as defined in Code Section 408(k), a SIMPLE IRA plan as defined in Code Section 408(p), a plan or contract that satisfies the requirements of Code Section 403(b), or a plan described in Code Section 457(b) or (f)) at any time during the period beginning on the date of complete termination of the Plan and ending 12 months after all assets have been distributed from the Plan. Such distribution is made in a lump sum. A distribution under this article shall be a retirement benefit and shall be distributed to the Participant according to the provisions of Article VI or VIA, whichever applies. However, the fixed period and fixed payment installment options shall not be available. If a Participant or Beneficiary is receiving payments under the fixed period or fixed payment installment option, the Vested Account shall be paid to such person in a single sum.

The Participant’s entire Vested Account shall be paid in a single sum to the Participant as of the effective date of complete termination of the Plan if (i) the requirements for distribution of Elective Deferral Contributions in the above paragraph are met and (ii) consent of the Participant is not required in Section 6.03 or 6A.03, whichever is applicable, to distribute a benefit that is immediately distributable. This is a small amounts payment. The small amounts payment is in full settlement of all benefits otherwise payable.

Upon complete termination of the Plan, no more Employees shall become Participants and no more Contributions shall be made.

The assets of this Plan shall not be paid to the Employer at any time, except that, after the satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan, any assets remaining may be paid to the Employer. The payment may not be made if it would contravene any provision of law.

ARTICLE IX
ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
SECTION 9.01 – ADMINISTRATION.

Subject to the provisions of this article, the Plan Administrator has complete control of the administration of the Plan. The Plan Administrator has all the powers necessary for it to properly carry out its administrative duties. Not in limitation, but in amplification of the foregoing, the Plan Administrator has complete discretion to construe or interpret the provisions of the Plan, including ambiguous provisions, if any, and to determine all questions that may arise under the Plan, including all questions relating to the eligibility of Employees to participate in the Plan and the amount of benefit to which any Participant, Beneficiary, spouse, or Contingent Annuitant may become entitled. The Plan Administrator's decisions upon all matters within the scope of its authority shall be final.

Without limiting the foregoing, the Plan Administrator shall be the Named Fiduciary for Contributions, unless the Plan Administrator delegates to a retirement committee pursuant to Section 9.06 the duties and responsibilities of the Named Fiduciary for Contributions. The Named Fiduciary for Contributions shall have sole and exclusive responsibility for (i) collecting all Contributions, including the determination of the amount of Contributions required to be made under the Plan, (ii) monitoring and ensuring that Contributions are timely made to the Plan, and (iii) enforcing the Plan’s legal claims for Contributions, including for trusteed plans, responsibility for directing the Trustee with respect to the Plan’s legal claims for delinquent Contributions.

			
	92

Unless otherwise set out in the Plan or Annuity Contract, the Plan Administrator may delegate recordkeeping and other duties which are necessary to assist it with the administration of the Plan to any person or firm which agrees to accept such duties. The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely upon all tables, valuations, certificates, and reports furnished by the consultant or actuary appointed by the Plan Administrator and upon all opinions given by any counsel selected or approved by the Plan Administrator.

The Plan Administrator shall receive all claims for benefits by Participants, former Participants, Beneficiaries, spouses, and Contingent Annuitants. The Plan Administrator shall determine all facts necessary to establish the right of any Claimant to benefits and the amount of those benefits under the provisions of the Plan. The Plan Administrator may establish rules and procedures to be followed by Claimants in filing claims for benefits, in furnishing and verifying proofs necessary to determine age, and in any other matters required to administer the Plan.

SECTION 9.02 – EXPENSES.

Expenses of the Plan, to the extent that the Employer does not pay such expenses, may be paid out of the assets of the Plan provided that such payment is consistent with ERISA. Expenses of the Plan will be paid in accordance with the most recent service and expense agreement or such other documents duly entered into by or with regard to the Plan that govern such matters. The Plan Administrator may establish a separate expense budget account (“EBA”)) under the Plan from which expenses will be paid. An EBA will generally be funded by revenue sharing payments remitted to the plan related to the Investment Fund or service agreements, but may also be funded by amounts deducted or netted from Participant Accounts. If any amounts remain in this account after expenses have been paid, the Plan Administrator may, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, allocated amounts to Participants as earnings no later than the Plan Year in which the amounts were credited to the EBA or, in appropriate circumstances, no later than the end of the immediately succeeding Plan Year. Such expenses include, but are not limited to, expenses for bonding required by ERISA; expenses for recordkeeping and other administrative services; fees and expenses of the Trustee or Annuity Contract; expenses for investment education service; and direct costs that the Employer incurs with respect to the Plan. Expenses that relate solely to a specific Participant or Alternate Payee may be assessed against such Participant or Alternate Payee as provided in the service and expense agreement or such other documents duly entered into by or with regard to the Plan that govern such matters.

SECTION 9.03 – RECORDS.

All acts and determinations of the Plan Administrator shall be duly recorded. All these records, together with other documents necessary for the administration of the Plan, shall be preserved in the Plan Administrator's custody.

Writing (handwriting, typing, printing), photostating, photographing, microfilming, magnetic impulse, mechanical or electrical recording, or other forms of data compilation shall be acceptable means of keeping records.

SECTION 9.04 – INFORMATION AVAILABLE.

Any Participant in the Plan or any Beneficiary may examine copies of the summary plan description, latest annual report, any bargaining agreement, this Plan, the Annuity Contract, or any other instrument under which the Plan was established or is operated. The Plan Administrator shall maintain all of the items listed in this section in its office, or in such other place or places as it may designate in order to comply with governmental regulations. These items may be examined during reasonable business hours. Upon the written request of a Participant or Beneficiary receiving benefits under the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall furnish him with a copy of any of these items. The Plan Administrator may make a reasonable charge to the requesting person for the copy.

			
	93

SECTION 9.05 – CLAIM PROCEDURES.

a)A Claimant must submit any necessary forms and needed information when making a claim for benefits under the Plan.

If a claim for benefits under the Plan is wholly or partially denied, the Plan Administrator shall provide adequate written notice to the Claimant whose claim for benefits under the Plan has been denied. The notice must be furnished within 90 days of the date that the claim is received by the Plan without regard to whether all of the information necessary to make a benefit determination is received. The Claimant shall be notified in writing within this initial 90-day period if special circumstances require an extension of the time needed to process the claim. The notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Plan Administrator's decision is expected to be rendered. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of 90 days from the end of the initial 90-day period.

The Plan Administrator's notice to the Claimant shall: (i) specify the reason or reasons for the denial; (ii) reference the specific Plan provisions on which the denial is based; (iii) describe any additional material and information needed for the Claimant to perfect his claim for benefits; (iv) explain why the material and information is needed; and (v) inform the Claimant of the Plan’s appeal procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on appeal.

Any appeal made by a Claimant must be made in writing to the Plan Administrator within 60 days after receipt of the Plan Administrator's notice of denial of benefits. If the Claimant appeals to the Plan Administrator, the Claimant may submit written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim for benefits. The Claimant shall be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim for benefits. The Plan Administrator shall review the claim taking into account all comments, documents, records, and other information submitted by the Claimant relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

The Plan Administrator shall provide adequate written notice to the Claimant of the Plan’s benefit determination on review. The notice must be furnished within 60 days of the date that the request for review is received by the Plan without regard to whether all of the information necessary to make a benefit determination on review is received. The Claimant shall be notified in writing within this initial 60-day period if special circumstances require an extension of the time needed to process the claim. The notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render the determination on review. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of 60 days from the end of the initial 60-day period.

In the event the benefit determination is being made by a committee or board of trustees that hold regularly scheduled meetings at least quarterly, the above paragraph shall not apply. The benefit determination must be made by the date of the meeting of the committee or board that immediately follows the Plan’s receipt of a request for review, unless the request for review is filed within 30 days preceding the date of such meeting. In such case, the benefit determination must be made by the date of the second meeting following the Plan’s receipt of the request for review. The date of the receipt of the request for review shall be determined without regard to whether all of the information necessary to make a benefit determination on review is received. The Claimant shall be notified in writing within this initial period if special circumstances require an extension of the time needed to process the claim. The notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the committee or board expects to render the determination on review. In no event shall such benefit determination be made later than the third meeting of the committee or board following the Plan’s receipt of the

			
	94

request for review. The Plan Administrator shall provide adequate written notice to the Claimant of the Plan’s benefit determination on review as soon as possible, but not later than five days after the benefit determination is made.

If the claim for benefits is wholly or partially denied on review, the Plan Administrator’s notice to the Claimant shall: (i) specify the reason or reasons for the denial; (ii) reference the specific Plan provisions on which the denial is based; (iii) include a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim for benefits; and (iv) include a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a). Any civil action under (iv) must be filed no later than one year after the date on the Plan Administrator’s notice.

A Claimant may authorize a representative to act on the Claimant’s behalf with respect to a benefit claim or appeal of an adverse benefit determination. Such authorization shall be made by completion of a form furnished for that purpose. In the absence of any contrary direction from the Claimant, all information and notifications to which the Claimant is entitled shall be directed to the authorized representative.

The Plan Administrator shall perform periodic examinations, reviews, or audits of benefit claims to determine whether claims determinations are made in accordance with the governing Plan documents and, where appropriate, Plan provisions have been consistently applied with respect to similarly situated Claimants.

b)Disability Claim Procedures. If disability is not determined based on Title II of the Federal Social Security Act or in accordance with the terms of the Employer’s long-term disability plan, in the case of a claim for disability benefits, the above provisions will be modified as provided below.

The Plan Administrator shall ensure that all claims and appeals for disability benefits are adjudicated in a manner designed to ensure the independence and impartiality of the persons involved in making the decision. If a claim for disability benefits under the Plan is wholly or partially denied, the Plan Administrator shall provide adequate written notice to the Claimant whose claim for benefits under the Plan has been denied. The notice must be furnished within 45 days of the date that the claim is received by the Plan without regard to whether all of the information necessary to make a benefit determination is received. The period for furnishing the notice may be extended for up to 30 days if the Plan Administrator both determines an extension is necessary due to matters beyond the control of the Plan and notifies the Claimant in writing within this initial 45-day period. The notice shall indicate the circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which the Plan expects to render a decision. If prior to the end of the first 30-day extension period, the Plan Administrator determines that, due to matters beyond the control of the Plan, a decision cannot be rendered within that extension period, the period may be extended for up to an additional 30 days, provided the Plan Administrator notifies the Claimant in writing, within the first 30-day extension period, of the circumstances requiring the extension and the date by which the Plan expects to render a decision. In the case of any extension, the notice of extension shall specifically explain the standards on which entitlement to a benefit is based, the unresolved issues that prevent a decision on the claim, and the additional information needed to resolve those issues. The Claimant shall be afforded at least 45 days within which to provide the specified information.

In the event that a period of time is extended due to a Claimant’s failure to submit information necessary to decide a claim, the period for making the benefit determination shall be tolled from the date on which the notification of the extension is sent to the Claimant until the date on which the Claimant responds to the request for additional information.

The Plan Administrator’s notice to the Claimant shall: (i) specify the reason or reasons for the denial; (ii) reference the specific Plan provisions on which the denial is based; (iii) describe any

			
	95

additional material and information needed for the Claimant to perfect his claim for benefits; (iv) explain why the material and information is needed; (v) inform the Claimant of the Plan’s appeal procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on appeal; (vi) provide the Claimant with any internal rule, guideline, protocol, or other similar criteria that was relied upon in making the adverse determination or a statement that such rule, guideline, protocol, or other similar criteria of the Plan does not exist; and (vii) provide the Claimant with an explanation of any scientific or clinical judgment for the determination if benefit determination is based on a medical necessity or experimental treatment or similar exclusion or limit or a statement that the benefit is based on such an exclusion or limit and such explanation will be provided free of charge.

The notice shall also provide the Claimant with a discussion of the decision, including an explanation of the basis for disagreeing with or not following, (i) the views presented by the Claimant to the Plan of health care professionals treating the Claimant and vocational professionals who evaluated the Claimant; (ii) the views of medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on behalf of the Plan in connection with a Claimant's adverse benefit determination, without regard to whether the advice was relied upon in making the benefit determination; and (iii) a disability determination regarding the Claimant presented by the Claimant to the Plan made by the Social Security Administration.

The notice shall be provided in a culturally and linguistically appropriate manner and provide a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the Claimant's claim for benefits.

Any appeal made by a Claimant must be made in writing to the Plan Administrator within 180 days after receipt of the Plan Administrator’s notice of denial of benefits. The Claimant may submit written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim for benefits. The Claimant shall be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim for benefits. The Plan Administrator shall review the claim taking into account all comments, documents, records, and other information submitted by the Claimant relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination. The review shall not afford deference to the initial adverse benefit determination and shall be conducted by an appropriate named fiduciary who is neither the individual who made the adverse benefit determination that is the subject of the appeal, nor the subordinate of such individual. If the adverse benefit determination is based in whole or in part on a medical judgment, the appropriate named fiduciary shall consult with a health care professional who has appropriate training and experience in the field of medicine involved in the medical judgment. Such health care professional shall be an individual who is neither an individual who was consulted in connection with the adverse benefit determination that is the subject of the appeal, nor the subordinate of such individual. The Claimant shall be provided with the identity of medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on behalf of the Plan in connection with the adverse benefit determination, without regard to whether the advice was relied on.

Before a claim for disability benefits is wholly or partially denied on review, the Plan Administrator shall provide the Claimant, free of charge, with any new or additional evidence considered, relied upon, or generated by the Plan, Insurer, or other person making the benefit determination (or at the direction of the Plan, Insurer or such other person) in connection with the claim; such evidence must be provided as soon as possible and sufficiently in advance of the date on which the notice that the claim for disability benefits is wholly or partially denied on review to give the Claimant a reasonable opportunity to respond prior to that date; and provide before a claim for disability benefits is wholly or partially denied on review based on a new or additional rationale, the Plan Administrator shall provide the Claimant, free of charge, with the rationale; the rationale must be provided as soon as possible and sufficiently in advance of the date on which the notice

			
	96

that the claim for disability benefits is wholly or partially denied on review to give the Claimant a reasonable opportunity to respond prior to that date.

The Plan Administrator shall provide adequate written notice to the Claimant of the Plan’s benefit determination on review. The notice must be furnished within 45 days of the date that the request for review is received by the Plan without regard to whether all of the information necessary to make a benefit determination on review is received. The Claimant shall be notified in writing within this initial 45-day period if special circumstances require an extension of the time needed to process the claim. The notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render the determination on review. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of 45 days from the end of the initial 45-day period.

To the extent that a period of time is extended due to a Claimant’s failure to submit information necessary to decide a claim, the period for making the benefit determination on review shall be tolled from the date on which the notification of the extension is sent to the Claimant until the date on which the Claimant responds to the request for additional information.

If the claim for disability benefits is wholly or partially denied on review, the Plan Administrator’s notice to the Claimant shall: (i) specify the reason or reasons for the denial; (ii) reference the specific Plan provisions on which the denial is based; (iii) include a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim for benefits; (iv) include a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a); (v) provide the Claimant with any internal rule, guideline, protocol, or other similar criteria that was relied upon in making the adverse determination or a statement that such rule, guideline, protocol, or other similar criteria of the Plan does not exist; (vi) provide the Claimant with an explanation of any scientific or clinical judgment for the determination if benefit determination is based on a medical necessity or experimental treatment or similar exclusion or limit or a statement that the benefit is based on such an exclusion or limit and such explanation will be provided free of charge; and (vii) provide the Claimant with the following statement: “You and your plan may have other voluntary alternative dispute resolution options, such as mediation. One way to find out what may be available is to contact your local U.S. Department of Labor Office and your State insurance regulatory agency.” Any civil action under (iv) must be filed no later than one year after the date on the Plan Administrator’s notice.

The notice shall also provide the Claimant with a discussion of the decision, including an explanation of the basis for disagreeing with or not following, (i) the views presented by the Claimant to the Plan of health care professionals treating the Claimant and vocational professionals who evaluated the Claimant; (ii) the views of medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on behalf of the Plan in connection with a Claimant's adverse benefit determination, without regard to whether the advice was relied upon in making the benefit determination; and (iii) a disability determination regarding the Claimant presented by the Claimant to the Plan made by the Social Security Administration.

The notice shall be provided in a culturally and linguistically appropriate manner.

SECTION 9.06 – DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY.

All or any part of the administrative duties and responsibilities under this article may be delegated by the Plan Administrator to a retirement committee. The duties and responsibilities of the retirement committee shall be set out in a separate written agreement.

			
	97

SECTION 9.07 – EXERCISE OF DISCRETIONARY AUTHORITY.

The Employer, Plan Administrator, and any other person or entity who has authority with respect to the management, administration, or investment of the Plan may exercise that authority in its/his full discretion, subject only to the duties imposed under ERISA. This discretionary authority includes, but is not limited to, the authority to make any and all factual determinations and interpret all terms and provisions of the Plan documents relevant to the issue under consideration. The exercise of authority will be binding upon all persons.

SECTION 9.08 – TRANSACTION PROCESSING.

Transactions (including, but not limited to, investment directions, trades, loans, and distributions) shall be processed as soon as administratively practicable after proper directions are received from the Participant or other parties. No guarantee is made by the Plan, Plan Administrator, Trustee, Insurer, or the Employer that such transactions will be processed on a daily or other basis, and no guarantee is made in any respect regarding the processing time of such transactions. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Employer, the Plan Administrator, or the Trustee reserve the right to not value an investment option on any given Valuation Date for any reason deemed appropriate by the Employer, the Plan Administrator, or the Trustee, except that such investment option shall be valued as of the last day of the Plan Year as stated in the definition of Valuation Date in Section 1.02.

Administrative practicality will be determined by legitimate business factors (including, but not limited to, failure of systems or computer programs, failure of the means of the transmission of data, force majeure, the failure of a service provider to timely receive values or prices, and correction for errors or omissions or the errors or omissions of any service provider) and in no event will be deemed to be less than 14 days. The processing date of a transaction shall be binding for all purposes of the Plan and considered the applicable Valuation Date for any transaction.

ARTICLE X
GENERAL PROVISIONS
SECTION 10.01 – AMENDMENTS.

a)Amendment by the Employer.

The Employer may:

1)amend a selection or specification in the Adoption Agreement at any time, including any remedial retroactive changes (within the time specified by Internal Revenue Service regulations), to comply with any law or regulation issued by any governmental agency to which the Plan is subject.

2)amend the Adoption Agreement to specify or change the effective date of a provision as permitted under the Plan.

3)amend the Plan by adding overriding plan language to the Adoption Agreement in order to satisfy Code Sections 415 and 416 because of the required aggregation of multiple plans under those sections.

4)amend the Plan by adding sample or model Plan amendments published by the Internal Revenue Service that provide that their adoption will not result in the Employer losing reliance on the opinion letter.

			
	98

5)amend administrative provisions of the Plan such as provisions relating to investments, Plan claims procedures, and Employer contact information provided the amended provisions are not in conflict with any other provision of the Plan and do not cause the Plan to fail to qualify under Code Section 4.01.

6)make interim amendments or discretionary amendments that are related to a change in qualification requirements.

7)amend the Plan in order to correct failures under the Internal Revenue Service correction programs or to correct a coverage or nondiscrimination failure, as permitted under applicable Treasury regulations. An amendment to this Plan will be forwarded to Principal Life Insurance Company, the pre-approved plan provider.

8)attach an addendum which lists the Code Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits that must be preserved due to a restatement or amendment of the Plan. Such a list would not be considered an amendment to the Plan and will not cause the Plan to be treated as individually designed.

9)make minor modifications to the Plan as permitted under section 8 of Revenue Procedure 2017-41.

If the Employer amends the Plan for any reason other than those set out above, the Plan shall no longer have reliance on the opinion letter. The Employer reserves the right to continue its retirement program under a document separate and distinct from this Plan. In such event, all rights and obligations of the Employer, or of any Participant or Beneficiary, under this document, shall cease. Assets held in support of this Plan will be transferred to the designated funding medium under the new or restated plan and, if applicable, trust agreement, in the manner permitted under, and subject to the provisions of, the Annuity Contract.

An amendment may not allow reversion or diversion of Plan assets to the Employer at any time, except as may be required to comply with any law or regulation issued by any governmental agency to which the Plan is subject.

An amendment may not eliminate or reduce a section 411(d)(6) protected benefit, as defined in Q&A-1 in section 1.411(d)-4 of the regulations, that has already accrued, except as provided in section 1.411(d)-3 or 1.411(d)-4 of the regulations. This is generally the case even if such elimination or reduction is contingent upon the Employee’s consent and includes an amendment that otherwise places greater restrictions or conditions on a Participant’s right to Code Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits, even if the amendment merely adds a restriction or condition that is permitted under the vesting rules in Code Section 411(a)(3) through (11). However, the Plan may be amended to eliminate or reduce section 411(d)(6) protected benefits with respect to benefits not yet accrued as of the later of the amendment’s adoption date or effective date without violating Code Section 411(d)(6). For purposes of this paragraph, an amendment that has the effect of decreasing a Participant’s Account balance, with respect to benefits attributable to service before the amendment, shall be treated as reducing an accrued benefit.

No amendment to the Plan shall be effective to eliminate or restrict an optional form of benefit. The preceding sentence shall not apply to a Plan amendment that eliminates or restricts the ability of a Participant to receive payment of his Account balance under a particular optional form of benefit if the amendment provides a single sum distribution form that is otherwise identical to the optional form of benefit being eliminated or restricted. For this purpose, a single sum distribution form is otherwise identical only if the single sum distribution form is identical in all respects to the eliminated or restricted optional form of benefit (or would be identical except that it provides greater rights to the Participant) except with respect to the timing of payments after commencement.

			
	99

If, as a result of an amendment, an Employer Contribution is removed that is not 100% immediately vested when made, the applicable vesting schedule in effect as of the last day such Contributions were permitted shall remain in effect with respect to that part of the Participant’s Account resulting from such Contributions. The Participant shall not become immediately 100% vested in such Contributions as a result of the elimination of such Contribution except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan.

An amendment shall not decrease a Participant’s vested interest in the Plan. If an amendment to the Plan changes the computation of the percentage used to determine that portion of a Participant’s Account attributable to Employer Contributions which is nonforfeitable (whether directly or indirectly), in the case of an Employee who is a Participant as of the later of the date such amendment or change is adopted or the date it becomes effective, the nonforfeitable percentage (determined as of such date) of such Employee's right to his Account attributable to Employer Contributions shall not be less than the percentage computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment or change. Furthermore, each Participant or former Participant

1)who has completed at least three Years of Service on the date the election period described below ends (five Years of Service if the Participant does not have at least one Hour of Service in a Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1988) and

2)whose nonforfeitable percentage will be determined on any date after the date of the change

may elect, during the election period, to have the nonforfeitable percentage of his Account resulting from Employer Contributions determined without regard to the amendment. This election may not be revoked. If after the Plan is changed, the Participant’s nonforfeitable percentage will at all times be as great as it would have been if the change had not been made, no election needs to be provided. The election period shall begin no later than the date the Plan amendment is adopted and end no earlier than the 60th day after the latest of the date the amendment is adopted or becomes effective, or the date the Participant is issued written notice of the amendment by the Employer or the Plan Administrator.

With respect to a Participant’s Account attributable to Employer Contributions accrued as of the later of the adoption or effective date of the amendment and earnings, the vested percentage of each Participant will be the greater of the vested percentage under the old vesting schedule or the vested percentage under the new vesting schedule.

b)Amendment by the Pre-approved Plan Provider.

The Employer delegates the authority to amend this Plan to Principal Life Insurance Company as the pre-approved plan provider. The Employer hereby consents to any such amendment. However, no such amendment shall increase the duties of the Named Fiduciary without his consent. Such an amendment shall not deprive any Participant or Beneficiary of any accrued benefit except to the extent necessary to comply with any law or regulation issued by any governmental agency to which this Plan is subject. Such an amendment shall not provide that the Plan Fund be used for any purpose other than the exclusive benefit of Participants or their Beneficiaries or that such Plan Fund ever revert to or be used by the Employer.

However, for purposes of reliance on an opinion letter, Principal Life Insurance Company as the pre-approved plan provider will no longer have the authority to amend the Plan on behalf of the Employer as of the date (i) the Employer amends the Plan to incorporate a type of plan described in section 6.03 of Revenue Procedure 2017-41 that is not permitted under the Opinion Letter program, or (ii) the Internal Revenue Service notifies the Employer, in accordance with section 8.06(3) of Revenue Procedure 2017-41, that the Plan is an individually designed plan due to the nature and extent of employer amendments to the Plan.

			
	100

Any amendment to this Plan by Principal Life Insurance Company, as the pre-approved plan provider, shall be deemed to be an amendment to this Plan by the Employer. The effective date of any amendment shall be specified in the written instrument of amendment.

SECTION 10.02 – DIRECT ROLLOVERS.

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a Distributee's election under this section, a Distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator, to have any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a Direct Rollover.

In the event of a Mandatory Distribution of an Eligible Rollover Distribution greater than $1,000, or a lesser amount specified in Item Z(7)(c), if selected, in accordance with the small amounts payment provisions of Section 10.11 (or which is a small amounts payment under Article VIII at complete termination of the Plan), if the Participant does not elect to have such distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Participant in a Direct Rollover or to receive the distribution directly, the Plan Administrator will pay the distribution in a Direct Rollover to an individual retirement plan with an affiliate of Principal Life Insurance Company. For purposes of determining whether a Mandatory Distribution is greater than $1,000, or a lesser amount specified in Item Z(7)(c), if selected, (i) the portion of the Participant’s distribution attributable to any Rollover Contributions is included, unless Item Z(7)(b) is selected, in which case any such Rollover Contributions shall be disregarded; and (ii) a Designated Roth Account and all other accounts under the Plan shall be treated as accounts held under two separate plans and shall not be combined.

In the event of any other Eligible Rollover Distribution to a Distributee in accordance with the small amounts payment provisions of Section 10.11 (or which is a small amounts payment under Article VIII at complete termination of the Plan), if the Distributee does not elect to have such distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a Direct Rollover or to receive the distribution directly, the Plan Administrator will pay the distribution to the Distributee.

SECTION 10.03 – MERGERS AND DIRECT TRANSFERS.

The Plan may not be merged or consolidated with, nor have its assets or liabilities transferred to, any other retirement plan, unless each Participant in this Plan would (if that plan then terminated) receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation, or transfer that is equal to or greater than the benefit the Participant would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation, or transfer (if this Plan had then terminated). The Employer may enter into merger agreements or direct transfer of assets agreements with the employers under other retirement plans which are qualifiable under Code Section 401(a), including an elective transfer, and may accept the direct transfer of plan assets, or may transfer plan assets, as a party to any such agreement. The Employer shall not consent to, or be a party to a merger, consolidation, or transfer of assets with a defined benefit plan if such action would result in a defined benefit feature being maintained under this Plan. The Employer will not transfer any amounts attributable to elective deferral contributions, qualified matching contributions, qualified nonelective contributions, and contributions used to satisfy Code Section 401(k)(13) safe harbors unless the transferee plan provides that the limitations of section 1.401(k)-1(d) of the regulations shall apply to such amounts (including post-transfer earnings thereon), unless the amounts could have been distributed at the time of the transfer (other than for hardship or deemed severance from employment as described in Section 5.03), and the transfer is an elective transfer described in Q&A-3(b)(1) in section 1.411(d)-4 of the regulations.

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, to the extent any optional form of benefit under the Plan permits a distribution prior to the Employee’s retirement, death, disability, or Severance from Employment, and prior to plan termination, the optional form of benefit is not available with respect to benefits attributable to assets (including the post-transfer earnings thereon) and liabilities that are transferred, within the meaning of Code Section 414(l), to this Plan from a money purchase pension plan qualified under Code Section 401(a) (other than any portion of those

			
	101

assets and liabilities attributable to voluntary employee contributions). The limitations of section 1.401(k)-1(d) of the regulations applicable to elective deferral contributions, qualified matching contributions, qualified nonelective contributions, and contributions used to satisfy Code Section 401(k)(13) safe harbors shall continue to apply to any amounts attributable to such contributions (including post-transfer earnings thereon) transferred to this Plan, unless the amounts could have been distributed at the time of the transfer (other than for hardship or deemed severance from employment as described in Section 5.03), and the transfer is an elective transfer described in Q&A- 3(b)(1) in section 1.411(d)-4 of the regulations.

The Plan may accept a direct transfer of plan assets on behalf of an Eligible Employee. If the Eligible Employee is not an Active Participant when the transfer is made, the Eligible Employee shall be deemed to be an Active Participant only for the purpose of investment and distribution of the transferred assets. Employer Contributions shall not be made for or allocated to the Eligible Employee and he may not make Participant Contributions, until the time he meets all of the requirements to become an Active Participant.

The Plan shall hold, administer, and distribute the transferred assets as a part of the Plan. The Plan shall maintain a separate account for the benefit of the Employee on whose behalf the Plan accepted the transfer in order to reflect the value of the transferred assets.

A Participant’s section 411(d)(6) protected benefits, as defined in Q&A-1 in section 1.411(d)-4 of the regulations, may not be eliminated by reason of transfer or any transaction amending or having the effect of amending a plan or plans to transfer benefits except as provided below.

A Participant’s section 411(d)(6) protected benefits may be eliminated or reduced upon transfer between qualified defined contribution plans if the conditions in Q&A-3(b)(1) in section 1.411(d)-4 of the regulations are met. The transfer must meet all of the other applicable qualification requirements.

A Participant’s section 411(d)(6) protected benefits may be eliminated or reduced if a transfer is an elective transfer of certain distributable benefits between qualified plans (both defined benefit and defined contribution) and the conditions in Q&A-3(c)(1) in section 1.411(d)-4 of the regulations are met. The rules applicable to distributions under the plan would apply to the transfer, but the transfer would not be treated as a distribution for purposes of the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9). If the Participant is eligible to receive an immediate distribution of his entire Vested Account in a single sum distribution that would consist entirely of an eligible rollover distribution under Code Section 401(a)(31), such transfer will be accomplished as a direct rollover under Code Section 401(a)(31).

SECTION 10.04 – PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE INSURER AND OTHER PARTIES.

The obligations of an Insurer shall be governed solely by the provisions of the Annuity Contract. The Insurer shall not be required to perform any act not provided in or contrary to the provisions of the Annuity Contract. Each Annuity Contract when purchased will comply with the Plan. See Section 10.09.

Any issuer or distributor of investment contracts or securities is governed solely by the terms of its policies, written investment contract, prospectuses, security instruments, and any other written agreements entered into with the Trustee with regard to such investment contracts or securities.

Such Insurer, issuer, or distributor is not a party to the Plan, nor bound in any way by the Plan provisions. Such parties shall not be required to look to the terms of this Plan, nor to determine whether the Employer, the Plan Administrator, the Trustee, or the Named Fiduciary have the authority to act in any particular manner or to make any contract or agreement.

Until notice of any amendment or termination of this Plan or a change in Trustee has been received by the Insurer at its home office or an issuer or distributor at their principal address, they are and

			
	102

shall be fully protected in assuming that the Plan has not been amended or terminated and in dealing with any party acting as Trustee according to the latest information which they have received at their home office or principal address.

SECTION 10.05 – EMPLOYMENT STATUS.

Nothing contained in this Plan gives an Employee the right to be retained in the Employer’s employ or to interfere with the Employer’s right to discharge any Employee.

SECTION 10.06 – RIGHTS TO PLAN ASSETS.

An Employee shall not have any right to or interest in any assets of the Plan upon termination of employment or otherwise except as specifically provided under this Plan, and then only to the extent of the benefits payable to such Employee according to the Plan provisions.

Any final payment or distribution to a Participant or his legal representative or to any Beneficiaries, spouse, or Contingent Annuitant of such Participant under the Plan provisions shall be in full satisfaction of all claims against the Plan, the Named Fiduciary, the Plan Administrator, the Insurer, the Trustee, and the Employer arising under or by virtue of the Plan.

SECTION 10.07 – BENEFICIARY.

Each Participant may name a Beneficiary to receive any death benefit (other than any income payable to a Contingent Annuitant) that may arise out of his participation in the Plan. The Participant may change his Beneficiary from time to time. If life annuities are not allowed (Item AA(1)(b) is selected and Items AA(2)(a) – (d) are not selected), unless a qualified election has been made, for purposes of distributing any death benefits before the Participant’s Retirement Date, the Beneficiary of a Participant who has a spouse shall be the Participant’s spouse. If the Employer elected in Item AA(1)(a) or AA(2) to include life annuities as the automatic form of retirement benefit or as optional forms of distribution, unless a qualified election has been made, for purposes of distributing any death benefits before the Participant’s Retirement Date, the Beneficiary of a Participant who has a spouse who is entitled to a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity shall be the Participant’s spouse. The Participant’s Beneficiary designation and any change of Beneficiary shall be subject to the provisions of Section 6.03 or 6A.03, whichever applies.

It is the responsibility of the Participant to give written notice to the Plan Administrator of the name of the Beneficiary on a form furnished for that purpose. The Plan Administrator shall maintain records of Beneficiary designations for Participants before their Retirement Dates. However, the Plan Administrator may delegate to another party the responsibility of maintaining records of Beneficiary designations. In that event, the written designations made by Participants shall be filed with such other party. If a party other than the Insurer maintains the records of Beneficiary designations and a Participant dies before his Retirement Date, such other party shall certify to the Insurer the Beneficiary designation on its records for the Participant.

If there is no Beneficiary named or surviving when a Participant dies, the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be the Participant’s surviving spouse, or where there is no surviving spouse, the executor or administrator of the Participant’s estate for the benefit of the estate, unless otherwise specified in Item Z(8)(a).

SECTION 10.08 – NONALIENATION OF BENEFITS.

Benefits payable under the Plan are not subject to the claims of any creditor of any Participant, Beneficiary, spouse, or Contingent Annuitant. A Participant, Beneficiary, spouse, or Contingent Annuitant does not have any rights to alienate, anticipate, commute, pledge, encumber, or assign such benefits except in the case of a loan as provided in Section 5.06. The preceding sentences shall also apply to the creation, assignment, or recognition of a right to any benefit payable with

			
	103

respect to a Participant according to a domestic relations order, unless such order is determined by the Plan Administrator to be a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), or any domestic relations order entered before January 1, 1985. The preceding sentences shall not apply to any offset of a Participant’s benefits provided under the Plan against an amount the Participant is required to pay the Plan with respect to a judgment, order, or decree issued, or a settlement entered into which meets the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(13)(C) or (D).

SECTION 10.09 – CONSTRUCTION.

The validity of the Plan or any of its provisions is determined under and construed according to Federal law and, to the extent permissible, according to the laws of the state in which the Employer has its principal office. In case any provision of this Plan is held illegal or invalid for any reason, such determination shall not affect the remaining provisions of this Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had never been included.

In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Plan and the terms of any Annuity Contract issued hereunder, the provisions of the Plan control. Moreover, in the event of any conflict between the terms of the Plan and any conflicting provision contained in any associated trust, custodial account document or any document that is incorporate by reference, the terms of this Plan will govern.

SECTION 10.10 – LEGAL ACTIONS.

No person employed by the Employer; no Participant, former Participant, or their Beneficiaries; nor any other person having or claiming to have an interest in the Plan is entitled to any notice of process. A final judgment entered in any such action or proceeding shall be binding and conclusive on all persons having or claiming to have an interest in the Plan. Should any Participant, Beneficiary, or other person claiming an interest in the Plan pursue legal action against the Plan, such legal action may not be brought more than two years following the date such cause of action or proceeding arose.

SECTION 10.11 – SMALL AMOUNTS.

If the value of the Participant’s Vested Account does not exceed $5,000 or a lesser amount specified in Item Z(7)(a), if selected, the Participant’s entire Vested Account shall be distributed as of the earliest of his Retirement Date, the date he dies, or the date he has a Severance from Employment for any other reason (the date the Employer provides notice to the record keeper of the Plan of such event, if later); provided, however, if the Plan holds Qualifying Employer Securities that are not publicly traded, amounts invested in Qualifying Employer Securities may only be distributed subject to the Plan’s available liquidity. For purposes of this section, if Item Z(7)(b) is selected, Rollover Contributions shall be disregarded when determining the value of the Participant’s Vested Account. If the Participant’s Vested Account is zero, the Participant shall be deemed to have received a distribution of such Vested Account. This is a small amounts payment.

If the vested benefit delay of the small vested account in Item Z(6) is selected, the Participant shall not be treated as having a Severance from Employment for any reason other than retirement or death before the period of time specified has elapsed or becoming Totally Disabled, if applicable, and no small amounts payment shall be made if he again becomes an Employee before such period of time has elapsed.

In the event a Participant does not elect to have a small amounts payment paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Participant in a Direct Rollover or to receive the distribution directly and his Vested Account is greater than $1,000, or a lesser amount specified in Item Z(7)(c), if selected, a Mandatory Distribution will be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.02. If his Vested Account is $1,000, or the amount specified in Item Z(7)(c), or less, the Participant’s entire Vested Account shall be paid directly to him.

			
	104

If a small amounts payment is made on or after the date the Participant dies, the small amounts payment shall be made to the Participant’s Beneficiary (spouse if the death benefit is payable to the spouse). If a small amounts payment is made while the Participant is living, the small amounts payment shall be made to the Participant.

The small amounts payment is in full settlement of all benefits otherwise payable. No other small amounts payment shall be made.

SECTION 10.12 – WORD USAGE.

The masculine gender, where used in this Plan, shall include the feminine gender and the singular words, where used in this Plan, shall include the plural, unless the context indicates otherwise.

The words “in writing” and “written”, where used in this Plan, shall include any other forms (such as voice response or other electronic system) as permitted by any governmental agency to which the Plan is subject.

SECTION 10.13 – CHANGE IN SERVICE METHOD.

a)Change of Service Method Under This Plan. If this Plan is amended to change the method of crediting service from the elapsed time method to the hours method for any purpose under this Plan, the Employee's service shall be equal to the sum of (1), (2), and (3) below:

1)The number of whole years of service credited to the Employee under the Plan as of the date the change is effective.

2)One year of service for the service period in which the change is effective if he is credited with the required number of Hours of Service. For that portion of the service period ending on the date of the change (for the first day of the service period if the change is made on the first day of the service period), the Employee will be credited with the greater of (i) his actual Hours of Service or (ii) the number of Hours of Service that is equivalent to the fractional part of a year of elapsed time service credited as of the date of the change, if any. In determining the equivalent Hours of Service, the Employee shall be credited with 190 Hours of Service for each month and any fractional part of a month in such fractional part of a year. The number of months and any fractional part of a month shall be determined by multiplying the fractional part of a year, expressed as a decimal, by 12. For the remaining portion of the service period (the period beginning on the second day of the service period and ending on the last day of the service period if the change is made on the first day of the service period), the Employee will be credited with his actual Hours of Service.

3)The Employee’s service determined under this Plan using the hours method after the end of the service period in which the change in service method was effective.

If this Plan is amended to change the method of crediting service from the hours method to the elapsed time method for any purpose under this Plan, the Employee's service shall be equal to the sum of (4), (5), and (6) below:

4)The number of whole years of service credited to the Employee under the Plan as of the beginning of the service period in which the change in service method is effective.

5)The greater of (i) the service that would be credited to the Employee for that entire service period using the elapsed time method or (ii) the service credited to him under the Plan as of the date the change is effective.

6)The Employee’s service determined under this Plan using the elapsed time method after the end of the applicable service period in which the change in service method was effective.
			
	105

b)Transfers Between Plans with Different Service Methods. If an Employee has been a participant in another plan of the Employer that credited service under the elapsed time method for any purpose that under this Plan is determined using the hours method, then the Employee's service shall be equal to the sum of (1), (2), and (3) below:

1)The number of whole years of service credited to the Employee under the other plan as of the date he became an Eligible Employee under this Plan.

2)One year of service for the applicable service period in which he became an Eligible Employee if he is credited with the required number of Hours of Service. For that portion of such service period ending on the date he became an Eligible Employee (for the first day of such service period if he became an Eligible Employee on the first day of such service period), the Employee will be credited with the greater of (i) his actual Hours of Service or
(ii) the number of Hours of Service that is equivalent to the fractional part of a year of elapsed time service credited as of the date he became an Eligible Employee, if any. In determining the equivalent Hours of Service, the Employee shall be credited with 190 Hours of Service for each month and any fractional part of a month in such fractional part of a year. The number of months and any fractional part of a month shall be determined by multiplying the fractional part of a year, expressed as a decimal, by 12. For the remaining portion of such service period (the period beginning on the second day of such service period and ending on the last day of such service period if he became an Eligible Employee on the first day of such service period), the Employee will be credited with his actual Hours of Service.

3)The Employee's service determined under this Plan using the hours method after the end of the service period in which he became an Eligible Employee.

If an Employee has been a participant in another plan of the Employer that credited service under the hours method for any purpose that under this Plan is determined using the elapsed time method, then the Employee's service shall be equal to the sum of (4), (5), and (6) below:

4)The number of whole years of service credited to the Employee under the other plan as of the beginning of the service period under that plan in which he became an Eligible Employee under this Plan.

5)The greater of (i) the service that would be credited to the Employee for that entire service period using the elapsed time method or (ii) the service credited to him under the other plan as of the date he became an Eligible Employee under this Plan.

6)The Employee's service determined under this Plan using the elapsed time method after the end of the applicable service period under the other plan in which he became an Eligible Employee.

If an Employee has been a participant in a Controlled Group member's plan that credited service under a different method than is used in this Plan, in order to determine entry and vesting, the provisions in (b) above shall apply as though the Controlled Group member's plan was a plan of the Employer.

Any modification of service contained in this Plan shall be applicable to the service determined pursuant to this section.

SECTION 10.14 – MILITARY SERVICE.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, the Plan shall provide contributions, benefits, and service credit with respect to Qualified Military Service in accordance with Code Section
			
	106

414(u). Loan repayments may be suspended under this Plan as permitted under Code Section 414(u).

A Participant who dies on or after January 1, 2007, while performing Qualified Military Service is treated as having resumed and then terminated employment on account of death, in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(37) and any subsequent guidance. The survivors of such Participant are entitled to any additional benefits provided under the Plan on account of death of the Participant.

SECTION 10.15 – QUALIFICATION OF PLAN.

If the Plan is denied initial qualification upon filing timely application, it will be treated as void from the beginning. It will be terminated and all amounts contributed to the Plan, less expenses paid, shall be returned to the Employer within one year after the date of denial. If amounts have been contributed by Employees, the Employer shall refund to each Employee the amount made by him or, if less, the amount then in his Account resulting from such amounts. The Insurer and Trustee shall be discharged from all further obligations.

If the Plan fails to attain or retain qualification, it shall no longer participate in this pre-approved plan and shall be considered an individually designed plan.

SECTION 10.16 – UNCLAIMED PROPERTY.

In the event a cash distribution of a small Vested Account in accordance with Section 10.11 or any other distribution (whether required by the Plan or requested by a Participant or Beneficiary) in accordance with Article VI, VIA or VII, whichever applies, goes unclaimed by a Participant or Beneficiary, the Plan Administrator, at its discretion, may treat such amount as a Forfeiture or pay the distribution in a Direct Rollover to an individual retirement plan with an affiliate of Principal Life Insurance Company.

Before any unclaimed amount may be treated as a Forfeiture, the Plan Administrator must make reasonable efforts to locate the Participant or Beneficiary who is entitled to the unclaimed amount. For this purpose, reasonable efforts include, but are not limited to the following: (i) send a notice to the Participant or Beneficiary at his last known address via certified mail; (ii) check related plan and employer records for updated information regarding the current residence of the Participant or Beneficiary; (iii) in the case of a Participant who has named a Designated Beneficiary, contact his Designated Beneficiary to request updated contract information for the Participant; (iv) use of one or more free internet search tools; (v) use of Internet search tools, commercial locator services, credit reporting agencies, information brokers, investigation databases and analogous services. Reasonable expenses to conduct a search for the Participant or Beneficiary, may be assessed against the Participant’s Account.

If a Participant or Beneficiary make a claim for benefits that have been treated as a Forfeiture under this section, the Plan Administrator shall restore the amount that was forfeited, unadjusted for any investment gains or losses. If a Participant again becomes an Employee of the Employer, he will be deemed to have made a claim for any of his benefits that were subject to Forfeiture under this section. If the Employer terminates the Plan, any amounts forfeited under this section shall be restored and paid in a Direct Rollover to an individual retirement plan for the benefit of the Participant or Beneficiary who is entitled to the unclaimed amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any amount that is subject to escheatment under applicable state law shall not be considered a Forfeiture under this section.

			
	107

ARTICLE XI
TOP-HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 11.01 – APPLICATION.

The provisions of this article shall supersede all other provisions in the Plan to the contrary.

For the purpose of applying the Top-heavy Plan requirements of this article, all members of the Controlled Group shall be treated as one Employer. The term Employer, as used in this article, shall be deemed to include all members of the Controlled Group, unless the terms as used clearly indicate only the Employer is meant.

The accrued benefit or account of a participant resulting from deductible employee contributions shall not be included for any purpose under this article.

The minimum vesting and contribution provisions of Sections 11.03 and 11.04 shall not apply to any Employee who is included in a group of Employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement that the Secretary of Labor finds to be a collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives and one or more employers, including the Employer, if there is evidence that retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining between such representatives. For this purpose, the term "employee representatives" does not include any organization more than half of whose members are employees who are owners, officers, or executives.

SECTION 11.02 – DEFINITIONS.

For purposes of this article, the following terms are defined:

Aggregation Group means:

a)each of the Employer’s qualified plans in which a Key Employee is a participant during the Plan Year containing the Determination Date or any of the four preceding Plan Years (regardless of whether the plans have terminated),

b)each of the Employer’s other qualified plans which allows the plan(s) described in (a) above to meet the nondiscrimination requirement of Code Section 401(a)(4) or the minimum coverage requirement of Code Section 410, and

c)any of the Employer’s other qualified plans not included in (a) or (b) above which the Employer desires to include as part of the Aggregation Group. Such a qualified plan shall be included only if the Aggregation Group would continue to satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410.

The plans in (a) and (b) above constitute the "required" Aggregation Group. The plans in (a), (b), and (c) above constitute the "permissive" Aggregation Group.

Compensation means compensation as defined in Items M(1), M(2) and M(4)(a) for purposes of Section 3.07.

Determination Date means as to any plan, for any plan year subsequent to the first plan year, the last day of the preceding plan year. For the first plan year of the plan, the Determination Date is the last day of that year.

Key Employee means any Employee or former Employee (including any deceased Employee) who at any time during the Plan Year that includes the Determination Date is:

			
	108

a)an officer of the Employer having Compensation for the Plan Year greater than $175,000 (as adjusted under Code Section 416(i)(1)),

b)a 5-percent owner of the Employer, or

c)a 1-percent owner of the Employer having Compensation for the Plan Year of more than
$150,000.

The determination of who is a Key Employee shall be made according to Code Section 416(i)(1) and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.

Nonkey Employee means any Employee who is not a Key Employee.

Top-heavy Plan means a plan that is top-heavy for any plan year. This Plan shall be top-heavy if any of the following conditions exist:

a)The Top-heavy Ratio for this Plan exceeds 60 percent and this Plan is not part of any required Aggregation Group or permissive Aggregation Group.

b)This Plan is a part of a required Aggregation Group, but not part of a permissive Aggregation Group, and the Top-heavy Ratio for the required Aggregation Group exceeds 60 percent.

c)This Plan is a part of a required Aggregation Group and part of a permissive Aggregation Group and the Top-heavy Ratio for the permissive Aggregation Group exceeds 60 percent.

Top-heavy Ratio means:

a)If the Employer maintains one or more defined contribution plans (including any simplified employee pension plan) and the Employer has not maintained any defined benefit plan that during the five-year period ending on the Determination Date(s) has or has had accrued benefits, the Top-heavy Ratio for this Plan alone or for the required or permissive Aggregation Group, as appropriate, is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the account balances of all Key Employees as of the Determination Date(s) (including any part of any account balance distributed in the one-year period ending on the Determination Date(s) and distributions under a terminated plan which if it had not been terminated would have been required to be included in the Aggregation Group), and the denominator of which is the sum of all account balances (including any part of any account balance distributed in the one-year period ending on the Determination Date(s) and distributions under a terminated plan which if it had not been terminated would have been required to be included in the Aggregation Group), both computed in accordance with Code Section 416 and the regulations thereunder. In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than Severance from Employment, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting “five-year period” for “one-year period.” Both the numerator and denominator of the Top-heavy Ratio are increased to reflect any contribution not actually made as of the Determination Date, but which is required to be taken into account on that date under Code Section 416 and the regulations thereunder.

b)If the Employer maintains one or more defined contribution plans (including any simplified employee pension plan) and the Employer maintains or has maintained one or more defined benefit plans that during the five-year period ending on the Determination Date(s) has or has had accrued benefits, the Top-heavy Ratio for any required or permissive Aggregation Group, as appropriate, is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the account balances under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans of all Key Employees, determined in accordance with (a) above, and the present value of accrued benefits under the aggregated defined benefit plan or plans for all Key Employees as of the Determination Date(s), and the denominator of which is the sum of the account balances under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all participants, determined in accordance with (a) above, and the

			
	109

present value of accrued benefits under the defined benefit plan or plans for all participants as of the Determination Date(s), all determined in accordance with Code Section 416 and the regulations thereunder. The accrued benefits under a defined benefit plan in both the numerator and denominator of the Top-heavy Ratio are increased for any distribution of an accrued benefit made in the one-year period ending on the Determination Date (and distributions under a terminated plan which if it had not been terminated would have been required to be included in the Aggregation Group). In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than Severance from Employment, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting “five-year period” for “one-year period.”

c)For purposes of (a) and (b) above, the value of account balances and the present value of accrued benefits will be determined as of the most recent Valuation Date that falls within or ends with the 12-month period ending on the Determination Date, except as provided in Code Section 416 and the regulations thereunder for the first and second plan years of a defined benefit plan. The account balances and accrued benefits of a participant (i) who is not a Key Employee but who was a Key Employee in a prior year or (ii) who has not been credited with at least one hour of service with any employer maintaining the plan at any time during the one-year period ending on the Determination Date will be disregarded. The calculation of the Top-heavy Ratio and the extent to which distributions, rollovers, and transfers are taken into account will be made in accordance with Code Section 416 and the regulations thereunder. Deductible employee contributions will not be taken into account for purposes of computing the Top-heavy Ratio. When aggregating plans, the value of account balances and accrued benefits will be calculated with reference to the Determination Dates that fall within the same calendar year.

The accrued benefit of a participant other than a Key Employee shall be determined under (i) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer, or (ii) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional rule of Code Section 411(b)(1)(C).

SECTION 11.03 – MODIFICATION OF VESTING REQUIREMENTS.

A Participant’s Vesting Percentage is at all times at least as great as the Vesting Percentage required to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 416. The part of the Participant’s Account resulting from the minimum contributions required pursuant to Section 11.04 will vest according to the vesting schedule selected in Item V(2) or (3). If no schedule is selected in Items V(2) or (3) the minimum contribution (and earnings thereon) will be 100% vested and nonforfeitable.

The part of the Participant’s Vested Account resulting from the minimum contributions required pursuant to Section 11.04 (to the extent required to be nonforfeitable under Code Section 416(b)) may not be forfeited under Code Section 411(a)(3)(B) or (D).

SECTION 11.04 – MODIFICATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS.

During any Plan Year in which this Plan is a Top-heavy Plan, the Employer shall make a minimum contribution for the Plan Year on behalf of each Nonkey Employee who is an Employee on the last day of the Plan Year and who was an Active Participant at any time during the Plan Year. A Nonkey Employee is not required to have a minimum number of Hours of Service or minimum amount of Compensation in order to be entitled to this minimum. A Nonkey Employee who fails to be an Active Participant merely because his Compensation is less than a stated amount or merely because of a failure to make mandatory participant contributions or, in the case of a cash or deferred arrangement, elective contributions shall be treated as if he were an Active Participant. The minimum is the lesser of (a) or (b) below:

a)3 percent of such person's Compensation for such Plan Year.

			
	110

b)The "highest percentage" of Compensation for such Plan Year at which Employer Contributions are made for or allocated to any Key Employee. The highest percentage shall be determined by dividing Employer Contributions made for or allocated to each Key Employee during the Plan Year by the amount of his Compensation for such Plan Year, and selecting the greatest quotient (expressed as a percentage). To determine the highest percentage, all of the Employer’s defined contribution plans within the Aggregation Group shall be treated as one plan. The minimum shall be the amount in (a) above if this Plan and a defined benefit plan of the Employer are required to be included in the Aggregation Group and this Plan enables the defined benefit plan to meet the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410.

For purposes of (a) and (b) above, Compensation shall be limited by Code Section 401(a)(17).

If employer contributions and allocations otherwise required under the defined contribution plan(s) are at least equal to the minimum above, no additional contribution shall be required. If total employer contributions and allocations are less than the minimum above, the Employer shall contribute the difference for the Plan Year.

The minimum contribution applies to all of the Employer’s defined contribution plans in the aggregate which are Top-heavy Plans. A minimum contribution under a profit sharing plan shall be made without regard to whether or not the Employer has profits.

To the extent a participant covered under this Plan can be covered under any other plan or plans of the Employer, the Employer may provide in Item S(3) that the minimum contribution or benefit requirement applicable to Top-heavy Plans shall be made in only one of the plans (including a plan that consists solely of a cash or deferred arrangement that meets the requirements of Code Section 401(k)(12) or 401(k)(13) and matching contributions with respect to which the requirements of Code Section 401(m)(11) or 401(m)(12) are met).

For purposes of this section, any employer contribution made according to a salary reduction or similar arrangement shall not apply in determining if the minimum contribution requirement has been met, but shall apply in determining the minimum contribution required. Matching contributions, as defined in Code Section 401(m), shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution requirements of Code Section 416(c)(2) and the Plan. Matching contributions that are used to satisfy the minimum contribution requirements shall be treated as matching contributions for purposes of the actual contribution percentage test and other requirements of Code Section 401(m).

The requirements of this section shall be met without regard to any Social Security contribution.
			
	111

APPENDIX A

The actuarial factor under Table 1 for a Plan Year for a person is the factor corresponding to the number of years such person’s attained age as of the end of the Plan Year precedes the testing age. The testing age is the Normal Retirement Age of such person, or his age as of the end of the Plan Year, if older. A person's attained age as of the end of the Plan Year is his age on his last birthday. For any Plan Year beginning on or after the Participant's attainment of Normal Retirement Age, the factor for 'zero' years is multiplied by the adjustment factor in Table 1A that corresponds to the Participant's attained age as of the end of the Plan Year.

															
		Table 1
	
	Number of Years Attained Age Precedes
	

UP-1984
		Number of Years Attained Age Precedes
	

UP-1984

	Testing Age
	8.5%
		Testing Age
	8.5%

	0
	.079486
		26
	.009531

	1
	.073259
		27
	.008784

	2
	.067520
		28
	.008096

	3
	.062230
		29
	.007462

	4
	.057355
		30
	.006877

	5
	.052862
		31
	.006338

	6
	.048721
		32
	.005842

	7
	.044904
		33
	.005384

	8
	.041386
		34
	.004962

	9
	.038144
		35
	.004574

	10	.035155
		36
	.004215

	11	.032401
		37
	.003885

	12	.029863
		38
	.003581

	13	.027524
		39
	.003300

	14	.025367
		40
	.003042

	15	.023380
		41
	.002803

	16	.021548
		42
	.002584

	17	.019860
		43
	.002381

	18	.018304
		44
	.002195

	19	.016870
		45
	.002023

	20	.015549
		46
	.001864

	21	.014331
		47
	.001718

	22	.013208
		48
	.001584

	23	.012173
		49
	.001460

	24	.011220
		50
	.001345

	25	.010341
			

Table 1A

												
	Attained Age
	UP-1984 8.5%
	Attained Age
	UP-1984 8.5%

	55	1.2058	78
	0.6751

	56	1.1879	79
	0.6494

	57	1.1694	80
	0.6238

	58	1.1503	81
	0.5986

	59	1.1305	82
	0.5738

	60	1.1101	83
	0.5493

	61	1.0891	84
	0.5252

	62	1.0676	85
	0.5013

	63	1.0455	86
	0.4777

	64	1.0229	87
	0.4544

	65	1.0000	88
	0.4314

	66	0.9767	89
	0.4089

	67	0.9533	90
	0.3868

	68	0.9296	91
	0.3653

	69	0.9055	92
	0.3443

	70	0.8810	93
	0.3241

	71	0.8561	94
	0.3044

	72	0.8307	95
	0.2853

	73	0.8049	96
	0.2667

	74	0.7790	97
	0.2489

	75	0.7529	98
	0.2319

	76	0.7268	99
	0.2154

	77	0.7008		

For a Normal Retirement Age other than 65, adjust Table 1 by multiplying all factors in Table 1 by the corresponding Table 1A factor for an attained age equal to such Normal Retirement Age.

APPENDIX B

The actuarial factor under Table 1 for a Plan Year for a person is the factor corresponding to the number of years such person’s attained age as of the end of the Plan Year precedes the testing age. The testing age is the Normal Retirement Age of such person, or his age as of the end of the Plan Year, if older. A person's attained age as of the end of the Plan Year is his age on his last birthday. For any Plan Year beginning on or after the Participant's attainment of Normal Retirement Age, the factor for 'zero' years is multiplied by the adjustment factor in Table 1A that corresponds to the Participant's attained age as of the end of the Plan Year.

															
		Table 1
	
	Number of Years Attained Age Precedes
	

UP-1984
		Number of Years Attained Age Precedes
	

UP-1984

	Testing Age
	7.5%
		Testing Age
	7.5%

	0
	.084578
		26
	.012901

	1
	.078677
		27
	.012001

	2
	.073188
		28
	.011164

	3
	.068082
		29
	.010385

	4
	.063332
		30
	.009661

	5
	.058914
		31
	.008987

	6
	.054803
		32
	.008360

	7
	.050980
		33
	.007776

	8
	.047423
		34
	.007234

	9
	.044114
		35
	.006729

	10	.041037
		36
	.006260

	11	.038174
		37
	.005823

	12	.035510
		38
	.005417

	13	.033033
		39
	.005039

	14	.030728
		40
	.004687

	15	.028584
		41
	.004360

	16	.026590
		42
	.004056

	17	.024735
		43
	.003773

	18	.023009
		44
	.003510

	19	.021404
		45
	.003265

	20	.019911
		46
	.003037

	21	.018522
		47
	.002825

	22	.017229
		48
	.002628

	23	.016027
		49
	.002445

	24	.014909
		50
	.002274

	25	.013869
			

Table 1A

												
	Attained Age
	UP-1984 7.5%
	Attained Age
	UP-1984 7.5%

	55	1.2242	78
	0.6611

	56	1.2043	79
	0.6349

	57	1.1838	80
	0.6090

	58	1.1627	81
	0.5835

	59	1.1411	82
	0.5584

	60	1.1188	83
	0.5338

	61	1.0960	84
	0.5096

	62	1.0726	85
	0.4857

	63	1.0488	86
	0.4622

	64	1.0246	87
	0.4390

	65	1.0000	88
	0.4162

	66	0.9752	89
	0.3939

	67	0.9502	90
	0.3721

	68	0.9251	91
	0.3509

	69	0.8998	92
	0.3304

	70	0.8740	93
	0.3106

	71	0.8478	94
	0.2913

	72	0.8214	95
	0.2727

	73	0.7946	96
	0.2547

	74	0.7678	97
	0.2374

	75	0.7409	98
	0.2208

	76	0.7140	99
	0.2049

	77	0.6874		

For a Normal Retirement Age other than 65, adjust Table 1 by multiplying all factors in Table 1 by the corresponding Table 1A factor for an attained age equal to such Normal Retirement Age.

APPENDIX C

The actuarial factor under Table 1 for a Plan Year for a person is the factor corresponding to the number of years such person’s attained age as of the end of the Plan Year precedes the testing age. The testing age is the Normal Retirement Age of such person, or his age as of the end of the Plan Year, if older. A person's attained age as of the end of the Plan Year is his age on his last birthday. For any Plan Year beginning on or after the Participant's attainment of Normal Retirement Age, the factor for 'zero' years is multiplied by the adjustment factor in Table 1A that corresponds to the Participant's attained age as of the end of the Plan Year.

															
		Table 1
	
	Number of Years Attained Age Precedes
	

UP-1984
		Number of Years Attained Age Precedes
	

UP-1984

	Testing Age
	8.0%
		Testing Age
	8.0%

	0
	.081958
		26
	.011081

	1
	.075887
		27
	.010260

	2
	.070266
		28
	.009500

	3
	.065061
		29
	.008796

	4
	.060242
		30
	.008145

	5
	.055779
		31
	.007541

	6
	.051647
		32
	.006983

	7
	.047822
		33
	.006466

	8
	.044279
		34
	.005987

	9
	.040999
		35
	.005543

	10	.037962
		36
	.005133

	11	.035150
		37
	.004752

	12	.032547
		38
	.004400

	13	.030136
		39
	.004074

	14	.027904
		40
	.003773

	15	.025837
		41
	.003493

	16	.023923
		42
	.003234

	17	.022151
		43
	.002995

	18	.020510
		44
	.002773

	19	.018991
		45
	.002568

	20	.017584
		46
	.002377

	21	.016281
		47
	.002201

	22	.015075
		48
	.002038

	23	.013959
		49
	.001887

	24	.012925
		50
	.001747

	25	.011967
			

Table 1A

												
	Attained Age
	UP-1984 8.0%
	Attained Age
	UP-1984 8.0%

	55	1.2147	78
	0.6682

	56	1.1959	79
	0.6423

	57	1.1764	80
	0.6165

	58	1.1563	81
	0.5911

	59	1.1357	82
	0.5622

	60	1.1144	83
	0.5417

	61	1.0925	84
	0.5175

	62	1.0700	85
	0.4936

	63	1.0471	86
	0.4700

	64	1.0237	87
	0.4468

	65	1.0000	88
	0.4239

	66	0.9760	89
	0.4015

	67	0.9518	90
	0.3795

	68	0.9274	91
	0.3582

	69	0.9027	92
	0.3374

	70	0.8776	93
	0.3174

	71	0.8520	94
	0.2979

	72	0.8261	95
	0.2790

	73	0.7999	96
	0.2607

	74	0.7735	97
	0.2432

	75	0.7470	98
	0.2264

	76	0.7205	99
	0.2102

	77	0.6942		

For a Normal Retirement Age other than 65, adjust Table 1 by multiplying all factors in Table 1 by the corresponding Table 1A factor for an attained age equal to such Normal Retirement Age.

UNILATERAL INTERIM AMENDMENT TO COMPLY WITH
TAX CUTS AND JOBS ACT, THE BIPARTISAN BUDGET ACT OF 2018 AND FINAL REGULATIONS RELATING TO HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTIONS

Principal Life Insurance Company hereby amends the following pre-approved plan and by such amendment, amends each retirement plan set forth on any such pre-approved plan by an adopting employer.

The Principal Financial Group Pre-Approved Document for Savings Plans with an approval date of June 30, 2020.

Nonstandard - Plus    Letter Serial No.: Q702477a    Plan No.: 006    Basic Plan No.: 04

This amendment of the Plan is adopted to comply with the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018 and final regulations that amend the rules relating to hardship distributions. This amendment is to be construed in accordance with such laws and any applicable regulations. This amendment shall continue to apply to the Plan, including the Plan as later amended, until such provisions are integrated into the Plan or the provisions of this amendment are specifically amended.

This amendment shall supersede any previous amendment and the provisions of the Plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this amendment.

EXTENDED ROLLOVER PERIOD FOR PLAN LOAN OFFSET AMOUNTS

The provisions of this section of the amendment shall be effective January 1, 2018, in accordance with the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act.

By modifying subparagraph (c) in Plan Section 3.03 of the Basic Plan as follows:

c)The Contribution is made in the form of a direct rollover under Code Section 401(a)(31) or is a rollover made under Code Section 402(c) or 408(d)(3)(A) within 60 days after an Eligible Employee or Inactive Participant or a Participant, as applicable, receives the distribution. For purposes of accepting a qualified plan loan offset amount, the 60-day time period in the preceding sentence shall be extended in accordance with Code Section 402(c)(3)(C).

CHANGES TO FINANCIAL HARDSHIP WITHDRAWALS

The provisions of this section of the amendment shall be effective for plan years beginning after December 31, 2018, in accordance with the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018.

By modifying the definitions of Qualified Matching Contributions and Qualified Nonelective Contributions in Plan Sections 1.02 and 3.08, to remove the distribution restriction applicable to hardships.

By modifying the definitions of QACA Matching Contributions and QACA Nonelective Contributions in Plan Section 1.02, to remove the distribution restriction applicable to hardships.

By modifying subparagraph (b) of Plan Section 5.04 in the Basic Plan as follows:

b)The Participant's Vested Account resulting from Elective Deferral Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, QACA Matching Contributions, and QACA Nonelective Contributions may not be distributed earlier than Severance from Employment, death, or disability. Such amount may also be distributed upon:

1)Termination of the Plan as permitted in Article VIII.
			
	1

1)The attainment of age 59 1/2 as permitted in Item 2(3), Y(4), and Section 5.05.

2)A federally declared disaster, where resulting legislation or guidance authorizes such a distribution.

3)As a hardship withdrawal as permitted in Item Y(3) and Section 5.05.

The Participant's Vested Account resulting from Elective Deferral Contributions may also be distributed:

4)As a Qualified Reservist Distribution as permitted in Item Y(6) and Section 5.05.

5)If the Participant is deemed to have had a severance from employment as described in Code Section 414(u)(12)(B)(i) and Section 5.03

All distributions that may be made pursuant to one or more of the foregoing distributable events will be a retirement benefit and shall be distributed to the Participant according to the distribution of benefits provisions of Article VI or VIA, whichever applies. In addition, distributions that are triggered by the termination of the Plan must be made in a lump sum. A lump sum shall include a distribution of an annuity contract.

By modifying the first paragraph of Item Y(3) in the Adoption Agreement as follows:

401(k) HARDSHIP. A Participant may withdraw any part of his Vested Account resulting from Elective Deferral Contributions in the event of hardship due to an immediate and heavy financial need.

For plans that do not allow for the withdrawal of Contributions in addition to Elective Deferral Contributions in the event of a financial hardship in Items Y(3)(a)-(f), a 401(k) hardship withdrawal, if allowed, is limited to Elective Deferral Contributions, including any earnings accrued.

For plans that allow the withdrawal of Contributions in addition to Elective Deferral Contributions in the event of a financial hardship in Items Y(3)(a)-{f), the Contributions available for such withdrawal shall include the following:

Qualified Matching Contributions QACA Matching Contributions Qualified Nonelective Contributions QACA Nonelective Contributions
Wage Rate Contributions that are designated as Qualified Nonelective Contributions By modifying subparagraph (a) of Plan Section 5.05 in the Basic Plan as follows:
a) Financial Hardship Withdrawals. If elected by the Employer in Item Y(3), withdrawals of part of the Participant's Account as provided in Item Y(3) will be permitted in the event of hardship due to an immediate and heavy financial need. If elected by the Employer in Item Y(7), the portion of the Participant's Account held in the Qualifying Employer Securities Fund may not be redeemed for purposes of these withdrawals.

Immediate and heavy financial need shall be limited to: (i) expenses incurred or necessary for medical care that would be deductible under Code Section 213(a) (determined without regard to whether the expenses exceed the stated limit on adjusted gross income); (ii) the purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal residence for the Participant; (iii) payment of tuition, related educational fees, and room and board expenses, for up to the next 12 months of postsecondary education for the Participant, his spouse, children, or dependents (as defined in Code Section 152 without regard to Code Sections 152(b)(1), (b)(2), and (d)(1)(B)); (iv) payments
			
	2

necessary to prevent the eviction of the Participant from, or foreclosure on the mortgage of, the Participant's principal residence; (v) payments for funeral or burial expenses for the Participant's deceased parent, spouse, child, or dependent (as defined in Code Section 152 without regard to Code Section 152(d)(1)(B)); (vi) expenses to repair damage to the Participant's principal residence that would qualify for a casualty loss deduction under Code Section 165 (determined without regard to Code Section 165{h){5) and whether the loss exceeds 10% of adjusted gross income); (vii) expenses and losses (including loss of income) incurred by the Employee on account of a disaster declared by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) under the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, Public Law 100-707, provided that the Employee's principal residence or principal place of employment at the time of the disaster was located in an area designated by FEMA for individual assistance with respect to the disaster; or (viii) any other distribution which is deemed by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue to be made on account of immediate and heavy financial need as provided in Treasury regulations. If elected by the Employer in Item Y(3)(g), immediate and heavy financial need shall also include expenses described in (i), (iii), and {v) (relating to medical, tuition, and funeral expenses, respectively) of a Primary Beneficiary.

No withdrawal shall be allowed which is not necessary to satisfy such immediate and heavy financial need.

Such withdrawal shall be deemed necessary only if all of the following requirements are met: (i) the Participant cannot relieve the immediate and heavy financial need from cash or other liquid resources that are reasonably available to the Participant, (ii) the distribution is not in excess of the amount of the immediate and heavy financial need (including amounts necessary to pay any Federal, state, or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution), and (iii) the Participant has obtained all distributions, other than hardship distributions, currently available under all plans maintained by the Employer.

In determining whether the need can be relieved from cash or other liquid resources that are reasonably available to a Participant, the Employer may rely on the Participant's representation (unless the Employer has actual knowledge to the contrary) that the need cannot reasonably be relieved from other resources.

Executed by Principal Life Insurance Company on    September 28  , 2021

by ____________________________
    Assistant DirectorEX-4.1

 Exhibit 4.1 

Healthcare Realty Holdings, L.P., as Issuer 

Healthcare Realty Trust Incorporated, as Guarantor 

U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, as Trustee 

 
  

INDENTURE 
 Dated as of

 July 22, 2022 
  

 
  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 Section
	 	 	  	Page	 
	ARTICLE 1	  			
	DEFINITIONS	  			
			
	 Section 1.01.
	 	Definitions	  	 	1	 
		
	ARTICLE 2	  			
	ISSUE, DESCRIPTION, EXECUTION, REGISTRATION AND EXCHANGE OF NOTES	  			
			
	 Section 2.01.
	 	Designation Amount and Issue of Notes	  	 	8	 
			
	 Section 2.02.
	 	Form of Notes	  	 	10	 
			
	 Section 2.03.
	 	Reserved	  	 	10	 
			
	 Section 2.04.
	 	Execution of Notes	  	 	10	 
			
	 Section 2.05.
	 	Note Registrar and Paying Agent	  	 	11	 
			
	 Section 2.06.
	 	Exchange and Registration of Transfer of Notes; Restrictions on Transfer	  	 	11	 
			
	 Section 2.07.
	 	Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes	  	 	12	 
			
	 Section 2.08.
	 	Temporary Notes	  	 	13	 
			
	 Section 2.09.
	 	Cancellation of Notes	  	 	14	 
			
	 Section 2.10.
	 	CUSIP Numbers	  	 	14	 
		
	ARTICLE 3	  			
	REDEMPTION OF NOTES	  			
			
	 Section 3.01.
	 	Optional Redemption of Notes	  	 	14	 
			
	 Section 3.02.
	 	Notice of Optional Redemption; Selection of Notes	  	 	15	 
			
	 Section 3.03.
	 	Payment of Notes Called for Redemption by the Issuer	  	 	16	 
		
	ARTICLE 4	  			
	CERTAIN COVENANTS OF THE ISSUER	  			
			
	 Section 4.01.
	 	Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest	  	 	16	 
			
	 Section 4.02.
	 	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	 	16	 
			
	 Section 4.03.
	 	Appointments to Fill Vacancies in Trustee’s Office	  	 	17	 
			
	 Section 4.04.
	 	Provisions as to Paying Agent	  	 	17	 
			
	 Section 4.05.
	 	Existence	  	 	18	 
			
	 Section 4.06.
	 	Reports	  	 	18	 
			
	 Section 4.07.
	 	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws	  	 	19	 
			
	 Section 4.08.
	 	Compliance Certificate	  	 	20	 
			
	 Section 4.09.
	 	Limitations on Incurrence of Debt	  	 	20	 
			
	 Section 4.10.
	 	Insurance	  	 	21	 

  
 i 

 Table of Contents 

(continued) 
  

							
	 Section
	 	 	  	Page	 
	ARTICLE 5	  			
	NOTEHOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE	  			
			
	 Section 5.01.
	 	Noteholders’ Lists	  	 	22	 
			
	 Section 5.02.
	 	Preservation and Disclosure of Lists	  	 	22	 
			
	 Section 5.03.
	 	Reports by Trustee	  	 	22	 
		
	ARTICLE 6	  			
	REMEDIES OF THE TRUSTEE AND HOLDERS ON AN EVENT OF DEFAULT	  			
			
	 Section 6.01.
	 	Events of Default	  	 	23	 
			
	 Section 6.02.
	 	Payments of Notes on Default; Suit Therefor	  	 	25	 
			
	 Section 6.03.
	 	Application of Monies Collected by Trustee	  	 	26	 
			
	 Section 6.04.
	 	Proceedings by Holders	  	 	27	 
			
	 Section 6.05.
	 	Proceedings by Trustee	  	 	28	 
			
	 Section 6.06.
	 	Remedies Cumulative and Continuing	  	 	28	 
			
	 Section 6.07.
	 	Direction of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults by Majority of Holders	  	 	28	 
			
	 Section 6.08.
	 	Notice of Defaults	  	 	29	 
			
	 Section 6.09.
	 	Undertaking to Pay Costs	  	 	29	 
		
	ARTICLE 7	  			
	THE TRUSTEE	  			
			
	 Section 7.01.
	 	Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee	  	 	30	 
			
	 Section 7.02.
	 	Reliance on Documents, Opinions, etc.	  	 	31	 
			
	 Section 7.03.
	 	No Responsibility for Recitals, etc.	  	 	33	 
			
	 Section 7.04.
	 	Trustee, Paying Agents or Registrar May Own Notes	  	 	33	 
			
	 Section 7.05.
	 	Monies to Be Held in Trust	  	 	33	 
			
	 Section 7.06.
	 	Compensation and Expenses of Trustee	  	 	33	 
			
	 Section 7.07.
	 	Officers’ Certificate as Evidence	  	 	34	 
			
	 Section 7.08.
	 	Conflicting Interests of Trustee	  	 	34	 
			
	 Section 7.09.
	 	Eligibility of Trustee	  	 	34	 
			
	 Section 7.10.
	 	Resignation or Removal of Trustee	  	 	34	 
			
	 Section 7.11.
	 	Acceptance by Successor Trustee	  	 	35	 
			
	 Section 7.12.
	 	Succession by Merger	  	 	36	 
			
	 Section 7.13.
	 	Preferential Collection of Claims	  	 	36	 

  
 ii 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(continued) 
  

							
	 Section
	 	 	  	Page	 
	Article 8	  

	RESERVED	  

	
	ARTICLE 9	  

	SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES	  

			
	 Section 9.01.
	 	Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders	  	 	37	 
			
	 Section 9.02.
	 	Supplemental Indenture With Consent of Holders	  	 	38	 
			
	 Section 9.03.
	 	Effect of Supplemental Indenture	  	 	39	 
			
	 Section 9.04.
	 	Notation on Notes	  	 	39	 
			
	 Section 9.05.
	 	Evidence of Compliance of Supplemental Indenture to Be Furnished to Trustee	  	 	39	 
	
	ARTICLE 10	  

	CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE AND LEASE	  

			
	 Section 10.01.
	 	Issuer May Consolidate on Certain Terms	  	 	39	 
			
	 Section 10.02.
	 	Issuer Successor to Be Substituted	  	 	40	 
			
	 Section 10.03.
	 	Guarantor May Consolidate on Certain Terms	  	 	40	 
			
	 Section 10.04.
	 	Guarantor Successor to Be Substituted	  	 	41	 
			
	 Section 10.05.
	 	Assumption by Guarantor	  	 	41	 
	
	ARTICLE 11	  

	SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE	  

			
	 Section 11.01.
	 	Discharge of Indenture	  	 	42	 
			
	 Section 11.02.
	 	Deposited Monies to Be Held in Trust by Trustee	  	 	42	 
			
	 Section 11.03.
	 	Paying Agent to Repay Monies Held	  	 	43	 
			
	 Section 11.04.
	 	Return of Unclaimed Monies	  	 	43	 
			
	 Section 11.05.
	 	Reinstatement	  	 	43	 
	
	ARTICLE 12	  

	LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE	  

			
	 Section 12.01.
	 	Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance	  	 	43	 
			
	 Section 12.02.
	 	Legal Defeasance and Discharge	  	 	43	 
			
	 Section 12.03.
	 	Covenant Defeasance	  	 	44	 
			
	 Section 12.04.
	 	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance	  	 	44	 
			
	 Section 12.05.
	 	Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions	  	 	45	 
			
	 Section 12.06.
	 	Repayment to Issuer	  	 	46	 

  
 iii 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(continued) 
  

							
	 Section
	 	 	  	Page	 
	 Section 12.07.
	 	Reinstatement	  	 	46	 
	
	ARTICLE 13	  

	IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS	  

			
	 Section 13.01.
	 	Indenture and Notes Solely Corporate Obligations	  	 	47	 
	
	ARTICLE 14	  

	MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF NOTES	  

			
	 Section 14.01.
	 	Purposes for Which Meetings May Be Called	  	 	47	 
			
	 Section 14.02.
	 	Call, Notice and Place of Meetings	  	 	47	 
			
	 Section 14.03.
	 	Persons Entitled to Vote at Meetings	  	 	48	 
			
	 Section 14.04.
	 	Quorum; Action	  	 	48	 
			
	 Section 14.05.
	 	Determination of Voting Rights; Conduct and Adjournment of Meetings	  	 	49	 
			
	 Section 14.06.
	 	Counting Votes and Recording Action of Meetings	  	 	49	 
	
	ARTICLE 15	  

	GUARANTEE	  

			
	 Section 15.01.
	 	Guarantee	  	 	50	 
			
	 Section 15.02.
	 	Execution and Delivery of Guarantee	  	 	51	 
			
	 Section 15.03.
	 	Limitation of Guarantor’s Liability; Certain Bankruptcy Events	  	 	51	 
			
	 Section 15.04.
	 	Release of Guarantor of Guarantee Obligations	  	 	52	 
	
	ARTICLE 16	  

	MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS	  

			
	 Section 16.01.
	 	Provisions Binding on Issuer’s and Guarantor’s Successors	  	 	52	 
			
	 Section 16.02.
	 	Official Acts by Successor Corporation	  	 	52	 
			
	 Section 16.03.
	 	Addresses for Notices, etc.	  	 	52	 
			
	 Section 16.04.
	 	Governing Law	  	 	53	 
			
	 Section 16.05.
	 	Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent, Certificates to Trustee	  	 	54	 
			
	 Section 16.06.
	 	Legal Holidays	  	 	54	 
			
	 Section 16.07.
	 	Trust Indenture Act	  	 	54	 
			
	 Section 16.08.
	 	No Security Interest Created	  	 	54	 
			
	 Section 16.09.
	 	Benefits of Indenture	  	 	54	 
			
	 Section 16.10.
	 	Table of Contents, Headings, etc.	  	 	55	 

  
 iv 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(continued) 
  

							
	 Section
	 	 	  	Page	 
	 Section 16.11.
	 	Authenticating Agent	  	 	55	 
			
	 Section 16.12.
	 	Execution in Counterparts	  	 	55	 
			
	 Section 16.13.
	 	Severability	  	 	56	 

  
 v 

 CROSS REFERENCE TABLE* 

 

  

			
	 Trust Indenture Act Section
	  	 Indenture Section

	 310(a)(1)
	  	7.09
	 (a)(2)
	  	7.09
	 (a)(3)
	  	N.A.
	 (a)(4)
	  	N.A.
	 (a)(5)
	  	N.A.
	 (b)
	  	7.08, 7.10
	 (c)
	  	N.A.
	 311(a)
	  	7.13
	 (b)
	  	7.13
	 (c)
	  	N.A.
	 312(a)
	  	5.01
	 (b)
	  	5.02
	 (c)
	  	5.02
	 313(a)
	  	5.03
	 (b)
	  	5.03
	 (c)
	  	5.03
	 (d)
	  	5.03
	 314(a)
	  	4.06, 4.08
	 (b)
	  	N.A.
	 (c)(1)
	  	16.05
	 (c)(2)
	  	16.05
	 (c)(3)
	  	N.A.
	 (d)
	  	N.A.
	 (e)
	  	16.05
	 (f)
	  	N.A.
	 315(a)
	  	7.01
	 (b)
	  	6.08
	 (c)
	  	7.01
	 (d)
	  	7.01
	 (e)
	  	6.09
	 316(a)(1)(A)
	  	6.07
	 (a)(1)(B)
	  	6.07
	 (a)(2)
	  	N.A.
	 (b)
	  	N.A.
	 (c)
	  	N.A.
	 317(a)(1)
	  	6.02
	 (a)(2)
	  	6.02
	 (b)
	  	11.03
	 318(a)
	  	N.A.

  

N.A. means not applicable. 
  

	*	 This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture. 

 

  
 vi 

 INDENTURE 

INDENTURE dated as of July 22, 2022 (hereinafter called this “Indenture”) among Healthcare Realty
Holdings, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (f/k/a Healthcare Trust of America Holdings, LP, a Delaware limited partnership) (hereinafter called the “Issuer”), Healthcare Realty Trust Incorporated, a Maryland corporation (f/k/a
Healthcare Trust of America, Inc., a Maryland corporation) (hereinafter called the “Guarantor” or, in its capacity as the sole general partner of the Issuer, the “General Partner”), each having its principal office
at 3310 West End Avenue, Suite 700, Nashville, TN 37203, and U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, as trustee hereunder (hereinafter called the “Trustee”). 

WHEREAS, the Issuer for its lawful purposes has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for
the issuance from time to time of its notes, Additional Notes (as defined below) or other evidence of indebtedness (hereinafter called the “Debt Securities” or “Notes”) to be issued in one or more series as herein
provided; and 
 WHEREAS, the Guarantor has duly authorized the issuance of a guarantee of the Debt Securities, and to
provide therefor the Guarantor has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture and such Guarantee. 
 NOW,
THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH: 
 THAT, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants herein contained
and of the purchase and acceptance of the Debt Securities by the holders thereof, and for other valuable consideration the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, it is hereby agreed among the Issuer, the
Guarantor and the Trustee, for the benefit of those who shall hold the Debt Securities, as follows: 
 ARTICLE 1 

DEFINITIONS 

Section 1.01. Definitions. The terms defined in this Section 1.01 (except as herein
otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires) for all purposes of this Indenture and of any Supplemental Indenture shall have the respective meanings specified in this Section 1.01. All other terms
used in this Indenture that are defined in the Trust Indenture Act (as defined below) or which are by reference therein defined in the Securities Act (as defined below) (except as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise
requires) shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in the Trust Indenture Act and in the Securities Act as in force at the date of the execution of this Indenture. The words “herein,” “hereof,”
“hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other Subdivision. The terms defined in this Article include the plural as well as the singular. 

“2026 Notes” has the meaning specified in Section 6.01 hereof. 

  
 1 

 “Acquired Debt” means Debt of a Person (1) existing at
the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary or (2) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case, other than Debt incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Subsidiary or such
acquisition. Acquired Debt shall be deemed to be incurred on the date of the related acquisition of assets from any Person or the date the acquired Person becomes a Subsidiary. 

“Additional Notes” means additional Notes which may be issued from time to time in accordance with the terms
of the applicable Supplemental Indenture. 
 “Adjusted Treasury Rate” means, on any Redemption Date, the
rate per year, as determined by the Quotation Agent, equal to: 
 (1) the yield, under the heading that represents the
weekly average yield (being, if not reported as a weekly average yield, the average of the five most recent daily reported yields), appearing in the most recently published statistical release designated “H.15” or any successor publication
that is published weekly by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and which establishes yields on actively traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity under the caption “Treasury Constant
Maturities,” for the maturity corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue; provided that if no maturity is within three months before or after the Remaining Life of the Debt Securities of such series, yields for the two published maturities
most closely corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue will be determined and the Adjusted Treasury Rate will be interpolated or extrapolated from those yields on a straight-line basis rounding to the nearest month; or 

(2) if that release, or any successor release, is not published during the week preceding the calculation date or does not
contain such yields, the rate per year equal to the semiannual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, calculated using a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the
Comparable Treasury Price for that Redemption Date. 
 The Adjusted Treasury Rate will be calculated at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on
the third Business Day preceding the date of the notice of redemption by the Quotation Agent. 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled
by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control,” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct or cause the direction of the
management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to
the foregoing. 
 “Agent” means any Note Registrar, co-registrar,
Paying Agent or additional paying agent. 
 “Annual Debt Service Charge” as of any date means the amount of
interest expense determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. 

“Authentication Order” means the written order of the Issuer directing the Trustee to authenticate any Debt
Securities. 

  
 2 

 “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any
similar federal, state, or foreign law for the relief of debtors. 
 “Benefited Party” has the meaning
specified in Section 15.01 hereof. 
 “Board of Directors” means the board of
directors of the General Partner or a committee of such board duly authorized to act for it hereunder. 
 “Business
Day” means, with respect to any Note, any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banking institutions in New York, New York, or in such other place of payment of the Notes, are authorized or obligated by law or
executive order to close. 
 “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking S.A. 

“Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under
the Exchange Act, or, if at any time after the execution of this Indenture such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties at such time. 

“Comparable Treasury Issue” means the United States Treasury security selected by the Quotation Agent as
having an actual or interpolated maturity comparable to the Remaining Life that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable
maturity to the Remaining Life. 
 “Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any Redemption Date,
(1) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such Redemption Date, after excluding the highest and lowest of such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Trustee obtains fewer than four such Reference
Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such Quotations. 
 “Consolidated Income Available for Debt
Service” means, for any period, Earnings from Operations of Issuer and its Subsidiaries plus amounts which have been deducted, and minus amounts which have been added, for the following (without duplication): (1) Annual Debt Service
Charge of Issuer and its Subsidiaries, (2) provision for taxes of Issuer and its Subsidiaries based on income, (3) provisions for gains and losses on properties and depreciation and amortization, (4) increases in deferred taxes and
other non-cash items, (5) depreciation and amortization with respect to interests in joint venture and partially owned entity investments, (6) the effect of any charge resulting from a change in
accounting principles in determining Earnings from Operations for such period, and (7) amortization of deferred charges. 

“Corporate Trust Office” or other similar term, means the designated office of the Trustee at which, at any
particular time, its corporate trust business as it relates to this Indenture shall be administered, which office is, at the date as of which this Indenture is dated, located at the address set forth in Section 16.03
hereof. 
 “Covenant Defeasance” has the meaning specified in Section 12.03
hereof. 
 “CUSIP” means the Committee on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures. 

  
 3 

 “Custodian” means U.S. Bank Trust Company, National
Association, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto. 

“Debt” means any of Issuer’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ indebtedness, whether or not contingent,
in respect of (without duplication) (1) borrowed money evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments, (2) indebtedness secured by any mortgage, pledge, lien, charge, encumbrance or any security interest existing on property
owned by Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, but only to the extent of the lesser of (a) the amount of indebtedness so secured and (b) the fair market value (determined in good faith by the board of directors of such Person or, in the case
of Issuer or one of its Subsidiaries, by the Board of Directors) of the property subject to such mortgage, pledge, lien, charge, encumbrance or security interest, (3) the reimbursement obligations, contingent or otherwise, in connection with
any letters of credit actually issued or amounts representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or services, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable, or all conditional sale
obligations or obligations under any title retention agreement, or (4) any lease of property by Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries as lessee which is reflected on Issuer’s consolidated balance sheet as a financing lease in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles; but only to the extent, in the case of items of indebtedness under (1) through (3) above, that any such items (other than letters of credit) would appear as a liability on Issuer’s
consolidated balance sheet in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The term “Debt” also includes, to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation of Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries to be liable for, or to pay,
as obligor, guarantor or otherwise (other than for purposes of collection in the ordinary course of business or for the purposes of guaranteeing the payment of all amounts due and owing pursuant to leases to which Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries
are a party and have assigned its or their interest, provided that such assignee of Issuer or its Subsidiary is not in default of any amounts due and owing under such leases), Debt of another Person (other than Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) (it
being understood that Debt shall be deemed to be incurred by Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries whenever Issuer or such Subsidiary shall create, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable in respect thereof). In the case of items of indebtedness
under (4) above, the term “Debt” will exclude any lease of property by Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries as lessee which is reflected on Issuer’s consolidated balance sheet as an operating lease in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles. 
 “Debt Securities” or “Notes” has the meaning specified
in the second paragraph of this Indenture. 
 “Default” means any event which, after notice or the lapse of
time, or both, would become, an Event of Default. 
 “Defaulted Interest” has the meaning specified in
Section 2.03 hereof. 
 “Depositary” means the clearing agency registered under
the Exchange Act that is designated to act as the Depositary for the Global Debt Securities. DTC shall be the initial Depositary, until a successor shall have been appointed and become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture,
and thereafter, “Depositary” shall mean or include such successor. 
 “DTC” means The
Depository Trust Company. 

  
 4 

 “Earnings from Operations” means, for any period, net
income or loss of Issuer and its Subsidiaries, excluding: (1) provisions for gains and losses on sales of investments or joint ventures; (2) provisions for gains and losses on disposition of discontinued operations; (3) extraordinary
and non-recurring items; and (4) impairment charges, property valuation losses and non-cash charges necessary to record interest rate contracts at fair value; plus
amounts received as rent under leases which are accounted for as financing arrangements net of related interest income, as reflected in the consolidated financial statements of Issuer and its Subsidiaries for such period determined in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles. 
 “EDGAR” has the meaning specified in
Section 4.06(a) hereof. 
 “Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank SA/NV, as operator of
the Euroclear system. 
 “Event of Default” means any event specified in
Section 6.01 hereof as an Event of Default. 
 “Exchange Act” means the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as in effect from time to time. 

“General Partner” means the corporation named as the “General Partner” in the first
paragraph of this Indenture, and, subject to the provisions of Article 10 hereof, shall include its successors and assigns. 

“Global Debt Securities Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)
hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Debt Securities issued under this Indenture. 
 “Global Debt
Securities” means the Notes deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee and that bears the Global Debt Securities Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global
Debt Securities” attached thereto, issued in accordance with this Indenture. 
 “Government
Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America, and the payment for which the United States pledges its full faith and credit. 

“Guarantee” means the full and unconditional guarantee provided by the Guarantor in respect of the Notes as
made applicable to the Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 15.01 hereof. 

“Guarantee Obligations” has the meaning specified in Section 15.01 hereof. 

“Guarantor” means the corporation named as the “Guarantor” in the first paragraph of this
Indenture, and, subject to the provisions of Article 10 hereof, shall include its successors and assigns. 

“Indenture” means this instrument as originally executed or, if amended or supplemented as herein provided,
as so amended or supplemented. 

  
 5 

 “Intercompany Debt” means Debt to which the only parties
are any of Issuer, Guarantor and any of their Subsidiaries; provided, however, that with respect to any such Debt of which Issuer or Guarantor is the borrower, such Debt is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes. 

“interest” means, when used with reference to the Notes, any interest payable under the terms of the Notes.

 “Issuer” means the limited partnership named as the “Issuer” in the first paragraph of
this Indenture, and, subject to the provisions of Article 10 hereof, shall include its successors and assigns. 

“Legal Defeasance” has the meaning specified in Section 12.02 hereof. 

“Note Register” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05 hereof. 

“Note Registrar” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05 hereof. 

“Noteholder” or “Holder” as applied to any Debt Security, or other similar terms (but
excluding the term “beneficial holder”), means any Person in whose name at the time a particular Debt Security is registered on the Note Registrar’s books. 

“Officer” means, with respect to any Person, any person holding any of the following positions with such
Person, or, in the case of a Person that is a partnership, the general partner of such Person: the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President (whether or not designated by a number or numbers or word or
words added before or after the title “Vice President”), the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer and the Secretary. 

“Officers’ Certificate” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by any two Officers or
by one such Officer and any Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Secretary of such Person or, in the case of a Person that is a partnership, the general partner of such Person. 

“Opinion of Counsel” means, with respect to any Person, an opinion in writing signed by legal counsel, who
may be an employee of or counsel to such Person, or other counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. 

“outstanding,” when used with reference to Notes and subject to the provisions of
Section 8.04 hereof, means, as of any particular time, all Notes authenticated and delivered by the Trustee under this Indenture, except: 

(1) Notes theretofore canceled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; 

(2) Notes, or portions thereof, (i) for the redemption of which monies in the necessary amount shall have been deposited
in trust with the Trustee or with any Paying Agent (other than the Issuer or the Guarantor) or (ii) which shall have been otherwise discharged in accordance with Article 11 hereof; 

(3) Notes in lieu of which, or in substitution for which, other Notes shall have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to
the terms of Section 2.07 hereof; and 

  
 6 

 (4) Notes paid or redeemed pursuant to Article 3 hereof. 

“Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account
with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream). 

“Paying Agent” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05 hereof. 

“Person” means a corporation, an association, a partnership, a limited liability company, an individual, a
joint venture, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or a government or an agency or a political subdivision thereof. 

“premium” means any premium payable under the terms of the Notes. 

“Primary Treasury Dealer” means a primary U.S. Government securities dealer. 

“Prospectus” means the Issuer’s and the Guarantor’s prospectus dated June 13, 2022. 

“Quotation Agent” means the Reference Treasury Dealer appointed by the Issuer. 

“Redemption Date” means, with respect to any Note or portion thereof to be redeemed in accordance with the
provisions of Section 3.01 hereof, the date fixed for such redemption in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.01 hereof and the provisions of any relevant Supplemental Indenture. 

“Redemption Price” means, with respect to any Note or portion thereof to be redeemed in accordance with the
provisions of Section 3.01 hereof, the redemption price fixed for such redemption in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.01 hereof and the provisions of any relevant Supplemental Indenture.

 “Reference Treasury Dealer” means any one Primary Treasury Dealer selected by the Issuer. 

“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any
Redemption Date, the average, as determined by Issuer, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer
at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such date of the notice of redemption. 

“Remaining Life” means the remaining term of the Debt Securities of such series to be redeemed, calculated as
if the maturity date of such Debt Securities were the applicable par call date. 
 “Responsible Officer”
shall mean, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee with direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter,
any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of or familiarity with the particular subject. 

  
 7 

 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as in effect from time to time. 
 “Significant
Subsidiary” means any subsidiary which is a “significant subsidiary” within the meaning of Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X promulgated by the
Commission as in effect on the date hereof. 
 “Stated Maturity,” with respect to any Debt Security or any
installment of principal thereof or interest thereon, means the date established by or pursuant to a Supplemental Indenture or such Note as the fixed date on which the principal of such Note or such installment of principal or interest is due and
payable. 
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, (i) any corporation, association or other
business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of capital stock or other equity interest entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is
at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof) and (ii) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or managing general partner of
which is such Person or a subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or of one or more subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof). 

“Supplemental Indenture” has the meaning specified in Section 9.01 hereof. 

“Total Assets” as of any date means the sum of (1) Issuer’s and all of its Subsidiaries’
Undepreciated Real Estate Assets and (2) all of Issuer’s and all of its Subsidiaries’ other assets determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (but excluding intangibles). 

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, as it was in force at the date of
this Indenture; provided, that if the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after the date hereof, the term “Trust Indenture Act” shall mean, to the extent required by such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as so
amended. 
 “Trustee” means U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, and its successors and any
corporation resulting from or surviving any consolidation or merger to which it or its successors may be a party and any successor trustee at the time serving as successor trustee hereunder. 

“Undepreciated Real Estate Assets” as of any date means the cost (original cost plus capital improvements) of
Issuer’s and its Subsidiaries’ real estate assets, right of use assets associated with a financing lease in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles on such date, before depreciation and amortization determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; provided that “Undepreciated Real Estate Assets” will not include the right of use assets associated with an operating lease in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. 

  
 8 

 “Unencumbered Total Asset Value” as of any date means the
sum of (1) those Undepreciated Real Estate Assets not encumbered by any mortgage, lien, charge, pledge or security interest and (2) all of Issuer’s and its Subsidiaries’ other assets on a consolidated basis determined in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (but excluding intangibles), in each case which are unencumbered by any mortgage, lien, charge, pledge or security interest; provided, however, that, in determining Unencumbered
Total Asset Value for purposes of Section 4.09(d) hereof, all investments by the Issuer and any of its Subsidiaries in unconsolidated joint ventures, unconsolidated limited partnerships, unconsolidated limited liability
companies and other unconsolidated entities accounted for financial reporting purposes using the equity method of accounting in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles shall be excluded from Unencumbered Total Asset Value. 

“U.S. Person” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act. 

ARTICLE 2 
 FORMS GENERALLY AND
DATING; ISSUABLE IN SERIES; REGISTRATION AND 
 EXCHANGE OF NOTES 

Section 2.01. Forms Generally and Dating. The Debt Securities of each series shall be in the form
or forms (including temporary or permanent global form) established from time to time by or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors or in one or more Supplemental Indentures. The Debt Securities and the
Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall have such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture or by a resolution of the Board of Directors and may have
such notations, legends or endorsements as the Issuer may deem appropriate and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture or as may be required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. The Issuer shall approve and
provide the form of the Debt Securities and the form of any Guarantee thereto and any notation, legend or endorsement thereon. If the form of Debt Securities of any series is established by action taken pursuant to a resolution of the Board of
Directors, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Authentication Order or the
authentication and delivery of such Debt Securities. 
 Each Debt Security shall be dated the date of its authentication. The form of the
Trustee’s certificate of authentication to be borne by the Debt Securities shall be substantially as follows: 
 [FORM OF TRUSTEE’S
CERTIFICATE] 
 This is one of the Debt Securities of the series referred to on the reverse hereof. 

 

							
	 ,

	 as Trustee

		
	 By:
	 	          

	             Authorized Signatory

  
 9 

	
	                                    
                                         
                                         
              Dated:

 Section 2.02. Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series. The aggregate principal amount
of the Debt Securities which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. The Debt Securities may be issued in one or more series. There shall be established in or pursuant to one or more resolutions of the
Board of Directors, or established in or pursuant to one or more Supplemental Indentures, prior to the issuance of the Debt Securities of any series the terms and conditions of such Debt Securities as set forth in such
Supplemental Indenture. 
 All Debt Securities of any one series shall be substantially identical except as to denomination
and except as may otherwise be provided in or pursuant to such resolution of the Board of Directors or in any such Supplemental Indenture. Not all Debt Securities of any one series need be issued at the same time, and, unless otherwise so
provided, a series may be reopened for issuances of additional Debt Securities of such series. 
 If any of the terms
of the Debt Securities of a series are established by action taken pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Issuer
and delivered to the Trustee with an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the terms of the Debt Securities of such series. With respect to Debt Securities of a series which are not to be issued at one time, such resolution of the Board of
Directors or action may provide general terms or parameters for Debt Securities of such series and provide either that the specific terms of particular Debt Securities of such series shall be specified in a Authentication Order
or that such terms shall be determined by the Issuer or its agents in accordance with a Authentication Order . 

Section 2.03. Reserved. 

Section 2.04. Execution of Notes. The Debt Securities shall be signed, in the name and on behalf of the Issuer,
manually or by facsimile or other electronic imaging means by an Officer of the General Partner. The Trustee will, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, manually authenticate Debt Securities for issue under this Indenture. The aggregate principal
amount of Debt Securities of such series outstanding at any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of such Debt Securities authorized for issuance by the Issuer pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in
Sections 2.07 and 2.08 hereof. 
 In case any Officer of the General Partner who shall have signed any of the
Notes shall cease to be such Officer of the General Partner before the Notes so signed shall have been authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, or disposed of by the Issuer, such Notes nevertheless may be authenticated and delivered or disposed
of as though the person who signed such Notes had not ceased to be such Officer of the General Partner, and any Note may be signed on behalf of the Issuer by such persons as, at the actual date of the execution of such Note, shall be the proper
Officers of the General Partner, although at the date of the execution of this Indenture any such person was not such an Officer of the General Partner. 

  
 10 

 Section 2.05. Note Registrar and Paying Agent. The Issuer will
maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Note Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Note
Registrar will keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange (the “Note Register”). The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents.
The term “Note Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Note Registrar without notice
to any Holder. The Issuer will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Issuer fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Note Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as
such. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Note Registrar. 
 The Issuer initially appoints the
DTC to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Debt Securities. 
 The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee to act as
the Note Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Debt Securities. 
 The Issuer will
require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium or interest on the
Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuer at any time may require a
Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or its Subsidiary) will have no further liability for the money. If the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer acts
as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuer, the Trustee will serve as Paying
Agent for the Notes. 
 Section 2.06. Exchange and Registration of Transfer of Notes; Restrictions on Transfer.

 (a) Transfer of Debt Securities. The transfer of any series of Debt Securities may be registered by the registered
owner thereof, in person or by his attorney duly authorized in writing, at the office or agency of the Issuer to be maintained by it as provided in Section 4.02, by delivering such Debt Security
for cancellation, accompanied by delivery of a duly executed instrument of transfer, in form approved by the Issuer and satisfactory to the Trustee or its designee, and thereupon the Issuer shall execute in the name of the transferee
or transferees, and the Trustee or the authenticating agent shall authenticate and deliver, a new Debt Security or Debt Securities of the same series and of like form for the same aggregate principal amount. 

(b) Global Debt Securities Legend. Each Global Debt Security will bear a legend in substantially the following form:

  
 11 

 “THIS GLOBAL DEBT SECURITY IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE
INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE
REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL DEBT SECURITY MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(A) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL
DEBT SECURITY MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.09 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL DEBT SECURITY MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. 

UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS
A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR
DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT,
AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.” 

(c) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Debt Securities. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular
Debt Security have been exchanged for Debt Securities or a particular Debt Security has been redeemed or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Debt Security will be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with
Section 2.09 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Debt Security is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial
interest in another Global Debt Security the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Debt Security will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Debt Security by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the
direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Debt Security, such other
Global Debt Security will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Debt Security by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 

Section 2.07. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes. In case any Note shall become mutilated or be destroyed,
lost or stolen, the Issuer in its discretion may execute, and upon its written request the Trustee or an authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, a new Note, bearing a number not
contemporaneously outstanding, in exchange and substitution for the mutilated Note, or in lieu of and in substitution for the Note so destroyed, lost or stolen. In every case, the applicant for a substituted Note shall furnish to the Issuer, to the
Trustee and, if applicable, to such 

  
 12 

 
authenticating agent such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless for any loss, liability, cost or expense caused by or connected with such substitution,
and, in every case of destruction, loss or theft, the applicant shall also furnish to the Issuer, to the Trustee and, if applicable, to such authenticating agent evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of such Note and of
the ownership thereof. 
 Following receipt by the Trustee or such authenticating agent, as the case may be, of satisfactory
security or indemnity and evidence, as described in the preceding paragraph, the Trustee or such authenticating agent may authenticate any such substituted Note and make available for delivery such Note. Upon the issuance of any substituted Note,
the Issuer may require the payment by the Holder of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses connected therewith. In case any Note which has matured or
is about to mature or has been called for redemption, as the case may be, shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Issuer may, instead of issuing a substitute Note, pay or authorize the payment of, as the case may be, if the
applicant for such payment shall furnish to the Issuer, to the Trustee and, if applicable, to such authenticating agent such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless for any loss, liability, cost or expense
caused by or in connection with such substitution, and, in every case of destruction, loss or theft, the applicant shall also furnish to the Issuer, the Trustee and, if applicable, any Paying Agent evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction,
loss or theft of such Note and of the ownership thereof. 
 Every substitute Note issued pursuant to the provisions of this
Section 2.07 by virtue of the fact that any Note is destroyed, lost or stolen shall constitute an additional contractual obligation of the Issuer, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be found at any
time, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of (but shall be subject to all the limitations set forth in) this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder. To the extent permitted by law, all Notes
shall be held and owned upon the express condition that the foregoing provisions are exclusive with respect to the replacement or payment or exchange or redemption of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and shall preclude any and all other
rights or remedies notwithstanding any law or statute existing or hereafter enacted to the contrary with respect to the replacement or payment or redemption of negotiable instruments or other securities without their surrender. 

Section 2.08. Temporary Notes. Pending the preparation of Notes in certificated form, the Issuer may execute and
the Trustee or an authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee shall, upon the written request of the Issuer, authenticate and deliver temporary Notes (printed or lithographed). Temporary Notes shall be issuable in any authorized denomination, and
substantially in the form of the Notes in certificated form, but with such omissions, insertions and variations as may be appropriate for temporary Notes, all as may be determined by the Issuer. Every such temporary Note shall be executed by the
Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee or such authenticating agent upon the same conditions and in substantially the same manner, and with the same effect, as the Notes in certificated form. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer will execute and
deliver to the Trustee or such authenticating agent Notes in certificated form and thereupon any or all temporary Notes may be surrendered in exchange therefor, at each office or agency maintained by the Issuer pursuant to
Section 4.02 hereof and the Trustee or such authenticating agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery in 

  
 13 

 
exchange for such temporary Notes an equal aggregate principal amount of Notes in certificated form. Such exchange shall be made by the Issuer at its own expense and without any charge therefor.
Until so exchanged, the temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits and subject to the same limitations under this Indenture as Notes in certificated form authenticated and delivered hereunder. 

Section 2.09. Cancellation of Notes. All Notes surrendered for the purpose of payment, redemption or registration
of transfer shall, if surrendered to the Issuer or any Paying Agent, which shall initially be the Trustee, or any Note Registrar, be surrendered to the Trustee and promptly canceled by it or, if surrendered to the Trustee, shall be promptly canceled
by it and no Notes shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Indenture. The Trustee shall dispose of such canceled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures, with copies of such cancelled
Notes and related documentation provided to the Issuer. If the Issuer shall acquire any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 
 Section 2.10. CUSIP Numbers. The Issuer in issuing the Debt
Securities may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, that any such notice may state
that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any
such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the “CUSIP” numbers. 

ARTICLE 3 
 REDEMPTION OF NOTES

 Section 3.01. Optional Redemption of Notes. 

(a) The Issuer may, with respect to any Series of Notes, reserve the right to redeem and pay the Series of Notes or may
covenant to redeem and pay the Series of Notes or any part thereof prior to the applicable maturity date thereof at such time and on such terms as provided for in such Notes. If a Series of Notes is redeemable and the Issuer wants or is obligated to
redeem prior to the applicable maturity date thereof all or part of the Series of Notes pursuant to the terms of such Notes, it shall notify the Trustee in writing of the Redemption Date and the principal amount of the Series of Notes to be
redeemed. The Issuer shall give the notice at least 15 days before the Redemption Date (or such shorter period as may be acceptable to the Trustee). 

(b) The Issuer shall not redeem the Notes pursuant to Section 3.01(a) hereof on any date if the
principal amount of the Notes has been accelerated, and such an acceleration has not been rescinded or cured on or prior to such date (except in the case of an acceleration resulting from a default by the Issuer in the payment of the Redemption
Price with respect to the Notes to be redeemed). 

  
 14 

 Section 3.02. Notice of Optional Redemption; Selection of Notes.
In case the Issuer shall desire to exercise the right to redeem all or, as the case may be, any part of the Notes pursuant to Section 3.01 hereof, it shall fix a date for redemption and it or, at its written request
received by the Trustee not fewer than five (5) Business Days prior (or such shorter period of time as may be acceptable to the Trustee) to the date the notice of redemption is to be mailed (or sent by electronic transmission), the Trustee in
the name of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall mail (or send by electronic transmission) or cause to be mailed (or sent by electronic transmission) a notice of such redemption not fewer than fifteen (15) calendar days nor more than sixty
(60) calendar days prior to the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes so to be redeemed in whole or in part at its last address as the same appears on the Note Register; provided, that if the Issuer makes such request of the Trustee,
it shall, together with such request, also give written notice of the Redemption Date to the Trustee; provided further that the text of the notice shall be prepared by the Issuer. Such mailing shall be by first class mail (unless sent
by electronic transmission). The notice, if mailed in the manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect
in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption as a whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. 

Each such notice of redemption shall specify: (i) the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; (ii) the
CUSIP number or numbers, if any, of the Notes being redeemed; (iii) the Redemption Date (which shall be a Business Day); (iv) the Redemption Price at which Notes are to be redeemed; (v) the place or places of payment and that payment will
be made upon presentation and surrender of such Notes; and (vi) that interest accrued and unpaid to, but excluding, the Redemption Date will be paid as specified in said notice, and that on and after said date interest thereon or on the portion
thereof to be redeemed will cease to accrue. If fewer than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the notice of redemption shall identify the Notes to be redeemed (including CUSIP numbers, if any). In case any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the
notice of redemption shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed and shall state that, on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion
thereof will be issued. 
 Whenever any Notes are to be redeemed, the Issuer will give the Trustee written notice of the
Redemption Date, together with an Officers’ Certificate as to the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed not fewer than fifteen (15) calendar days (or such shorter period of time as may be acceptable to the Trustee) prior to
the Redemption Date. 
 On or prior to the Redemption Date specified in the notice of redemption given as provided in this
Section 3.02, the Issuer will deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer is acting as its own Paying Agent, set aside, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 4.04 hereof) an
amount of monies in immediately available funds sufficient to redeem on the Redemption Date all the Notes (or portions thereof) so called for redemption at the appropriate Redemption Price; provided, that if such payment is made on the
Redemption Date, it must be received by the Paying Agent, by 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on such date. The Issuer shall be entitled to retain any interest, yield or gain on amounts deposited with the Paying Agent pursuant to this
Section 3.02 in excess of amounts required hereunder to pay the Redemption Price. 

  
 15 

 If less than all of the outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee
shall select the Notes or portions thereof of the Global Debt Security or the Notes in certificated form to be redeemed (in principal amounts of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof), on a pro rata basis or such other method the
Trustee deems fair and appropriate or is required by the Depositary. The Notes (or portions thereof) so selected for redemption shall be deemed duly selected for redemption for all purposes hereof. 

Section 3.03. Payment of Notes Called for Redemption by the Issuer. If notice of redemption has been given as
provided in Section 3.02 hereof, the Notes or portion of Notes with respect to which such notice has been given shall become due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the place or places stated in such notice at the
Redemption Price, and unless the Issuer shall default in the payment of such Notes at the Redemption Price, so long as Paying Agent holds funds sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of the Notes to be redeemed on the Redemption Date, then
(a) such Notes will cease to be outstanding on and after the Redemption Date, (b) interest on the Notes or portion of Notes so called for redemption shall cease to accrue on and after the Redemption Date, (c) after 5:00 p.m., New York
City time, on the second Business Day immediately preceding the Redemption Date (unless the Issuer shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price) and, except as provided in Sections 7.05 and 11.02 hereof, such Notes will cease
to be entitled to any benefit or security under this Indenture, and (d) the Holders of the Notes shall have no right in respect of such Notes except the right to receive the Redemption Price thereof. On presentation and surrender of such Notes
at a place of payment in said notice specified, the said Notes or the specified portions thereof shall be paid and redeemed by the Issuer at the Redemption Price, together with interest accrued thereon to, but excluding, the Redemption Date. 

Upon presentation of any Note redeemed in part only, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and make
available for delivery to the Holder thereof, at the expense of the Issuer, a new Note or Notes, of authorized denominations, in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the Notes so presented. 

ARTICLE 4 
 CERTAIN COVENANTS OF
THE ISSUER 
 Section 4.01. Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest. The Issuer covenants and agrees that it
will duly and punctually pay or cause to be paid when due the principal of (including the Redemption Price upon redemption pursuant to Article 3 hereof), and premium, if any, and interest on each of the Global Debt Securities at the places,
at the respective times and in the manner provided herein and in the applicable Supplemental Indenture and Notes; provided, that the Issuer or Paying Agent may withhold from payments of interest and upon redemption pursuant to Article
3 hereof, maturity or otherwise, any amounts the Issuer or Paying Agent is required to withhold by law. 

Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Issuer will maintain an office or agency, where the Notes may
be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange or for presentation for payment or redemption and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. As of the date of this Indenture,
such office shall be the Corporate Trust Office and, at any other time, at such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Issuer. The Issuer will give prompt 

  
 16 

 
written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency not designated or appointed by the Trustee. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to
maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office; provided, however, that the Corporate
Trust Office of the Trustee shall not be an office or agency of the Issuer for the purpose of effective service of legal process on the Issuer. 

The Issuer may also from time to time designate co-registrars and one or more offices
or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any
change in the location of any such other office or agency. 
 The Issuer hereby initially designates the Trustee as Paying
Agent, Note Registrar and Custodian, and the Corporate Trust Office shall be considered as one such office or agency of the Issuer for each of the aforesaid purposes. 

So long as the Trustee is the Note Registrar, the Trustee agrees to mail (or send by electronic transmission), or cause to be
mailed, the notices set forth in Section 7.10 and the third paragraph of Section 7.11 hereof. If co-registrars have been appointed in accordance with this
Section 4.02, the Trustee shall mail such notices only to the Issuer and the Holders of Notes it can identify from its records. 

Section 4.03. Appointments to Fill Vacancies in Trustee’s Office. The Issuer, whenever
necessary to avoid or fill a vacancy in the office of Trustee, will appoint, upon the terms and conditions and otherwise as provided in Section 7.10 hereof, a Trustee, so that there shall at all times be a Trustee
hereunder. 
 Section 4.04. Provisions as to Paying Agent. 

(a) If the Issuer shall appoint a Paying Agent other than the Trustee, or if the Trustee shall appoint such a Paying Agent,
the Issuer will cause such Paying Agent to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 4.04: 

(1) that it will hold all sums held by it as such agent for the payment of the principal of and premium, if
any, or interest on the Notes (whether such sums have been paid to it by the Issuer or by any other obligor on the Notes) in trust for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes; 

(2) that it will give the Trustee notice of any failure by the Issuer (or by any other obligor on the Notes) to
make any payment of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest on the Notes when the same shall be due and payable; and 

(3) that at any time during the continuance of an Event of Default, upon request of the Trustee, it will
forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust. 

  
 17 

 The Issuer shall, on or before each due date of the principal of, premium,
if any, or interest on the Notes, deposit with the Paying Agent a sum (in funds which are immediately available on the due date for such payment) sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, or interest and (unless such Paying Agent is the
Trustee) the Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee of any failure to take such action; provided, that if such deposit is made on the due date, such deposit shall be received by the Paying Agent by 11:00 a.m. New York City time, on such
date. 
 (b) If the Issuer shall act as its own Paying Agent, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of,
premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, set aside, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes a sum sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, and interest so becoming due and will promptly notify the Trustee
of any failure to take such action and of any failure by the Issuer (or any other obligor under the Notes) to make any payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes when the same shall become due and payable. 

(c) Anything in this Section 4.04 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Issuer may, at any time, for
the purpose of obtaining a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, or for any other reason, pay or cause to be paid to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Issuer or any Paying Agent hereunder as required by this
Section 4.04, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the trusts herein contained and upon such payment by the Issuer or any Paying Agent to the Trustee, the Issuer or such Paying Agent shall be released from all further
liability with respect to such sums. 
 (d) Anything in this Section 4.04 to the contrary
notwithstanding, the agreement to hold sums in trust as provided in this Section 4.04 is subject to Sections 11.02 and 11.03 hereof. 

The Trustee shall not be responsible for the actions of any other Paying Agents (including the Issuer if acting as its own
Paying Agent) and shall have no control of any funds held by such other Paying Agents. 
 Section 4.05.
Existence. Subject to Article 10 hereof, each of the Issuer and the Guarantor will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence and rights (charter and statutory);
provided, that neither the Issuer nor the Guarantor shall be required to preserve any such right if the Issuer or the Guarantor, as applicable, shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the
business of the Issuer or the Guarantor, as applicable, and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders. 

Section 4.06. Reports. 

(a) Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the Commission, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuer
will furnish to the Trustee: 
  

	 	(1)	 all quarterly and annual reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Issuer were required to file such reports; and 

  

	 	(2)	 all current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if the Issuer were required to file such reports, 

  
 18 

 in each case within fifteen (15) days after the Issuer files such
reports with the Commission or would be required to file such reports with the Commission pursuant to the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, whichever is earlier. Reports, information and documents filed with the Commission via the
Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system (“EDGAR”) will be deemed to be delivered to the Trustee as of the time of such filing via EDGAR for purposes of this covenant; provided, however, that the
Trustee shall have no obligation whatsoever to determine whether or not such information, documents or reports have been filed via EDGAR. 

Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee under this Section 4.06 is for informational purposes only
and the Trustee’s receipt of the foregoing shall not constitute constructive or actual notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuer’s compliance with any of the
covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates). 
 All such
reports will be prepared in all material respects in accordance with all of the rules and regulations applicable to such reports. Each annual report on Form 10-K will include a report on the Issuer’s
consolidated financial statements by its independent registered public accounting firm, unless otherwise permitted by the Commission. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if permitted by the Commission, the Issuer may satisfy its obligation to furnish the
reports described above by furnishing such reports filed by the Guarantor. The Issuer will file a copy of each of the reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified
in the rules and regulations applicable to such reports (unless the Commission will not accept such a filing) and will make the reports available on its website within fifteen (15) days after it files such reports with the Commission. 

If the Issuer is no longer subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for any reason, the Issuer will
nevertheless continue filing the reports specified in clauses (1) and (2) above with the Commission within the time periods specified above unless the Commission will not accept such a filing. The Issuer will not take any action for the purpose
of causing the Commission not to accept any such filings. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Commission will not accept the Issuer’s filings for any reason, the Issuer will make the reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above
available on its website within fifteen (15) days after the Issuer would be required to file such reports with the Commission. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if permitted by the Commission, the Issuer’s obligations to file reports under
this Section 4.06(a) may be satisfied by the filing of the reports described in clauses (1) and (2) above by the Guarantor. 

(b) For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, if at any time it is not required to file with the Commission the reports
required by paragraphs (a) of this Section 4.06, the Issuer will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to
Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 
 Section 4.07. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. The Issuer covenants
(to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law or other law which would prohibit or forgive the
Issuer from paying all or any portion of the principal, 

  
 19 

 
premium, if any, or interest on the Notes as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture
and the Issuer (to the extent it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to
the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. 

Section 4.08. Compliance Certificate. Within one hundred twenty (120) calendar days after the end of each
fiscal year of the Issuer, the Issuer and the Guarantor shall deliver to the Trustee a certificate signed by any of the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer of the Issuer and the Guarantor, as the
case may be, stating whether or not the signer has knowledge of any Default under this Indenture, and, if so, specifying each Default and the nature and the status thereof. 

The Issuer will deliver to the Trustee, within thirty (30) calendar days of becoming aware of (i) any default in the
performance or observance of any covenant, agreement or condition contained in this Indenture, or (ii) any Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying with particularity such Default or Event of Default and further stating what
action the Issuer has taken, is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 
 Any notice required to be given under
this Section 4.08 shall be delivered to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office. 

Section 4.09. Limitations on Incurrence of Debt. 

(a) Limitation on Total Outstanding Debt. The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, incur
any Debt (including (i) guarantees of Debt incurred by the Guarantor and (ii) guarantees of debt of a Subsidiary of the Guarantor that is not a Subsidiary of the Issuer), other than Intercompany Debt and guarantees of Debt incurred by the
Issuer or its Subsidiaries in compliance with this Indenture, if, immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of such Debt and the application of the proceeds thereof, the aggregate principal amount of all of the Issuer’s and its
Subsidiaries’ outstanding Debt on a consolidated basis determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles is greater than 60% of the sum of (without duplication) (1) Total Assets as of the end of the Issuer’s most
recently completed fiscal quarter prior to the incurrence of such additional Debt and (2) the purchase price of any real estate assets or mortgages receivable acquired, and the amount of any securities offering proceeds received (to the extent
such proceeds were not used to acquire real estate assets or mortgages receivable or used to reduce Debt), by Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries since the end of such calendar quarter, including those proceeds obtained in connection with the
incurrence of such additional Debt. 
 (b) Limitation on Secured Debt. The Issuer will not, and will not permit any
of its Subsidiaries to, incur any Debt (including (i) guarantees of Debt incurred by the Guarantor and (ii) guarantees of debt of a Subsidiary of the Guarantor that is not a Subsidiary of the Issuer), other than Intercompany Debt and
guarantees of Debt incurred by Issuer or its Subsidiaries in compliance with this Indenture, secured by any mortgage, lien, charge, pledge, encumbrance or security interest of any kind upon any of Issuer’s or any of its Subsidiaries’
property if, immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of such Debt and the application of the proceeds 

  
 20 

 
thereof, the aggregate principal amount of all of Issuer’s and its Subsidiaries’ outstanding Debt on a consolidated basis which is secured by any mortgage, lien, charge, pledge,
encumbrance or security interest on Issuer’s or its Subsidiaries’ property is greater than 40% of the sum of (without duplication) (1) Total Assets as of the end of the Issuer’s most recently completed fiscal quarter prior to the
incurrence of such additional Debt and (2) the purchase price of any real estate assets or mortgages receivable acquired, and the amount of any securities offering proceeds received (to the extent such proceeds were not used to acquire real
estate assets or mortgages receivable or used to reduce Debt), by Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries since the end of such calendar quarter, including those proceeds obtained in connection with the incurrence of such additional Debt; provided,
that for purposes of this limitation, the amount of obligations under capital leases shown as a liability on Issuer’s consolidated balance sheet shall be deducted from Debt and from Total Assets. 

(c) Ratio of Consolidated Income Available for Debt Service to the Annual Debt Service Charge. The Issuer will not, and
will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, incur any Debt, other than Intercompany Debt and guarantees of Debt by Issuer or its Subsidiaries in compliance with this Indenture, if the ratio of Consolidated Income Available for Debt Service to the
Annual Debt Service Charge for the four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended prior to the date on which such additional Debt is to be incurred shall have been less than 1.5 to 1.0, on an unaudited pro forma basis after giving effect
thereto and to the application of the proceeds therefrom, and calculated on the assumption that: (1) such Debt and any other Debt incurred by Issuer and its Subsidiaries since the first day of such four-quarter period and the application of the
proceeds therefrom, including to refinance other Debt, had occurred at the beginning of such period; (2) the repayment or retirement of any other Debt by Issuer and its Subsidiaries since the first day of such four-quarter period had been
repaid or retired at the beginning of such period (except that, in making such computation, the amount of Debt under any revolving credit facility shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Debt during such period); (3) in
the case of Acquired Debt or Debt incurred in connection with any acquisition since the first day of such four-quarter period, the related acquisition had occurred as of the first day of such period, with the appropriate adjustments with respect to
such acquisition being included in such unaudited pro forma calculation; and (4) in the case of any acquisition or disposition by Issuer or its Subsidiaries of any asset or group of assets or other placement of any assets in service or removal
of any assets from service by Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries since the first day of such four-quarter period, whether by merger, stock purchase or sale, or asset purchase or sale, such acquisition, disposition, placement in service or removal
from service, or any related repayment of Debt had occurred as of the first day of such period, with the appropriate adjustments with respect to such acquisition, disposition, placement in service or removal from service, being included in such
unaudited pro forma calculation. 
 (d) Maintenance of Unencumbered Total Asset Value. The Issuer, together with its
Subsidiaries, will at all times maintain an Unencumbered Total Asset Value in an amount not less than 150% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Issuer’s and its Subsidiaries’ unsecured Debt, taken as a whole. 

Section 4.10. Insurance. The Issuer will, and will cause of each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain insurance with
financially sound and reputable insurance companies against such risks and in such amounts as is customarily maintained by Persons engaged in similar businesses or as may be required by applicable law. 

  
 21 

 ARTICLE 5 

NOTEHOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE 

Section 5.01. Noteholders’ Lists. Unless otherwise set forth in the applicable Supplemental
Indenture, the Issuer covenants and agrees that it will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee, semiannually, not more than fifteen (15) calendar days after each April 1 and October 1 of each year beginning with
October 1, 2022, and at such other times as the Trustee may reasonably request in writing, within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt by the Issuer of any such request (or such lesser time as the Trustee may reasonably request in order
to enable it to timely provide any notice to be provided by it hereunder), a list in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes as of a date not more than fifteen (15) calendar days (or
such other date as the Trustee may reasonably request in order to so provide any such notices) prior to the time such information is furnished, except that no such list need be furnished by the Issuer to the Trustee so long as the Trustee is acting
as the sole Note Registrar. 
 Section 5.02. Preservation and Disclosure of Lists. 

(a) The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, all information as to the names and
addresses of the Holders of Notes contained in the most recent list furnished to it as provided in Section 5.01 hereof or maintained by the Trustee in its capacity as Note Registrar or
co-registrar in respect of the Notes, if so acting. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 5.01 hereof upon receipt of a new list so furnished. 

(b) The rights of Noteholders to communicate with other Holders of Notes with respect to their rights under this Indenture or
under the Notes, and the corresponding rights and duties of the Trustee, shall be as provided by the Trust Indenture Act. 

(c) Every Noteholder agrees with the Issuer and the Trustee that neither the Issuer nor the Trustee nor any agent of either of
them shall be held accountable by reason of any disclosure of information as to names and addresses of Holders of Notes made pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act. 

Section 5.03. Reports by Trustee. 

(a) On or before May 15 of each year beginning with May 15, 2023, the Trustee shall transmit to Holders of Notes
such reports dated as of May 15 of the year in which such reports are made concerning the Trustee and its actions under this Indenture as may be required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act at the times and in the manner provided pursuant
thereto. In the event that no events have occurred under the applicable Sections of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall be under no duty or obligation to provide such reports. 

  
 22 

 (b) A copy of such report shall, at the time of such transmission to Holders
of Notes, be filed by the Trustee with each stock exchange and automated quotation system, if any, upon which the Notes are listed and with the Issuer. The Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee in writing if the Notes are listed on any stock
exchange or automated quotation system or delisted therefrom. 
 ARTICLE 6 

REMEDIES OF THE TRUSTEE AND HOLDERS ON AN EVENT OF DEFAULT 

Section 6.01. Events of Default. In case one or more of the following (each an “Event of
Default”) (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any
administrative or governmental body) shall have occurred and be continuing: 
 (a) default for thirty (30) days in the
payment of any installment of interest under the Debt Securities of such series; or 
 (b) default in the payment of the
principal amount or Redemption Price due with respect to the Debt Securities of such series, when the same becomes due and payable; provided, however, that a valid extension of the applicable maturity date in accordance with the terms
hereof shall not constitute a default in the payment of principal; or 
 (c) the Issuer fails to comply with any of the
Issuer’s other agreements contained in the Debt Securities of such series or this Indenture upon receipt by the Issuer of notice of such default by the Trustee or by Holders of not less than twenty five percent (25%) in aggregate principal
amount of the Debt Securities of such series then outstanding and the Issuer fails to cure (or obtain a waiver of) such default within sixty (60) days after the Issuer receives such notice; or 

(d) failure to pay any indebtedness for monies borrowed by the Issuer, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary of the
Issuer in an outstanding principal amount in excess of $50,000,000 at final maturity or upon acceleration after the expiration of any applicable grace period, which indebtedness is not discharged, or such default in payment or acceleration is not
cured or rescinded, within thirty (30) days after written notice to the Issuer from the Trustee (or to the Issuer and the Trustee from Holders of at least twenty five percent (25%) in principal amount of the outstanding Debt Securities of such
series); provided, however, that for the purposes of this Section 6.01(d), $50,000,000 shall be replaced by $35,000,000 for so long as any of the Issuer’s 3.50% Senior Notes Due 2026 (the “2026
Notes”) are outstanding; or 
 (e) the Issuer, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer pursuant
to or under or within meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: 
 (i) commences a voluntary case or proceeding seeking
liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Issuer, the Guarantor or a Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer or its debts or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of the
Issuer, the Guarantor or a Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer or any substantial part of the property of the Issuer, the Guarantor or a Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer; or 

  
 23 

 (ii) consents to any such relief or to the appointment of or
taking possession by any such official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against the Issuer, the Guarantor or a Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer; or 

(iii) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property; or 

(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or 

(f) an involuntary case or other proceeding shall be commenced against the Issuer, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary
of the Issuer seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Issuer, the Guarantor or a Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or
seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of the Issuer, the Guarantor or a Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer or any substantial part of the property of the Issuer, the Guarantor or a
Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer, and such involuntary case or other proceeding shall remain undismissed and unstayed for a period of thirty (30) calendar days; or 

(g) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 

(i) is for relief against the Issuer, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer in an
involuntary case or proceeding; or 
 (ii) appoints a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other
similar official of the Issuer, the Guarantor or a Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer or any substantial part of the property of the Issuer, the Guarantor or a Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer; or 

(iii) orders the liquidation of the Issuer, the Guarantor or a Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer; 

and, in each case in this clause (g), the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for thirty (30) calendar
days, 
 then, in each and every such case (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(e),
6.01(f) or 6.01(g) hereof with respect to the Issuer), unless the principal of all of the Debt Securities of such series shall have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or the Holders of at least twenty five percent (25%)
in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities of such series then outstanding, by notice in writing to the Issuer and the Guarantor (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), may declare the principal amount of and premium, if any, and
interest accrued and unpaid on all the Debt Securities of such series to be immediately due and payable, and upon any such declaration the same shall be immediately due and payable. 

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(e), 6.01(f) or 6.01(g) hereof occurs
with respect to the Issuer, the principal amount of and premium, if any, and interest accrued and unpaid on all the Debt Securities of such series shall be immediately and automatically due and payable without necessity of further action. 

  
 24 

 If, at any time after the principal amount of and premium, if any, and
interest on the Debt Securities of such series shall have been so declared due and payable, and before any judgment or decree for the payment of the monies due shall have been obtained or entered as hereinafter provided, Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities of such series then outstanding on behalf of the Holders of all of the Debt Securities of such series then outstanding, by written notice to the Issuer and to the Trustee, may waive all Defaults or
Events of Default and rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences, subject in all respects to Section 6.07 hereof, if all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal amount and any accrued and
unpaid interest that have become due solely because of such acceleration, have been cured or waived. No such rescission and annulment shall extend to or shall affect any subsequent Default or Event of Default, or shall impair any right consequent
thereon. The Issuer shall notify in writing a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, promptly upon becoming aware thereof, of any Event of Default, as provided in Section 4.08 hereof. 

In case the Trustee shall have proceeded to enforce any right under this Indenture and such proceedings shall have been
discontinued or abandoned because of such waiver or rescission and annulment or for any other reason or shall have been determined adversely to the Trustee, then and in every such case the Issuer, the Holders of Debt Securities of such series, and
the Trustee shall be restored respectively to their several positions and rights hereunder, and all rights, remedies and powers of the Issuer, the Holders of Debt Securities of such series, and the Trustee shall continue as though no such proceeding
had been taken. 
 Section 6.02. Payments of Debt Securities on Default; Suit Therefor. The Issuer covenants
that in the case of an Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or 6.01(b) hereof, upon demand of the Trustee, the Issuer will pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of the Debt Securities of such
series, (i) the whole amount that then shall be due and payable on all such Debt Securities of such series for principal and premium, if any, or interest, as the case may be, with interest upon the overdue principal and premium, if any, and (to
the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law) upon the overdue installments of accrued and unpaid interest at the rate borne by the Debt Securities of such series, plus 1%, from the required payment date and,
(ii) in addition thereto, any amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.06 hereof. Until such demand by the Trustee, the Issuer may pay the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Debt Securities of such
series to the registered Holders, whether or not the Debt Securities of such series are overdue. 
 In case the Issuer shall
fail forthwith to pay such amounts upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, shall be entitled and empowered to institute any actions or proceedings at law or in equity for the collection of the sums so due
and unpaid, and may prosecute any such action or proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce any such judgment or final decree against the Issuer or any other obligor on the Debt Securities of such series and collect in the manner
provided by law out of the property of the Issuer or any other obligor on the Debt Securities of such series wherever situated the monies adjudged or decreed to be payable. 

  
 25 

 In case there shall be pending proceedings for the bankruptcy or for the
reorganization of the Issuer or any other obligor on the Debt Securities of such series under any Bankruptcy Law, or any other applicable law, or in case a receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization, liquidator, sequestrator or
similar official shall have been appointed for or taken possession of the Issuer or such other obligor, the property of the Issuer or such other obligor, or in the case of any other judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer or such other obligor
upon the Debt Securities of such series, or to the creditors or property of the Issuer or such other obligor, the Trustee, irrespective of whether the principal of the Debt Securities of such series shall then be due and payable as therein expressed
or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6.02, shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceedings or
otherwise, to file and prove a claim or claims for the whole amount of principal, premium, if any, accrued and unpaid interest in respect of the Debt Securities of such series, and, in case of any judicial proceedings, to file such proofs of claim
and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer or any other obligor on the Debt Securities of such series, its
or their creditors, or its or their property, and to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims, and to distribute the same after the deduction of any amounts due the Trustee under
Section 7.06 hereof, and to take any other action with respect to such claims, including participating as a member of any official committee of creditors, as it reasonably deems necessary or advisable, unless prohibited by
law or applicable regulations, and any receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization, liquidator, custodian or similar official is hereby authorized by each of the Holders to make such payments to the Trustee, and, in the event that
the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for reasonable compensation, expenses, advances and disbursements, including counsel fees and expenses incurred by it up to the
date of such distribution. To the extent that such payment of reasonable compensation, expenses, advances and disbursements out of the estate in any such proceedings shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a lien on,
and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, monies, securities and other property which the Holders of the Debt Securities of such series may be entitled to receive in such proceedings, whether in liquidation or under any plan of
reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. 
 All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture, or under
any of the Debt Securities of such series, may be enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Debt Securities of such series, or the production thereof at any trial or other proceeding relative thereto, and any such suit or
proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the
Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Debt Securities of such series. 
 In any
proceedings brought by the Trustee (and in any proceedings involving the interpretation of any provision of this Indenture to which the Trustee shall be a party) the Trustee shall be held to represent all the Holders of the Debt Securities of such
series, and it shall not be necessary to make any Holders of the Debt Securities of such series parties to any such proceedings. 

Section 6.03. Application of Monies Collected by Trustee. Any monies collected by the Trustee pursuant to this
Article 6, shall be applied, in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee for the distribution of such monies, upon presentation of the Debt Securities of such series, and stamping thereon the payment, if only partially
paid, and upon surrender thereof, if fully paid: 

  
 26 

 FIRST: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under
Section 7.06 hereof; 
 SECOND: In case the principal of the outstanding Debt Securities of such
series shall not have become due and be unpaid, to the payment of accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on such Debt Securities in which an Event of Default exists in the order of the maturity of the installments of such interest, with interest (to
the extent that such interest has been collected by the Trustee) as provided in Section 6.02 hereof upon the overdue installments of interest at the annual rate of 1% above then applicable interest rate, such payments to be
made ratably to the Persons entitled thereto; 
 THIRD: In case the principal of the outstanding Debt Securities of such
series shall have become due, by declaration or otherwise, and be unpaid to the payment of the whole amount then owing and unpaid upon such Debt Securities for principal and premium, if any, and interest, with interest on the overdue principal and
premium, if any, and (to the extent that such interest has been collected by the Trustee) upon overdue installments of accrued and unpaid interest, as provided in Section 6.02 hereof, and in case such monies shall be
insufficient to pay in full the whole amounts so due and unpaid upon such Debt Securities, then to the payment of such principal and premium, if any, and interest without preference or priority of principal and premium, if any, over interest, or of
interest over principal and premium, if any, or of any installment of interest over any other installment of interest, or of any Note over any other Note, ratably to the aggregate of such principal and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid
interest; and 
 FOURTH: To the payment of the remainder, if any, to the Issuer or any other Person lawfully entitled
thereto. 
 Section 6.04. Proceedings by Holders. No Holder of any Note shall have any right by virtue of or by
reference to any provision of this Indenture to institute any suit, action or proceeding in equity or at law upon or under or with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator, custodian or other similar
official, or for any other remedy hereunder, except in the case of a default in the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Debt Securities of such series, unless (a) such Holder previously shall have given to the Trustee
written notice of an Event of Default and of the continuance thereof, as hereinbefore provided, (b) the Holders of at least twenty five percent (25%) in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities of such series then outstanding shall
have made written request upon the Trustee to institute such action, suit or proceeding in its own name as Trustee hereunder and shall have offered to the Trustee such security or indemnity as it may require against the costs, liabilities or
expenses to be incurred therein or thereby, (c) the Trustee for ninety (90) calendar days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of security or indemnity, shall have neglected or refused to institute any such action, suit or
proceeding and (d) no direction inconsistent with such written request shall have been given to the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof; it being understood and intended, and being expressly covenanted by the taker
and Holder of every Debt Security with every other taker and Holder and the Trustee, that no one or more Holders of Debt Securities shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of or by reference to any provision of this Indenture to
affect, disturb 

  
 27 

 
or prejudice the rights of any other Holder of Debt Securities, or to obtain or seek to obtain priority over or preference to any other such Holder, or to enforce any right under this Indenture,
except in the manner herein provided and for the equal, ratable and common benefit of all Holders of Debt Securities (except as otherwise provided herein). For the protection and enforcement of this Section 6.04, each and
every Noteholder and the Trustee shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in equity. 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture and any provision of any Debt Security, the right of any Holder of any
Debt Security to receive payment of the principal of (including the Redemption Price upon redemption pursuant to Article 3 hereof) and premium, if any, and accrued interest on such Debt Security, on or after the respective due dates expressed
in such Debt Security or in the event of redemption, or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates against the Issuer shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 

Section 6.05. Proceedings by Trustee. In case of an Event of Default, the Trustee may, in its discretion, proceed
to protect and enforce the rights vested in it by this Indenture by such appropriate judicial proceedings as are necessary to protect and enforce any of such rights, either by suit in equity or by action at law or by proceeding in bankruptcy or
otherwise, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Indenture, or to enforce any other legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this
Indenture or by law. 
 Section 6.06. Remedies Cumulative and Continuing. All powers and remedies given by this
Article 6 to the Trustee or to the Holders shall, to the extent permitted by law, be deemed cumulative and not exclusive of any thereof or of any other powers and remedies available to the Trustee or the Holders of the Debt Securities of such
series, by judicial proceedings or otherwise, to enforce the performance or observance of the covenants and agreements contained in this Indenture, and no delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any of the Debt Securities of such series
to exercise any right or power accruing upon any Default or Event of Default occurring and continuing as aforesaid shall impair any such right or power, or shall be construed to be a waiver of any such Default or any acquiescence therein, and,
subject to the provisions of Section 6.04 hereof, every power and remedy given by this Article 6 or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as shall be deemed
expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders. 
 Section 6.07. Direction of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults by
Majority of Holders. The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities of such series at the time outstanding shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for
any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee; provided, that (a) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture, (b) the Trustee may take any
other action which is not inconsistent with such direction, (c) the Trustee may decline to take any action that would benefit some Holders to the detriment of other Holders or otherwise be unduly prejudicial to the Holders not joining therein
and (d) the Trustee may decline to take any action that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any such action hereunder, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion
against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action. 

  
 28 

 The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt
Securities of such series at the time outstanding may, on behalf of the Holders of all of such Debt Securities, waive any past Default or Event of Default hereunder and its consequences except (i) a default in the payment of the
principal of (including the Redemption Price upon redemption pursuant to Article 3 hereof), premium, if any, or interest on such Debt Securities, unless such default has been cured and the Issuer or the Guarantor has deposited with the
Trustee all required payments of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Debt Securities (provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Debt Securities then outstanding may
rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration) or (ii) a default in respect of a covenant or provisions hereof which under Article 9 hereof cannot be modified or
amended without the consent of the Holders of all such Debt Securities then outstanding or each such Debt Security affected thereby. 

Upon any such waiver, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders of the Debt Securities of such series shall be restored to their
former positions and rights hereunder; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. Whenever any Default or Event of Default hereunder shall have been waived as
permitted by this Section 6.07, said Default or Event of Default shall for all purposes of the Debt Securities of such series and this Indenture be deemed to have been cured and to be not continuing; but no such waiver
shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 

Section 6.08. Notice of Defaults. The Trustee shall, within sixty (60) calendar days after a Responsible
Officer of the Trustee has knowledge of the occurrence of a Default, mail (or send by electronic transmission) to all Holders, as the names and addresses of such Holders appear upon the Note Register, notice of all Defaults known to a Responsible
Officer, unless such Defaults shall have been cured or waived before the giving of such notice; provided, that except in the case of default in the payment of the principal of (including the Redemption Price upon redemption pursuant to
Article 3 hereof), or interest on any of the Debt Securities of such series, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the Trustee determines in good faith that the withholding of such notice is in the
interest of the Holders. 
 Section 6.09. Undertaking to Pay Costs. All parties to this Indenture agree, and
each Holder of any Note by its acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may, in its discretion, require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any
action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and
expenses, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; provided, that the provisions of this Section 6.09 (to the
extent permitted by law) shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Issuer or the Guarantor, to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Noteholder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than ten percent
(10%) in principal amount of the Debt Securities of such series at the time outstanding determined in accordance with Section 8.04 hereof, or to any suit instituted by any Noteholder for the enforcement of the payment of
the principal of (including the Redemption Price upon redemption pursuant to Article 3 hereof), or interest on any Note on or after the due date expressed in such Note. 

  
 29 

 ARTICLE 7 

THE TRUSTEE 

Section 7.01. Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee. The Trustee, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default
and after the curing or waiver of all Events of Default which may have occurred, undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture. In case an Event of Default has occurred (which has not been
cured or waived), the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct
of its own affairs. 
 No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own
negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (a) prior to the
occurrence of an Event of Default and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default which may have occurred: 

(i) the duties and obligations of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this
Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act, and the Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this
Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act against the Trustee; and 
 (ii) in the absence of bad faith and
willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to
the requirements of this Indenture; but, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine
whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture; 
 (b) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of
judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Officers of the Trustee, unless the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; 

(c) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance
with the written direction of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Debt Securities of such series at the time outstanding determined as provided in Section 8.04 hereof relating to the time,
method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture; 

(d) whether or not therein provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of,
or affording protection to, the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 8.04; 

  
 30 

 (e) the Trustee shall not be liable in respect of any payment (as to the
correctness of amount, entitlement to receive or any other matters relating to payment) or notice effected by the Issuer or any Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) or any records maintained by any
co-registrar (other than the Trustee) with respect to the Debt Securities of such series; 

(f) if any party fails to deliver a notice relating to an event the fact of which, pursuant to this Indenture, requires notice
to be sent to the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely on its failure to receive such notice as reason to act as if no such event occurred unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless the Trustee has
otherwise received written notice thereof; and 
 (g) the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Event of
Default hereunder unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless the Trustee shall have been notified in writing of such Event of Default by the Issuer or a Holder of Debt Securities of such series. 

None of the provisions contained in this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise
incur personal financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if there is reasonable ground for believing that the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or
liability is not reasonably assured to it. 
 Except as explicitly specified otherwise herein, Issuer will be responsible
for making all calculations required under this Indenture and the Debt Securities. Issuer will make such calculations in good faith and, absent manifest error, Issuer’s calculations will be final and binding on Holders of the Debt Securities.
Issuer will provide a schedule of its calculations to the Trustee, and the Trustee is entitled to rely upon the accuracy of Issuer’s calculations without independent verification. The Trustee will forward Issuer’s calculations to any
Holder of the Debt Securities upon request. 
 Section 7.02. Reliance on Documents, Opinions, etc. Except as
otherwise provided in Section 7.01 hereof: 
 (a) the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be
protected in acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture, Note, coupon or other paper or document (whether in its original, facsimile or electronic form) believed
by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties; 
 (b) any request,
direction, order or demand of the Issuer mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed); and any resolution of the Board of Directors may
be evidenced to the Trustee by a copy thereof certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Issuer or the General Partner; 

(c) the Trustee may consult with counsel of its own selection and any advice or Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete
authorization and protection in respect of any action taken or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance on and in accordance with such advice or Opinion of Counsel; 

  
 31 

 (d) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights
or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against
the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby; 
 (e) the Trustee shall not be bound to make
any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document, but the Trustee may make such further
inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by
agent or attorney; 
 (f) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder
either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed by it with due care hereunder; 

(g) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it in good faith and reasonably
believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture; 
 (h) the
rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent,
custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder; 
 (i) the Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver an
Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign
an Officers’ Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded; 

(j) any permissive right or authority granted to the Trustee shall not be construed as a mandatory duty; 

(k) the Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for punitive, special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any
kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of actions; and 

(l) the Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this
Indenture arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, acts of God; earthquakes; fire; flood; terrorism; wars and other military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics;
riots; interruptions; loss or malfunction of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communication services; accidents; labor disputes; and acts of civil or military authorities and governmental action. 

  
 32 

 Section 7.03. No Responsibility for Recitals, etc. The recitals
contained herein and in the underlying Debt Securities (except in the Trustee’s certificate of authentication) shall be taken as the statements of the Issuer, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the same. The
Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Debt Securities. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Issuer of any Debt Securities or the proceeds of any Debt
Securities authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture. 

Section 7.04. Trustee, Paying Agents or Note Registrar May Own Debt Securities. The Trustee, any Paying Agent or
Note Registrar, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Debt Securities with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Paying Agent or Note Registrar. 

Section 7.05. Monies to Be Held in Trust. Subject to the provisions of Section 11.02
hereof, all monies received by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they were received. Monies held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except
to the extent required by law. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any monies received by it hereunder except as may be agreed in writing from time to time by the Issuer and the Trustee. 

Section 7.06. Compensation and Expenses of Trustee. The Issuer covenants and agrees to pay to the Trustee from
time to time, and the Trustee shall be entitled to, such compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder in any capacity (which shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust) as
mutually agreed to from time to time in writing between the Issuer and the Trustee, and the Issuer will pay or reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances reasonably incurred or made by the Trustee
in accordance with any of the provisions of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the reasonable expenses and disbursements of its counsel and of all Persons not regularly in its employ) except any such expense, disbursement or
advance as may arise from its negligence, willful misconduct, recklessness or bad faith. The Issuer also covenants to indemnify the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee (or any officer, director or employee of the Trustee), in any capacity under this
Indenture and any authenticating agent for, and to hold them harmless against, any and all loss, liability, damage, claim or reasonable expense including taxes (other than taxes based on the income of the Trustee) incurred without negligence,
willful misconduct, recklessness or bad faith on the part of the Trustee or such officers, directors, employees or authenticating agent, as the case may be, and arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust or
in any other capacity hereunder, including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending themselves against any claim (whether asserted by the Issuer, any Holder or any other Person) of liability in the premises. The obligations of the Issuer under
this Section 7.06 to compensate or indemnify the Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee for reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances shall be secured by a lien prior to that of the Debt Securities of such series
upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the benefit of the Holders of particular such Debt Securities. The obligation of the Issuer under this Section 7.06 shall
survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 

  
 33 

 When the Trustee and its agents and any authenticating agent incur expenses
or render services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(e), 6.01(f) or 6.01(g) hereof with respect to the Issuer occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to
constitute reasonable expenses of administration under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws. 
 Section 7.07.
Officers’ Certificate as Evidence. Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.01 hereof, whenever in the administration of the provisions of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it necessary or
desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking or omitting any action hereunder, such matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of gross negligence, bad faith,
recklessness or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee. 

Section 7.08. Conflicting Interests of Trustee. If the Trustee has or shall acquire a conflicting interest within
the meaning of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to the provisions of, the Trust Indenture Act and this Indenture. 

Section 7.09. Eligibility of Trustee. There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which shall be a Person that
is eligible pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act to act as such and has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 (or if such Person is a member of a bank holding company system, its bank holding company shall have a combined capital and
surplus of at least $50,000,000). If such Person publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of any supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section 7.09
the combined capital and surplus of such Person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the
provisions of this Section 7.09, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article. 

Section 7.10. Resignation or Removal of Trustee. 

(a) The Trustee may at any time resign by giving written notice of such resignation to the Issuer and to the Holders of Debt
Securities. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of the Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the
resigning Trustee and one copy to the successor trustee. If no successor trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted appointment sixty (60) calendar days after the mailing of such notice of resignation to the Holders, the resigning
Trustee may, upon ten (10) Business Days’ notice to the Issuer and the Holders, appoint a successor identified in such notice or may petition, at the expense of the Issuer, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a
successor trustee, or, if any Noteholder who has been a bona fide holder of a Debt Security for at least six months may, subject to the provisions of Section 6.09 hereof, on behalf of itself and all others similarly
situated, petition any such court for the appointment of a successor trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, appoint a successor trustee. 

  
 34 

 (b) In case at any time any of the following shall occur: 

(i) the Trustee shall fail to comply with Section 7.08 hereof after written request
therefor by the Issuer or by any Noteholder who has been a bona fide holder of a Debt Security for at least six months; or 

(ii) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of
Section 7.09 hereof and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Issuer or by any such Noteholder; or 

(iii) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting, or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver
of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation; 

then, in any such case, the Issuer may remove the Trustee and appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by
order of the Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the Trustee so removed and one copy to the successor trustee, or, subject to the provisions of Section 6.09 hereof, any Noteholder who has
been a bona fide holder of a Debt Security for at least six months may, on behalf of itself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor trustee;
provided, that if no successor Trustee shall have been appointed and have accepted appointment sixty (60) calendar days after either the Issuer or the Holders has removed the Trustee, or the Trustee resigns, the Trustee so removed may
petition, at the expense of the Issuer, any court of competent jurisdiction for an appointment of a successor trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, remove the Trustee and appoint a
successor trustee. 
 (c) Any resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor trustee pursuant to any
of the provisions of this Section 7.10 shall become effective upon acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee as provided in Section 7.11 hereof. 

(d) Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.10, the Issuer’s
obligations under Section 7.06 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 

Section 7.11. Acceptance by Successor Trustee. Any successor trustee appointed as provided in
Section 7.10 hereof shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Issuer and to its predecessor trustee an instrument accepting such appointment hereunder, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor trustee
shall become effective and such successor trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as trustee
herein; but, nevertheless, on the written request of the Issuer or of the successor trustee, the trustee ceasing to act shall, upon payment of any amount then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.06 hereof,
execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor trustee all the rights and powers of the trustee so ceasing to act. Upon request of any such successor trustee, the Issuer shall execute any and all instruments in writing for more
fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor trustee all such rights and powers. 

  
 35 

 
Any trustee ceasing to act shall, nevertheless, retain a lien upon all property and funds held or collected by such trustee as such, except for funds held in trust for the benefit of Holders of
particular Debt Securities, to secure any amounts then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.06 hereof. 

No successor trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this Section 7.11 unless, at the time
of such acceptance, such successor trustee shall be qualified under the provisions of Section 7.08 hereof and be eligible under the provisions of Section 7.09 hereof. 

Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor trustee as provided in this Section 7.11, the Issuer
(or the former trustee, at the written direction of the Issuer) shall mail (or send by electronic transmission) or cause to be mailed (or sent by electronic transmission) notice of the succession of such trustee hereunder to the Holders of Debt
Securities at their addresses as they shall appear on the Note Register. If the Issuer fails to mail such notice within ten (10) calendar days after acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee, the successor trustee shall cause such
notice to be mailed at the expense of the Issuer. 
 Section 7.12. Succession by Merger. Any organization or
entity into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or exchanged or with which it may be consolidated, or any organization or entity resulting from any merger, conversion, exchange or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any
organization or entity succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor to the Trustee hereunder without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the
parties hereto, provided, that in the case of any organization or entity succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, such corporation shall be qualified under the provisions of
Section 7.08 hereof and eligible under the provisions of Section 7.09 hereof. 

In case at the time such successor to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture, any of the Debt
Securities shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee or authenticating agent appointed by such predecessor trustee, and deliver such Debt
Securities so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Debt Securities shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee or any authenticating agent appointed by such successor trustee may authenticate such Debt Securities in
the name of the successor trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force that is provided in the Debt Securities or in this Indenture; provided, that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any
predecessor Trustee or authenticate Debt Securities in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall apply only to its successor or successors by merger, exchange or consolidation. 

Section 7.13. Preferential Collection of Claims. If and when the Trustee shall be or become a creditor of the
Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Debt Securities), the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act regarding the collection of the claims against the Issuer (or any such other obligor). 

  
 36 

 ARTICLE 8 

RESERVED 
 ARTICLE 9 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES 

Section 9.01. Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders. The Issuer, the Guarantor and the Trustee may,
from time to time, and at any time enter into a supplemental indenture (a “Supplemental Indenture”) without the consent of the Holders of any series of Notes for one or more of the following purposes: 

(a) to evidence a successor to the Issuer as obligor or to the Guarantor as guarantor under this Indenture; 

(b) to add to the covenants of the Issuer or the Guarantor for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes or to surrender any
right or power conferred upon the Issuer or the Guarantor in this Indenture or in the Notes; 
 (c) to add Events of Default
for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes; 
 (d) to amend or supplement any provisions of this Indenture;
provided, that no amendment or supplement shall materially adversely affect the interests of the Holders of any Notes then outstanding; 

(e) to secure the Notes; 

(f) to provide for the acceptance of appointment of a successor Trustee or facilitate the administration of the trusts under
this Indenture by more than one Trustee; 
 (g) to provide for rights of Holders of Notes if any consolidation, merger or
sale of all or substantially all of property or assets of the Issuer and the Guarantor occurs; 
 (h) to cure any ambiguity,
defect or inconsistency in this Indenture; provided, that this action shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of the Notes in any material respect; 

(i) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture and the
relevant Supplemental Indenture; 
 (j) to establish the form or terms of the Debt Securities of any series as permitted by
Sections 2.01 and 2.02; 
 (k) to supplement any of the provisions of this Indenture to the extent necessary
to permit or facilitate defeasance and discharge of any of the Debt Securities; provided, that the action shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders in any material respect; or 

(l) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Guarantee or the Debt Securities to any provision of the description thereof
set forth in the Prospectus to the extent that such provision in the Prospectus was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision in this Indenture, the Guarantee or the Debt Securities. 

  
 37 

 Upon the written request of the Issuer, accompanied by a copy of the
resolutions of the General Partner authorizing the execution of any Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee is hereby authorized to join with the Issuer and the Guarantor in the execution of any such Supplemental Indenture, to make any further
appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained and to accept the conveyance, transfer and assignment of any property thereunder, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to, but may in its discretion, enter into any Supplemental
Indenture that affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 
 Any
Supplemental Indenture authorized by the provisions of this Section 9.01 may be executed by the Issuer, the Guarantor and the Trustee without the consent of the Holders of any of the Notes at the time outstanding. 

Section 9.02. Supplemental Indenture With Consent of Holders. With the consent (evidenced as provided in
Article 8 hereof) of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes of each series at the time outstanding, the Issuer, the Guarantor and the Trustee may, from time to time and at any time, enter into a
Supplemental Indenture for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or any supplemental indenture or modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Notes;
provided, that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Note affected thereby: 

(a) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of or any installment of interest on the Notes, reduce the principal amount
of, or the rate or amount of interest on, or any premium payable on redemption of, the Notes, or adversely affect any right of repayment of the Holder of the Notes, change the place of payment, or the coin or currency, for payment of principal of or
interest on any Note or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to the Notes; 

(b) reduce the percentage in principal amount of the outstanding Notes necessary to modify or amend this Indenture, to waive
compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults and their consequences provided in this Indenture, or to reduce the requirements of quorum or change voting requirements set forth in this Indenture; 

(c) modify or affect in any manner adverse to the Holders the terms and conditions of the obligations of the Issuer or the
Guarantor (except as provided in Section 15.04) in respect of the due and punctual payments of principal and interest; or 

(d) modify any of this Section 9.02 or 6.07 hereof or any of the provisions relating to the
waiver of certain past Defaults or certain covenants, except to increase the required percentage to effect the action or to provide that certain other provisions may not be modified or waived without the consent of the Holders of the Notes. 

Upon the written request of the Issuer, accompanied by a copy of the resolutions of the General Partner authorizing the
execution of any Supplemental Indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence of the consent of Noteholders as aforesaid, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer and the Guarantor in the execution of such supplemental indenture unless
such supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such supplemental indenture. 

  
 38 

 It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Noteholders under this
Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed Supplemental Indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof. 

Section 9.03. Effect of Supplemental Indenture. Any Supplemental Indenture executed pursuant to the provisions of
this Article 9 shall comply with the Trust Indenture Act, as then in effect, provided that this Section 9.03 shall not require such Supplemental Indenture or the Trustee to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act
prior to the time, if ever, such qualification is in fact required under the terms of the Trust Indenture Act or the Indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, nor shall it constitute any admission or acknowledgment by any party to
such Supplemental Indenture that any such qualification is required prior to the time, if ever, such qualification is in fact required under the terms of the Trust Indenture Act or the Indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act. Upon
the execution of any Supplemental Indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article 9, this Indenture shall be and be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith and the respective rights, limitation of rights, obligations,
duties and immunities under this Indenture of the Trustee, the Issuer and the Holders of Notes shall thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder, subject in all respects to such modifications and amendments and all the terms and
conditions of any such Supplemental Indenture shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes. 

Section 9.04. Notation on Notes. Notes authenticated and delivered after the execution of any Supplemental
Indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article 9 may bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such Supplemental Indenture. If the Issuer or the Trustee shall so determine, new Notes so modified as
to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Issuer, to any modification of this Indenture contained in any such Supplemental Indenture may, at the Issuer’s expense, be prepared and executed by the Issuer, authenticated by the Trustee (or
an authenticating agent duly appointed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 16.11 hereof) and delivered in exchange for the Notes then outstanding, upon surrender of such Notes then outstanding. 

Section 9.05. Evidence of Compliance of Supplemental Indenture to Be Furnished to Trustee. Prior to entering into
any Supplemental Indenture pursuant to this Article 9, the Trustee shall be provided with an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any Supplemental Indenture executed pursuant hereto complies with
the requirements of this Article 9 and is otherwise authorized or permitted by this Indenture. 
 ARTICLE 10 

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE AND LEASE 

Section 10.01. Issuer May Consolidate on Certain Terms. Nothing contained in this Indenture or in the Notes shall
prevent any consolidation or merger of the Issuer with or into any other Person or Persons (whether or not affiliated with the Issuer), or successive consolidations or mergers in which either the Issuer will be the continuing entity or the Issuer or
its successor or successors shall be a party or parties, or shall prevent any sale, conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer, to any other Person (whether or not affiliated with the Issuer);
provided, however, that the following conditions are met: 

  
 39 

 (a) the Issuer shall be the continuing entity, or the successor entity (if
other than the Issuer) formed by or resulting from any consolidation or merger or which shall have received the transfer of assets shall be domiciled in the United States and shall expressly assume payment of the principal of and interest on all of
the Notes and the due and punctual performance and observance of all of the covenants and conditions in this Indenture; 

(b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing; and 
 (c) either the Issuer or the successor Person, in either case, shall have delivered to the Trustee an
Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or lease and, if a Supplemental Indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such Supplemental Indenture
comply with this Article 10 and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with. 

No such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or lease shall be permitted by this
Section 10.01 unless prior thereto the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that the Issuer’s obligations hereunder shall remain in full force
and effect thereafter. 
 Section 10.02. Issuer Successor to Be Substituted. Upon any consolidation by the
Issuer with or merger of the Issuer into any other Person or any sale, conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer to any Person in accordance with Section 10.01
hereof, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Issuer is merged or to which such sale, conveyance, transfer or lease is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer
under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Issuer herein, and thereafter, except in the case of a lease, the predecessor Person shall be released and discharged from all obligations and covenants
under this Indenture and the Notes. 
 In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or lease, such
changes in phraseology and form (but not in substance) may be made in the Notes thereafter to be issued as may be appropriate. 

Section 10.03. Guarantor May Consolidate on Certain Terms. Nothing contained in this Indenture or in the Notes
shall prevent any consolidation or merger of the Guarantor with or into any other Person or Persons (whether or not affiliated with the Guarantor), or successive consolidations or mergers in which either the Guarantor will be the continuing entity
or the Guarantor or its successor or successors shall be a party or parties, or shall prevent any sale, conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the property of the Guarantor, to any other Person (whether or not affiliated with
the Guarantor); provided, however, that the following conditions are met: 

  
 40 

 (a) the Guarantor shall be the continuing entity, or the successor entity
(if other than the Guarantor) formed by or resulting from any consolidation or merger or which shall have received the transfer of assets shall be domiciled in the United States and shall expressly assume the obligations of the Guarantor under the
Guarantee and the due and punctual performance and observance of all of the covenants and conditions in this Indenture; 

(b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing; and 
 (c) either the Guarantor or the successor Person, in either case, shall have delivered to the Trustee an
Officers’ Certificate of the Guarantor and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, sale, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease and such Supplemental Indenture comply with this Article 10 and that all conditions
precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with. 
 No such consolidation, merger, sale,
conveyance, transfer or lease shall be permitted by this Section 10.03 unless prior thereto the Guarantor shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that the
Guarantor’s obligations hereunder shall remain in full force and effect thereafter. 
 Section 10.04. Guarantor
Successor to Be Substituted. Upon any consolidation or merger or any sale, conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Guarantor to any Person in accordance with this
Section 10.04, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Guarantor is merged or to which such sale, conveyance, transfer or lease is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise
every right and power of, the Guarantor under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Guarantor herein, and thereafter, except in the case of a lease, the predecessor Person shall be released and
discharged from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Guarantee. 
 In case of any such consolidation,
merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or lease, such changes in phraseology and form (but not in substance) may be made in the Notes thereafter to be issued as may be appropriate. 

Section 10.05. Assumption by Guarantor. Without the consent of any Holders of the Notes, the Guarantor, or a
Subsidiary thereof, may directly assume, by a Supplemental Indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, any premium and interest on all the Notes and the
performance of every covenant of this Indenture on the part of the Issuer to be performed or observed. Upon any such assumption, the Guarantor or such Subsidiary shall succeed to, and be substituted for and may exercise every right and power of, the
Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if the Guarantor or such Subsidiary had been named as the Issuer herein and the Issuer shall be released from all obligations and covenants with respect to the Notes. No such assumption shall be
permitted unless the Guarantor has delivered to the Trustee (i) an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such assumption and Supplemental Indenture comply with this Article 10, and that all conditions
precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with and that, in the event of assumption by a Subsidiary, the Guarantee and all other covenants of the Guarantor herein remain in full force and effect and (ii) an
opinion of independent counsel that the Holders of Notes shall have no materially adverse United States federal tax consequences as a result of such assumption, and that, if any Notes are then listed on the New York Stock Exchange, that such Notes
shall not be delisted as a result of such assumption. 

  
 41 

 ARTICLE 11 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE 

Section 11.01. Discharge of Indenture. This Indenture shall cease to be of further effect (except as to any
surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Notes herein expressly provided for and except as further provided below), and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when (a) either: (1) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Notes which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in
Section 11.04 hereof and (ii) Notes for whose payment monies have theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Issuer as provided in Section 11.04 hereof) have been
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or (2) all such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have become due and payable, whether at the applicable maturity date, or otherwise, or (ii) are to be
called for redemption under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer, in the case of clause (1) or (2) above, has
irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited with the Trustee or a Paying Agent (other than the Issuer or any of its Affiliates), as applicable, as trust funds in trust cash in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire
indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal and interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of Notes which have become due and payable) or to the applicable maturity date or Redemption
Date, as the case may be; provided, however, that there shall not exist, on the date of such deposit, a Default or Event of Default; provided, further, that such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or
constitute a Default under, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument to which the Issuer is a party or to which the Issuer is bound; (b) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Issuer; and
(c) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied
with. 
 Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Issuer to the Trustee
under Section 7.06 hereof shall survive and, if monies shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (2) of clause (a) of this Section 11.01, the provisions of
Sections 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, and 5.01 hereof and this Article 11, shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full. 

Section 11.02. Deposited Monies to Be Held in Trust by Trustee. Subject to Section 11.04
hereof, all monies deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.05 hereof shall be held in trust for the sole benefit of the Holders, and such monies shall be applied by the Trustee to the payment, either directly or
through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer if acting as its own Paying Agent), to the Holders of the particular Notes for the payment or redemption of which such monies have been deposited with the Trustee, of all sums due and to become due
thereon for principal, premium, if any, and interest. The Trustee is not responsible to anyone for interest on any deposited funds except as agreed in writing. 

  
 42 

 Section 11.03. Paying Agent to Repay Monies Held. Subject to the
provisions of Section 11.04 hereof, the Trustee or a Paying Agent shall hold in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, all monies deposited with it pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof and shall apply
the deposited monies in accordance with this Indenture and the Notes to the payment of the principal of (including the Redemption Price upon redemption pursuant to Article 3 hereof) and interest on the Notes. 

Section 11.04. Return of Unclaimed Monies. The Trustee and each Paying Agent shall pay to the Issuer upon request
any monies held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years after a right to such monies have matured; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make
any such payment, may, at the expense of the Issuer, either publish in a newspaper of general circulation in The City of New York, or cause to be mailed (or sent by electronic transmission) to each Holder entitled to such monies, notice that such
monies remain unclaimed and that after a date specified therein, which shall be at least thirty (30) calendar days from the date of such mailing or publication, any unclaimed balance of such monies then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer.
After payment to the Issuer, Holders entitled to monies must look to the Issuer for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another Person, and the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall be relieved of all
liability with respect to such monies. 
 Section 11.05. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or the Paying Agent is
unable to apply any monies in accordance with Section 11.02 hereof by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the
Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof until such time as the Trustee or the Paying Agent is permitted
to apply all such monies in accordance with Section 11.02 hereof; provided, that if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer
shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the monies held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

ARTICLE 12 
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND
COVENANT DEFEASANCE 
 Section 12.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. The Issuer may,
at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 12.02 or 12.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 12. 

Section 12.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge. Upon the Issuer’s exercise under
Section 12.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 12.02, the Issuer and the Guarantor will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in
Section 12.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes and Guarantee on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal
Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer and the Guarantor will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Debt represented by the outstanding Notes and Guarantee, which will thereafter be deemed to be
“outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 12.05 hereof and the other sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such
Notes, the Guarantee and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or
discharged hereunder: 

  
 43 

 (a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in
respect of the principal of, or interest or premium on, such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 12.04 hereof; 

(b) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02
hereof; 
 (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Issuer’s and the
Guarantor’s obligations in connection therewith; and 
 (d) this Article 12. 

Subject to compliance with this Article 12, the Issuer may exercise its option under this
Section 12.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 12.03 hereof. 

Section 12.03. Covenant Defeasance. 

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 12.01 hereof of the option applicable to this
Section 12.03, the Issuer and the Guarantor will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 12.04 hereof, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants
contained in Sections 4.09, 4.10 and 4.11 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 12.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter,
“Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with
such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that,
with respect to the outstanding Notes and Guarantee, the Issuer and the Guarantor may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by
reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default
under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Guarantee will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under
Section 12.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 12.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 12.04 hereof, Sections
6.01(c) and 6.01(d) hereof will not constitute Events of Default. 
 Section 12.04. Conditions to Legal
or Covenant Defeasance. 
 In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either
Section 12.02 or 12.03 hereof: 

  
 44 

 (a) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the
benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank,
appraisal firm, or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium and interest on, the outstanding Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable Redemption Date, as the case may be, and the Issuer must
specify whether the Notes are being defeased to such stated date for payment or to a particular Redemption Date; 
 (b) in
the case of an election under Section 12.02 hereof, the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that: 

(1) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or

 (2) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law,

 in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes
will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such
Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 
 (c) in the case of an election under Section 12.03 hereof,
the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to
federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 

(d) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or
Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit (and any similar concurrent deposit relating to other indebtedness being defeased, discharged or replaced), and the granting of liens to secure such borrowings);

 (e) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default
under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture and the agreements governing any other indebtedness being defeased, discharged or replaced) to which the Issuer or the Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or the
Guarantor is bound; 
 (f) the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was
not made by the Issuer with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer or others; and 

(g) the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all
conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with. 

Section 12.05. Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 

  
 45 

 Subject to Section 12.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 12.05, the
“Trustee”) pursuant to Section 12.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the
payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and interest,
but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 The Issuer will pay and
indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 12.04 hereof or
the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 

Notwithstanding anything in this Article 12 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to
time upon the request of the Issuer any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 12.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized
firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 12.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would
then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
 Section 12.06.
Repayment to Issuer. 
 Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in
trust for the payment of the principal of, premium or interest on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its request or (if then held by the
Issuer) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all
liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuer cause to be published once, in the New
York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed
balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer. 
 Section 12.07. Reinstatement. 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or non-callable
Government Securities in accordance with Section 12.02 or 12.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting
such application, then the Issuer’s and the Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Guarantee will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 12.02
or 12.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 12.02 or 12.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Issuer
makes any payment of principal of, premium or interest on, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee
or Paying Agent. 

  
 46 

 ARTICLE 13 

IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS 

Section 13.01. Indenture and Notes Solely Corporate Obligations. Except as otherwise expressly provided in
Article 15 hereof, no recourse for the payment of the principal of (including the Redemption Price upon redemption pursuant to Article 3 hereof) or, premium, if any, or interest on any Global Debt Security, or for any claim based
thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Issuer in this Indenture or in any Supplemental Indenture or in any Global Debt Security or Note, or because of the creation of any
indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, limited partner, member, manager, employee, agent, officer, director or Subsidiary, as such, past, present or future, of the General Partner, the Issuer or any of
the Issuer’s Subsidiaries or of any successor thereto, either directly or through the Issuer or any of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries or any successor thereto, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement
of any assessment or penalty or otherwise; it being expressly understood that all such liability is hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of this Indenture and the issue of the Global Debt
Securities. 
 ARTICLE 14 

MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF NOTES 

Section 14.01. Purposes for Which Meetings May Be Called. A meeting of Holders of Notes may be called at any time
and from time to time pursuant to this Article 14 to make, give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other act provided by this Indenture or a Supplemental Indenture to be made, given or taken by
Holders of Notes. 
 Section 14.02. Call, Notice and Place of Meetings. 

(a) The Trustee may at any time call a meeting of Holders of Notes of a series for any purpose specified in
Section 14.01 hereof, to be held at such time and at such place in The City of New York, New York as the Trustee shall determine. Notice of every meeting of Holders of Notes, setting forth the time and the place of such
meeting and in general terms the action proposed to be taken at such meeting, shall be given, in the manner provided in Section 16.03 hereof, not less than twenty-one (21) nor
more than 180 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting. 
 (b) In case at any time the Issuer, the Guarantor or the
Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes shall have requested the Trustee to call a meeting of the Holders of Notes of such series for any purpose specified in Section 14.01 hereof, by written
request setting forth in reasonable detail the action proposed to be taken at the meeting, and the Trustee shall not have mailed notice of or made the first publication of the notice of such meeting within
twenty-one (21) days after receipt of such request or shall not thereafter proceed to cause the meeting to be held as provided herein, then the Issuer, the Guarantor, if applicable, or the Holders of
Notes in the amount above specified, as the case may be, may determine the time and the place in the City of New York, New York, for such meeting and may call such meeting for such purposes by giving notice thereof as provided in clause (a) of
this Section 14.02. 

  
 47 

 Section 14.03. Persons Entitled to Vote at Meetings. To be
entitled to vote at any meeting of Holders of Notes of a series, a Person shall be (a) a Holder of one or more outstanding Notes, or (b) a Person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy for a Holder or Holders of one or more
outstanding Notes by such Holder or Holders. The only Persons who shall be entitled to be present or to speak at any meeting of Holders of Notes shall be the Persons entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel, any representatives of the
Trustee and its counsel, any representatives of the Guarantor and its counsel and any representatives of the Issuer and its counsel. 

Section 14.04. Quorum; Action. The Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the outstanding
Notes of a series shall constitute a quorum for a meeting of Holders of such Notes; provided, however, that if any action is to be taken at the meeting with respect to any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent,
waiver or other action which may be made, given or taken by the Holders of not less than a specified percentage in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, the Persons holding or representing the specified percentage in principal amount of the
outstanding Notes will constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum within 30 minutes after the time appointed for any such meeting, the meeting shall, if convened at the request of Holders of Notes, be dissolved. In any other case the meeting
may be adjourned for a period of not less than ten (10) days as determined by the chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such meeting. In the absence of a quorum at any such adjourned meeting, such adjourned meeting may be further
adjourned for a period of not less than ten (10) days as determined by the chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such adjourned meeting. Notice of the reconvening of any adjourned meeting shall be given as provided in
Section 14.02 hereof, except that such notice need be given only once not less than five days prior to the date on which the meeting is scheduled to be reconvened. Notice of the reconvening of an adjourned meeting shall
state expressly the percentage, as provided above, of the principal amount of the outstanding Notes which shall constitute a quorum. 

Except as limited by the proviso to Section 9.02 hereof, any resolution presented to a meeting or
adjourned meeting duly reconvened at which a quorum is present as aforesaid may be adopted only by the affirmative vote of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes; provided, however, that, except as
limited by the proviso to Section 9.02 hereof, any resolution with respect to any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action which this Indenture expressly provides may be made, given
or taken by the Holders of a specified percentage, which is less than a majority, in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may be adopted at a meeting or an adjourned meeting duly reconvened and at which a quorum is present as aforesaid by the
affirmative vote of the Holders of such specified percentage in principal amount of the outstanding Notes. 

  
 48 

 Any resolution passed or decision taken at any meeting of Holders of Notes
duly held in accordance with this Section 14.04 shall be binding on all the Holders of Notes, whether or not such Holders were present or represented at the meeting. 

Section 14.05. Determination of Voting Rights; Conduct and Adjournment of Meetings. Notwithstanding any other
provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee may make such reasonable regulations as it may deem advisable for any meeting of Holders of Notes in regard to proof of the holding of Notes and of the appointment of proxies and in regard to the appointment
and duties of inspectors of votes, the submission and examination of proxies, certificates and other evidence of the right to vote, and such other matters concerning the conduct of the meeting as it shall deem appropriate. Except as otherwise
permitted or required by any such regulations, the holding of Notes shall be proved in the manner specified in Section 8.03 hereof and the appointment of any proxy shall be proved in the manner specified in
Section 8.01 hereof. 
 (a) The Trustee shall, by an instrument in writing, appoint a temporary
chairman of the meeting, unless the meeting shall have been called by the Issuer or by Holders of Notes as provided in Section 14.02(b) hereof, in which case the Issuer, the Guarantor or the Holders of Notes calling the
meeting, as the case may be, shall in like manner appoint a temporary chairman. A permanent chairman and a permanent secretary of the meeting shall be elected by vote of the Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the outstanding
Notes of such series represented at the meeting. 
 (b) At any meeting, each Holder of a Note or proxy shall be entitled to
one vote for each $2,000 principal amount of Notes held or represented by him; provided, however, that no vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Note challenged as not outstanding and ruled by the chairman of
the meeting to be not outstanding. The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote, except as a Holder of a Note or proxy. 

(c) Any meeting of Holders of Notes duly called pursuant to Section 14.02 hereof at which a quorum
is present may be adjourned from time to time by Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes represented at the meeting; and the meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice. 

Section 14.06. Counting Votes and Recording Action of Meetings. The vote upon any resolution submitted to any
meeting of Holders of Notes shall be by written ballots on which shall be subscribed the signatures of the Holders of Notes or of their representatives by proxy and the principal amounts and serial numbers of the outstanding Notes held or
represented by them. The permanent chairman of the meeting shall appoint two inspectors of votes who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any resolution and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting their verified
written reports in triplicate of all votes cast at the meeting. A record, at least in triplicate, of the proceedings of each meeting of Holders of Notes shall be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to said record the
original reports of the inspectors of votes on any vote by ballot taken thereat and affidavits by one or more persons having knowledge of the facts setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that said notice was given as provided
in Section 14.02 hereof and, if applicable, Section 14.04 hereof. Each copy shall be signed and verified by the affidavits of the permanent chairman and secretary of the meeting and one such copy
shall be delivered to the Issuer and the Guarantor, and another to the Trustee to be preserved by the Trustee, the latter to have attached thereto the ballots voted at the meeting. Any record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of
the matters therein stated. 

  
 49 

 ARTICLE 15 

Guarantee 

Section 15.01. Guarantee. By its execution hereof, the Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that it receives
substantial benefits from the Issuer and that the Guarantor is providing its Guarantee for good and valuable consideration, including, without limitation, such substantial benefits. Accordingly, subject to the provisions of this Article 15,
the Guarantor hereby unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Debt Security authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and its successors and assigns that: (i) the principal of (including the Redemption Price upon redemption pursuant to
Article 3 hereof), premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall be duly and punctually paid in full when due, whether at the applicable maturity date, upon acceleration, upon redemption or otherwise, and interest on overdue principal,
premium, if any, and (to the extent permitted by law) interest on any interest, if any, on the Notes and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or under the Notes (including fees, expenses or other) shall be
promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof; and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, the same shall be promptly paid in full when due or
performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at the applicable maturity date, by acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, subject, however, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) above, to the limitations
set forth in Section 15.03 hereof (collectively, the “Guarantee Obligations”). 

Subject to the provisions of this Article 15, the Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee hereunder shall be
unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any thereof, the entry of any
judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of the Guarantor. The Guarantor hereby waives and relinquishes: (a) any right to
require the Trustee, the Holders or the Issuer (each, a “Benefited Party”) to proceed against the Issuer or any other Person or to proceed against or exhaust any security held by a Benefited Party at any time or to pursue any other
remedy in any secured party’s power before proceeding against the Guarantor; (b) any defense that may arise by reason of the incapacity, lack of authority, death or disability of any other Person or Persons or the failure of a Benefited
Party to file or enforce a claim against the estate (in administration, bankruptcy or any other proceeding) of any other Person or Persons; (c) demand, protest and notice of any kind (except as expressly required by this Indenture), including
but not limited to notice of the existence, creation or incurring of any new or additional indebtedness or obligation or of any action or non-action on the part of the Guarantor, the Issuer, any Benefited
Party, any creditor of the Guarantor or the Issuer or on the part of any other Person whomsoever in connection with any obligations the performance of which are hereby guaranteed; (d) any defense based upon an election of remedies by a
Benefited Party, including but not limited to an election to proceed against the Guarantor for reimbursement; (e) any defense based upon any statute or rule of law which provides that the obligation of a surety must be neither larger in amount
nor in other respects more burdensome than that of the principal; 

  
 50 

 
(f) any defense arising because of a Benefited Party’s election, in any proceeding instituted under the Bankruptcy Law, of the application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy
Code; and (g) any defense based on any borrowing or grant of a security interest under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code. The Guarantor hereby covenants that, except as otherwise provided therein, the Guarantee shall not be discharged
except by payment in full of all Guarantee Obligations, including the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and all other costs provided for under this Indenture or as provided in Article 7 hereof. 

If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to either the Issuer or the Guarantor, or any
trustee or similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Guarantor, any amount paid by the Issuer or the Guarantor to the Trustee or such Holder, the Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full
force and effect. The Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any Guarantee Obligations hereby until payment in full of all such obligations guaranteed hereby. The Guarantor
agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders of Notes and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes hereof,
notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guarantee Obligations, and (y) in the event of any acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such Guarantee
Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantor for the purpose of the Guarantee. 

Section 15.02. Execution and Delivery of Guarantee. To evidence the Guarantee set forth in
Section 15.01 hereof, the Guarantor agrees that a notation of the Guarantee substantially in the form included in the applicable Supplemental Indenture shall be endorsed on each Debt Security authenticated and delivered by
the Trustee and that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of the Guarantor by an Officer of the Guarantor. 
 The
Guarantor agrees that the Guarantee set forth in this Article 15 shall remain in full force and effect and apply to all the Debt Securities of such series notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Debt Security a notation of the
Guarantee. 
 If an officer whose signature is on a Debt Security or a notation of Guarantee no longer holds that office at
the time the Trustee authenticates the Debt Security on which the Guarantee is endorsed, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless. 

The delivery of any Debt Security by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of
the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantor. 
 Section 15.03. Limitation of
Guarantor’s Liability; Certain Bankruptcy Events. 
 (a) The Guarantor, and by its acceptance hereof
each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee Obligations of the Guarantor pursuant to its Guarantee not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of any Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform
Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Holders and the Guarantor hereby irrevocably agree that the Guarantee Obligations of the Guarantor under
this Article 15 shall be limited to the maximum amount as shall, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of the Guarantor, result in the Guarantee Obligations of the Guarantor under the Guarantee not constituting a
fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 

  
 51 

 (b) The Guarantor hereby covenants and agrees, to the fullest extent that it
may do so under applicable law, that in the event of the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Issuer, the Guarantor shall not file (or join in any filing of), or otherwise seek to participate in the filing of,
any motion or request seeking to stay or to prohibit (even temporarily) execution on the Guarantee and hereby waives and agrees not to take the benefit of any such stay of execution, whether under Section 362 or 105 of the Bankruptcy Law or
otherwise. 
 Section 15.04. Release of Guarantor of Guarantee Obligations. 

(a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, the Guarantee Obligations of the Guarantor may be released upon
the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the applicable Supplemental Indenture. Provided that no Event of Default shall have occurred and shall be continuing under this Indenture, the Guarantee Obligations incurred by the Guarantor
pursuant to this Article 15 shall be unconditionally released and discharged automatically upon the release of all guarantees by the Guarantor of the 2026 Notes, the Issuer’s 3.750% Senior Notes due 2027, the Issuer’s 3.100% Senior
Notes due 2030, the Issuer’s unsecured credit and loan facilities and any additional guarantees by the Guarantor of senior unsecured indebtedness. 

(b) Upon receipt of a written request of the Issuer accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel
that the Guarantor is entitled to such release in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee shall deliver, at the Issuer’s expense, such instruments as are requested by the Issuer or Guarantor to evidence the release of the
Guarantor from the Guarantee Obligations. 
 ARTICLE 16 

Miscellaneous Provisions 

Section 16.01. Provisions Binding on Issuer’s and Guarantor’s Successors.
All the covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements by the Issuer or Guarantor contained in this Indenture shall bind their respective successors and assigns whether so expressed or not. 

Section 16.02. Official Acts by Successor Corporation. Any act or proceeding by any provision of this Indenture
authorized or required to be done or performed by any board, committee or officer of the Issuer or Guarantor shall and may be done and performed with like force and effect by the like board, committee or officer of any Person that shall at the time
be the lawful sole successor of the Issuer or Guarantor. 
 Section 16.03. Addresses for Notices, etc. Any
notice or demand which by any provision of this Indenture is required or permitted to be given or served by the Trustee or by the Holders of Notes on the Issuer or Guarantor shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or
made, for all purposes, if given or served by being deposited postage prepaid by registered or certified mail in a post office letter box, or sent by overnight courier, or sent by telecopier transmission addressed as follows: 

  
 52 

 To the Issuer: 

Healthcare Realty Holdings, L.P. 

3310 West End Avenue, Suite 700 

Nashville, TN 37203 

Telecopier No.: (615) 463-7739 

Attention: Mr. Todd J. Meredith, President and Chief Executive Officer 

cc:         Mr. J. Christopher Douglas, Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer 
 To the Guarantor: 

Healthcare Realty Trust Incorporated 

3310 West End Avenue, Suite 700 

Nashville, TN 37203 

Telecopier No.: (615) 463-7739 

Attention: Mr. Todd J. Meredith, President and Chief Executive 

cc:         Mr. J. Christopher Douglas, Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer 
 Any notice, direction, request or demand hereunder to or upon the Trustee shall be deemed to have been
sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, if given or served by being deposited, postage prepaid, by registered or certified mail in a post office letter box, or sent by overnight courier, or sent by telecopier transmission addressed as follows:

 U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association 

Global Corporate Trust Services 

101 North First Avenue, Suite 1600 

Mailstop LM-AZ-16P 

Phoenix, Arizona 85003 

Telecopier No.: (602) 257-5433 

Attention: Mary Ambriz-Reyes, Healthcare Realty Holdings, L.P. 

The Trustee, by notice to the Issuer, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or
communications. 
 Any notice or communication mailed to a Noteholder shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid,
at such Noteholder’s address as it appears on the Note Register and shall be sufficiently given to such Noteholder if so mailed within the time prescribed. 

Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Noteholder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to
other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 

Section 16.04. Governing Law. This Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of
the State of New York without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any laws other than the laws of the State of New York. 

  
 53 

 Section 16.05. Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent,
Certificates to Trustee. Upon any application or demand by the Issuer or Guarantor to the Trustee to take any action under any of the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer or Guarantor shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’
Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with, and, if requested by the Trustee, an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel,
all such conditions precedent have been complied with. 
 Each certificate or opinion provided for in this Indenture and
delivered to the Trustee with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include: (1) a statement that the person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; (2) a
brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statement or opinion contained in such certificate or opinion is based; (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such person, such person has made such
examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such person to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such person,
such condition or covenant has been complied with; provided, however, that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate or certificates of public officials. 

Section 16.06. Legal Holidays. In any case in which the Stated Maturity of interest on or principal of the Notes
or the Redemption Date of any Note will not be a Business Day, then payment of such interest on or principal of the Notes need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on
the Stated Maturity or the Redemption Date, and no interest shall accrue for the period from and after such date. 

Section 16.07. Trust Indenture Act. This Indenture is hereby made subject to, and shall be governed by, the
provisions of the Trust Indenture Act required to be part of and to govern indentures qualified under the Trust Indenture Act; provided, that this Section 16.07 shall not require this Indenture or the Trustee to be
qualified under the Trust Indenture Act prior to the time such qualification is in fact required under the terms of the Trust Indenture Act, nor shall it constitute any admission or acknowledgment by any party to the Indenture that any such
qualification is required prior to the time such qualification is in fact required under the terms of the Trust Indenture Act. If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision hereof which is required to be included in
an indenture qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, such required provision shall control. 
 Section 16.08. No
Security Interest Created. Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, expressed or implied, shall be construed to constitute a security interest under the Uniform Commercial Code or similar legislation, as now or hereafter enacted and in effect,
in any jurisdiction in which property of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries is located. 
 Section 16.09. Benefits of
Indenture. Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto, any Paying Agent, any authenticating agent, any Note Registrar and their successors hereunder and the Holders of
Notes any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture. 

  
 54 

 Section 16.10. Table of Contents, Headings, etc. The table of
contents and the titles and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions
hereof. 
 Section 16.11. Authenticating Agent. The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent that shall be
authorized to act on its behalf, and subject to its direction, in the authentication and delivery of Notes in connection with the original issuance thereof and transfers and exchanges of Notes hereunder, including under Sections 2.04,
2.06, 2.07, 2.08 and 3.03 hereof, as fully to all intents and purposes as though the authenticating agent had been expressly authorized by this Indenture and those Sections to authenticate and deliver Notes. For all
purposes of this Indenture, the authentication and delivery of Notes by the authenticating agent shall be deemed to be authentication and delivery of such Notes “by the Trustee” and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the
Trustee by an authenticating agent shall be deemed to satisfy any requirement hereunder or in the Notes for the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. Such authenticating agent shall at all times be a Person eligible to serve as trustee
hereunder pursuant to Section 7.09 hereof. 
 Any corporation into which any authenticating agent
may be merged or exchanged or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, consolidation or exchange to which any authenticating agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate trust
business of any authenticating agent, shall be the successor of the authenticating agent hereunder, if such successor corporation is otherwise eligible under this Section 16.11, without the execution or filing of any paper
or any further act on the part of the parties hereto or the authenticating agent or such successor corporation. 
 Any
authenticating agent may at any time resign by giving written notice of resignation to the Trustee and to the Issuer. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of any authenticating agent by giving written notice of termination to such
authenticating agent and to the Issuer. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time any authenticating agent shall cease to be eligible under this Section 16.11, the
Trustee shall either promptly appoint a successor authenticating agent or itself assume the duties and obligations of the former authenticating agent under this Indenture and, upon such appointment of a successor authenticating agent, if made, shall
give written notice of such appointment of a successor authenticating agent to the Issuer and shall mail notice of such appointment of a successor authenticating agent to all Holders of Notes as the names and addresses of such Holders appear on the
Note Register. 
 The Issuer agrees to pay to the authenticating agent from time to time such reasonable compensation for
its services as shall be agreed upon in writing between the Issuer and the authenticating agent. 
 The provisions of
Sections 7.02, 7.03, 7.04 and 8.03 hereof and this Section 16.11 shall be applicable to any authenticating agent. 

Section 16.12. Execution in Counterparts. This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of
which shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Indenture by facsimile or other electronic imaging means shall be effective
as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Indenture. 

  
 55 

 The Trustee shall not have any duty to confirm that the person sending any
notice, instruction or other communication by electronic transmission (including by e-mail, facsimile transmission, web portal or other electronic methods) is, in fact, a person authorized to do so. Electronic
signatures believed by the Trustee to comply with the ESIGN Act of 2000 or other applicable law (including electronic images of handwritten signatures and digital signatures provided by DocuSign, Orbit, Adobe Sign or any other digital signature
provider acceptable to the Trustee) shall be deemed original signatures for all purposes. The Issuer assumes all risks arising out of the use of electronic signatures and electronic methods to send communications to the Trustee, including without
limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on an unauthorized communication, and the risk of interception or misuse by third parties. 

Section 16.13. Severability. In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or
unenforceable, then (to the extent permitted by law) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 

U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association hereby accepts the trusts in this Indenture declared and provided, upon the
terms and conditions herein above set forth. 
 [Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank] 

  
 56 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly
executed. 
  

			
	 HEALTHCARE REALTY HOLDINGS, L.P.

	
	 By: Healthcare Realty Trust Incorporated,

	       its general partner

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Andrew E. Loope

		 	 Name: Andrew E. Loope

		 	 Title: Senior Vice President, Corporate Counsel and Secretary

	
	HEALTHCARE REALTY TRUST
      INCORPORATED
	       as Guarantor

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Andrew E. Loope

		 	 Name: Andrew E. Loope

		 	 Title: Senior Vice President, Corporate Counsel, and Secretary

	
	U.S. BANK TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL       ASSOCIATION,
	       as Trustee

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Mary Ambriz-Reyes

		 	 Name: Mary Ambriz-Reyes

		 	 Title: Vice President

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00346-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00346-of-00352.parquet"}]]